J ADVERTISEMENT. The United States National Herbarium, which was founded by the Smithsonian Institution, was transferred in the year 1868 to the Department of Agriculture, and continued to be maintained by that Department until July 1, 1896, when it was returned to the official custody of the Smithsonian Institution. The Department of Agricul- ture, however, continued to publish the series of botanical reports entitled " Contributions from the U. S, National Herbarium,'' begun in the year 1890, until, on July 1, 1902, the National Museum, in pursuance of an act of Congress, assumed responsibility for the pub- lication. The first seven volumes of the series were issued by the Department of Agriculture. S. P. Langley, Secretary of the /Smithsonian Institution. Contr. N;it H^rh . V.i . IX Plate I. ri'"/ :, - SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THK United States National Herbarium Volume IX THE USEFUL PUNTS OP THE ISLAM) OF GUAM WITH AN INTRODUCTORY ACCOUNT OK TUF. PHYSICAL FEATURES AND NATURAL HISTORY OF THE ISLAND, OF THK CHARACTER AND HISTORY OF ITS PEOPLE, AND OF THEIR AGRICULTURE By WILLIAM EDWIN SAFFORD * * * II WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1 9 ° 5 BULLETIN OF TIIE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM Issued Aprii- 8, 1905. PREFACE Mr. W. E. Safford, assistant botanist in the Department of Agri- culture, for several years availed himself of the opportunity afforded him as a lieutenant in the United States Navy to study and observe the useful plants of the Tropics. In addition to cruises in other parts of the world he visited, in 18SC, 1887, 1894, and 1899, Upolu and Tutuila of the Samoan group, and Oahu of the Hawaiian group; and from August, 1899, to August, 1900, he acted as assistant governor of the island of Guam. This paper has been prepared by Mr, Safford through the recent elaboration of notes and observations made in those years. While presented under the title "The Useful Plants of Guam," it includes some reference, however brief, to every plant known to occur on that island, particular note being made of those which have been described from Guam by various writers as species new to sci- ence. It discusses the principal plants used for food, liber, oil, starch, sugar, and forage in the Pacific tropical islands recently acquired by the United States, and gives their common names not only in Guam but in the Philippine Islands, Samoa, Hawaii, and Porto Rico. The method of cultivating and propagating the more important species is treated in considerable detail, as is the preparation of their derivative products, such as arrowroot, copra, and cacao. The publication will be useful to the rapidly increasing number of American travelers and officers who wish to have in language of as little technicality as possi- ble information about the economic plants of the world; and while the author does not lay claim to more than a report on the island of Guam, much of the information he gives is applicable throughout the Tropics. Besides consulting the original narratives of travelers, Mr. Safford took advantage of his exceptional opportunities to study the archives of Guam, and his account of the discovery, early history, and explo- rations of the island, together with its climate, ethnology, and eco- nomic conditions, will afford the most comprehensive and authentic picture of Guam thus far published. The technical names of the plants have been critically scrutinized by Mr. W. F. Wight, also assistant botanist in the Department of 3 4 PREFACE Agriculture. The tii.sk has been a laborious one, far more laborious than the printed results suggest, but in the progress of the work its necessity has been amply demonstrated. The result is a substantial basis for the uniform designation of economic tropical plants in accord- ance with the system now followed by American botanists. Mr. vSafford is indebted to Dr. Barton W, Evermann, of the Bureau of Fisheries, for photographs Nos. 1, 20, 22, and 44, taken by Dr. Alfred G. Mayer, of the Agassiz Expedition to the Tropical Pacific, while attached to the U. S. Fish Commission steamer Alhatross; to Mr. William Bengough for photographs Nos. 2, 7, 8, 23, and 60, taken by him on the island of Guam in 1900; to Lieut. Commander J. E. Craven, U. S. Navy, for photograph No. 19; to Lieut. L. M. Nulton, . U. S. Navy, for photographs on plate 21; to Dr. Harvey Whittaker, late of the U. S. Navy, for photograph No. 24; to Mr. B, J. Howard, of the Bureau of Chemistry, U. 8. Department of Agriculture, for photographs on plates 0, 10 (fig. 1), 11,12, and 13; to Mr. F. L. Lew- ton, of the Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S, Department of Agricul- ture, for photograph No. 35, taken in Johore for the Government exhibit at Chicago; to Mr. Carl S. Scofield, of the U. S. Department of Agriculture, for photographs Nos. 5, 50, and 57, taken from herba- rium specimens from the island of Guam; to Mr. C. B. Doyle for photographs Nos. 3, 4, 10 (fig. 2), 31, 32, 38, 40,41, 42,46,47,49, 51, 52, 53, 54, 56, 59, 61, 62, 64, 65, 68, from herbarium specimens, for No. 15 from the seed collection, and No. 1.4 from cultivated specimens, taken under the supervision of the author, and No. 17 from specimens collected in Guam by Lieut. Franck Taylor Evans, II. S. Navy; to Messrs. O. F. Cook and Guy N. Collins for Nos. 6, 25, 26, 29, 33, 34, 43, 44, 48, 55, 58, and 66, taken in Porto Rico, Nos. 27, 30, 36, 39, taken in Guatemala, and Nos. 28 and 67, taken in Mexico; and to Mr. Guy N. Collins for Nos. 16, 37, and 63, taken in the Hope Gardens, Kingston, Jamaica. He is also indebted to Mr. Charles M. Mansfield for photograph No. 69, taken from herbarium specimens sent to the author from Guam by Rev. Jose Palomo. Through the courtesy of Professor Willis L. Moore, Chief of the Weather Bureau, an account of the climatology of Guam is also pre- sented, the detailed studv of which is the work of Dr. Cleveland 7 v Abbe, jr. FKEDKRIOK V. COVILLE, (Jurator of the U. S. National Herbarium. CONTENTS. Pago. Introduction 9 Origin and purpose of the present work, and acknowledgments. ...... 9 Geographical information 11 11 istorical notices 12 Discovery of Guam and its early history 12 Magellan 12 Dutch navigators 13 Balling routes in the Pacific 13 Jesuit missionaries 13 Conquest of the natives 15 English pirates 10 Dam pier's visit 17 Woodes Rogers 19 Anson 20 De Pages . 21 •* Expulsion of the Jesuits 21 Crozet's visit 23 Scientific explorations of the inland 25 Malaspina expedition 25 Komanzoff expedition 28 Freycinet expedition 29 Dumont d'Urville'a two visit* 30 Extracts from the archives of Guam relating to its economic history. 32 Francisco Ramon de Villalobos 33 Pablo Perez 36 Convict labor 38 Felipe de la Oorte 39 Sociedad Agricola 40 Summary 40 Physical conditions of Guam 41 Climate aiul rainfall 41 Hydrography 44 Physical geography 46 Vegetation of the island 52 Plant covering according to habitat 52 Coral reefs 62 Mangrove swamps 52 Rivers 53 The strand 53 The inner beach 54 The cliffs 54 Forests 55 Marshes 57 Savannas 57 Abandoned clearings 58 Village environs (>0 Plant* of special interest 61 Unidentified trees and shrubs 61 Groups which are not well known 62 Guam types 63 5 6 CONTENTS. Introduction—Continued. Pagp. Vegetation of the Inland—Continued. Plants of special interest.—Continued. Yams, bananas, and breadfruit 03 Screwpines . .. ..... ..... 04 Banyans, mangroves, and epiphytes of the forest 65 Plants that sleep 65 Plants which seldom bloom .. ........ .. _. 66 Plants with extrafioral nectaries 66 Plants with protective devices 08 Cycas circinalis and its fecundation 71 ' Dispersal of plants by oceanic currents 72 Animals of the island 76 Mammals 76 Birds 78 Reptiles 80 Fishes 81 General notes 81 Alphabetical list of principal fishes 83 Marine invertebrates 89 Insect# 90 Scorpions, spiders, am I centiiwk* 94 The people 95 Aboriginal inhabitants 95 Physical characteristics 95 Personal and domestic economy 90 Useful arts 100 Navigation 100 Mental and moral characteristics 102 Social institutions and customs 104 Religion and superstitions 109 Language 113 Origin. 116 The modern inhabitants 117 Origin and language 117 Physical characteristics 110 Personal and domestic economy 123 Useful arts 124 Mental and moral characteristics 127 Social institutions and customs .... 128 Industrial system 131 Statistics of population, commerce, etc .. _. 137 Standards of measure 138 Agriculture of the island 139 Soils 139 Indigenous and simultaneous economic plants 142 Cultivated food and stimulant plants 143 Textile and thatch plants 148 Forage plants 150 Weeds 151 Animal pests 152 Plant names 152 Literature . - •- 154 Topical sketch ' 154 Alphabetical list of works consulted or cited 100 Descriptive catalogue of plants 170 Index - 405 L. ILLUSTRATIONS. Facing page. Plate I. View of Agafia, the capital of Guam, showing raised platform of coralliferous limestone forming north half of island Frontispiece. II. The forest, showing epiphytal vegetation 55 III. Dttralliti solida, an epiphytal fern 56 IV. The great marsh fern, Acrostichitm nnrmtn. — 57 V. Lycopodiumcertmu)>i, a characteristic plant of the savannas 57 VI. Agati grandijlora, a leguminous tree with edible flowers and pods.. 60 VII. The Agafia River, showing textile srrewpine, breadfruit, and coco- nuts 64 VIII. View of the forest, showing ('i/cux circinalis, screwpine, and roots of giant banyan . . 65 IX. Richius com m u n ix* Fig. 1. Marginal nectar glands. Fig 2. Cross section through petioltt at base of leaf blade, showing extrafloral nectaries 66 X. Fki. 1.—Nectar gland on midrib of cotton leaf ((iosnypiuvi sp.). Fio. 2.—Leaf of Parifi (ilim rnm, showing nectar gland 67 XI. Rap hides, or needle crystals of oxidate of lime, in taro leaf 69 XII. Needle cells of taro, their ends projecting into vacuolea 69 XIII. Cells of taro discharging their needles 70 XIV. Cycas circinalis, leaf and carpophyll bearing half-developed fruit.. 71 XV. Sea beans, showing air spaces which give them buoyancy 73 XVI. Morinda citrifolia, flowers and fruit 74 XVII. Stone adz and sling stones of al>origines 107 XVIII. The government house at Agafia 117 XIX. House with thick walls of masonry and tiled roof ... 123 XX. Typical native dwelling, with sides of bamboo and woven reeds and roof of coconut thatch 124 XXI. Fig. 1.—A modern oven. Fig. 2.—Evaporating salt 127 XXII. Road from Agafia to 1'iti: Carabaos drawing an American wagon.. 134 XXIII. Clearing the forest for planting 141 XXIV. A Pacific island taro patch, Caladium colocmia 144 XXV. Arrowroot, Maranta arundinacea 145 XXVI. Root of the cassava plant, Manihol manihot ...... 145 XXVII. Breadfruit tree, Artocarpus communh, foliage and fruit 145 XXVIII. Mango tree, Mangifera indica, in full fruit 146 XXIX. Cashew, Anacardium occidental*, half-grown fruit 147 XXX. Coffee in full bloom. 148 XXXI. The coral bead vine, Abrm abrm 171 XXXII. AnteriiS eiecta - 183 XXXIII. The sour sop, Annona muru:atttf flowers and fruit 184 XXXIV. The sugar apple, A tmotut xquamosa — 185 XXXV. Betel-nut paling, Areca mthecu 187 XXXVl. Fertile breadfruit, A rtocarpus communis, male and female inflores- cence, and young fruit 189 7 y 8 ILLUSTRATIONS. Facing page. Plate XXXVII. Arcrrhoa caramltola, inflorescence and foliage 193 XXXVIII. Fruit of littrrhujUmki xpcc'tom. a fish intoxicant 196 XXXIX. The arnotto tree, JJ'wa orrlhtnn, foliage anil fruit 199 XL. Britguiem gymnorhiza, the many-petaled mangrove 202 XIX Otsuarinn ajnisetifolia. Male inflorescence, female inflores- cence, and fruit 220 XLII. Cciba pentamlra, the kapok tree. Leaf ami pod 221 XLIII. Cocos nncifera, the coconut tree, in bloom 232 XL1V. Cocos nncifera, male flowers and female flower 233 XLV. Coelococcus amicarum, the Caroline ivory-nut palm 244 XLVI. The ivory nut, Coducuos ohovalis, an important hard-wood tre<* 335 LX. Pundamts fmgrajix, a screwpine growing in jungle 344 LXI. Pariii ('tliactiun, the only source of cordage on the island 346 LXII. J'hymatodesphyiitatodett, the oak-leaf fern 352 LXIII. Piper belle, the l)eU'l pepper 354 LX1V. Rhizophora mucronata, the four-petaled mangrove 364 LX V. Steumodojtfia rtmettreus, a strand plant 377 LX VI. Tamarindm indicti, the tamarind. Foliage and fruit 383 LX V11. Theobrovui cacao, the chocolate plant. Inflorescence 387 LXVIIL Toumcjovtin argeniea, a characteristic strand shrub 390 LXIX. Xiphagrwtis jiortduhf, sword-grass. Spikelets mid portion of leaf blade, magnified so as to show cutting teeth 399 LXX. Map of the island of (iuani 404 THE USEFUL PLANTS OF THE ISLAND OF GUAM. By William Edwin Haffokd. INTRODUCTION. ORIGIN AND PURPOSE OF THE PRESENT WORE, AND ACKNOWLEDGMENTS. During a series of cruises 111 the Pacific Ocean the routine of my official duties was pleasantly broken by frequent excursions on shore for the purpose of collecting material for the United States National Museum, as well as for recreation. While sitting in native huts and while wading upon coral reefs, traversing forests and climbing moun- tains, I interested myself in taking notes on the languages and customs of the natives, their arts, medicines, food materials and the manner of preparing them, and the origin of their dyes, paints, fibers for fishing nets and lines, materials for mat making and thatching, woods used in constructing their houses and canoes, and gums and resins used in calking. In attempting to identify many of the plants entering into their economy, I felt the need of some popular work containing the com- mon names of the more important species in various island groups, together with their descriptions and the uses to which they are applied in various parts of the world, the methods of their cultivation, and the processes of preparing the commercial staples which they yield. Some information of this nature may be derived from accounts of mis- sionaries, travelers, and explorers, but our ship s library was woefully lacking in such works, and much of the information contained in the books which were available was incomplete and untrustworthy. Works of a scientific nature, such as the Botany of the Challenger Expedition, though discussing the geographical distribution of strand plants and the means of their dissemination, I found to contain only lists of names which were useful in comparing island floras, but did not serve in any way to identify the plants in which I was interested. Others, like Seemaim's Flora of Fiji, were too rare and expensive to be placed in the library of an ordinary man-of-war, and could be con- sulted only during visits to San Francisco or Honolulu. Moreover, 10 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM. though frequent mention is made of the uses of plants in this work, the descriptions are 111 Latin, and the hook is not available lo the average lay student. H occurred to me, therefore, that a popular work on the useful plants of Polynesia would be welcome, and I set out accordingly to gather together such information as I could for this purpose. Many of the plants with which I became familiar 1 encoun- tered on widely separated shores. Some of them I found bearing the same name on islands whose inhabitants have had no intercommunica- tion within historic times. These and kindred facts opened up an alluring field of ethnological inquiry as to the origin and dispersal of the inhabitants of the myriads of islands which dot the Pacific, a sub- ject upon which I shall enter in an initial way during the course of this work." It gives me great pleasure to acknowledge the valuable assistance I have received in the preparation of this work from Mr. Frederick V. Coville, Botanist of the United States Department of Agriculture; Mr. O. F. Cook, Mr. Guy N. Collins, and Mr. F. L. Lew ton, of the office of tropical agriculture, aiul the late Mr. Henry K. Baum. 1 am indebted to Mr. Carl S. Scotield and Mr. Thomas IT, Kearnev for aid # and suggestions during its progress, and to Messrs. Lyster II. Dewey, Rodney H. True, and V. K. Chesnut for references relating to the fiber plants, medicinal plants, and poisonous plants included in my lists. Acknowledgments are also due to Dr. II. W. Wiley and M r. B. J. Howard, of the Bureau of Chemistry, Department of Agriculture, for investigations as to the cause of the acridity of the taro plant and for fine micro-photographs showing the raphides, or needles of oxalate of lime, found in its leaves; also for beautiful representations of extra- floral nectaries of Ricinus and Gossypium. For notes on the agriculture of the island I am indebted to Don Justo Dungca and Don Antonio Martinez, citizens of Guam, and for botanical material forwarded to me since my departure from the island to Rev. Jose Palomo and Mr. Atanasio T. Perez. In the determination of flowering plants I have been assisted by Mr, E. S. Steele and Mr. Philip Dowel 1, and of cryptogams by Mr. William L. Maxon, of the National Herbarium. In conclusion, I wish to express my thanks to Mr. E. S. Steele and Mr. F. L. Lewton for their great assistance in preparing this work for publication and in helping me to correct the proof sheets. In submitting it I venture to express the hope that it may fill a want not only of travelers and students of botany, but also of settlers on tropical islands and in other warm regions of the globe; and I trust that it may be of some use to merchants and manufacturers seeking new sources of tropical staples and raw materials. « See p. 116. SLANT) AND PEOPLE 11 GEOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION. Guam, the largest and most important of the group known as the Ijadrones or Marianne Islands, is situated in the Pacific Ocean about 1,200 miles east of the Philippines. The group forms a chain 420 miles long, extending from latitude 20 30' north, longitude 14% 46' east, to latitude '13'-' 14' north, longitude 14*2 31' east. Beginning at the north, the names of the islands are Fa nil Ion de Pajaros, Ivas lT mi- cas (Maug), Asuncion (Asomsom), Agrigan, Pagan, Alamagan, Guguan, Sariguan, Anatahan, Farallon de Medinilla, Saipan, Tinian, Aguigan, Rota (Luta), and Guam or Guahan." Guam is the only island belong- ing to the United States. The rest were sold by Spain to Germany at the close of the late war. The seat of the German Government is on the island of Saipan, where there is a colony of Caroline Islanders, besides a small population of Marianne natives. The islands are of volcanic origin and are fringed with coral reefs. In the southern members of the group there are no active volcanoes, but on several of the northern islands there are still a number of smok- ing craters. Guam and Samoa lie in corresponding latitudes on oppo- site sides of the equator, and their climates are much alike. Their flora and fauna have many features in common, and many of the plants used in the economy of the natives are the same. The inhabitants of the two groups, however, though both of the Oceanic race (allied to tho Malayan), belong to different grand divisions of it and have distinct languages and few traditions in common. Guam is consider- ably larger than Tutuila, the most important of the Samoan Islands owned by the United States, though its chief port, San Luis de Apra, can not be compared with Pango-Pango, our naval station in the South Pacific, and perhaps the finest harbor in the world. The advantage of Guam as a station for repairs and supplies is e vident, forming, as it does, a stopping place for vessels between Hawaii and the Philippines. Its strategic importance has been greatly enhanced since it has been made the landing place of the trans-Pacific cable, and the completion of the Panama Canal will make it still more valuable to our Government. The extreme length of the island from north-northeast to south- southwest is 29 statute miles. Its width is from 7 to 9 miles, narrow- ing at the middle to a neck only 4 miles across. On the northwest coast of this neck is situated Agana (Hagadna), the capital, a city of over 6,000 inhabitants. (PI. LXX.) The entire population of the island, according to the census of 1901, was 9,676/' For the pronunciation of vernacular names, see p. 170. {'This indicates the number of actual residents oil the iwland and doen not include visitors nor the Government forces of the United Staten stationed there* 12 TTSEFTTL PLANTS OF GTTAM HISTORICAL NOTICES. DISCOVERY OF GUAM AND ITS EARLY HISTORY. MAGELLAN, The island of Guam was discovered on March 6, 1521, by Magellan, after u passage of three months and twenty days from the strait which bears his name. An account of the privations and suffering of his crew, many of whom died on the way across the hitherto unexplored ocean, is graphically given by Antonio Pigafetta, Magellan's historian. He describes how the expedition arrived at Guam with the crews suffering from scurvy and in a starving condition, having been com- pelled on the passage to eat rats and even the leather from off the standing rigging to keep soul and body together. In comparison with Magellan's feat of crossing the vast Pacific the first voyage of Columbus, from the Canary Islands to the West Indies, seems insig- nificant. The natives of Guam came out to meet the Spaniards in strange "flying praos" (canoes provided with outriggers and trian- gular sails of mats). The Spaniards had dropped anchor, furled their sails, and were about to land, when it was discovered that a small boat which rode astern of the flagship was missing. Suspecting the natives of having stolen it, Magellan himself went ashore at the head of a landing party of 40 armed men, burned 40 or 50 houses and many l>oate, and killed 7 or 8 natives, male and female. He then returned to his ship with the missing boat and immediately set sail, continuing his course to the westward. Before we went ashore [says Pigafetta] some of our people who were sick said to us that if we should kill any of the natives, whether man or woman, that we should bring on board their entrails, being ]>ersuaded that with the latter they would lie cured. When we wounded some of those islanders with arrows, which entered their bodies, they tried to draw forth the arrow now in one way and now in another, in the meantime regarding it with great astonishment, and thus did they who were wounded in the breast, and they died of it, which did not fail to cause us compassion. Seeing us take our departure then, they followed us with more than a hundred boats for more than a league. They approached our ships, showing us fish and feigning to wish to give them to us, but when we were near they east stones at us and fled. We passed under full sail among their boats, which, with greatest dexterity, avoided us. We saw among them some women who were weeping and tearing their hair, surely for their husbands killed by us. The natives did not fare much better at the hands of later visitors. Some of the early navigators enticed them on board and made slaves of them, so that they might man the pumps and keep the ships free from water." They were spoken of as " infidels," to slay whom was no great sin; but if encounters took place between them and Europeans and a white man was killed, he was declared to have been murdered, a See Narrative of the Loaisa Expedition, 1520, Burney, Chron. Hist., vol. 1, p. 217. EARLY NAVIGATORS. 13 and his death was avenged by the burning of villages, boats, and boat- houses, and by killing men, women, and children." They were branded by their discoverers with the name of ladt'ontx (thieves) for stealing a boat and some bits of iron. The early navigators themselves did not hesitate to steal husbands from their wives and fathers from their children. PUTCH NAVHiATOUH. Among the Dutch who visited the island was Oliver van Noort, who touched at Guam in ItJOO on bis way from the South American coast to Manila. About 200 canoes came off to meet him, bringing fish, fruit, rice, fowls, and fresh water to exchange for iron. He was followed in 161(i by the Dutch admiral, Joris Spilbergen, in command of a fleet fitted out by the Dutch Company, which was on its way to the Moluccas by the westward route; and in 10'25 by the Nassau fleet, organized in Holland against Peru, and commanded by Jacob FHcre- mite. One hundred and fifty canoes came off to meet them, to traffic with coconuts and yams. The fleet watered at the island, and in exchange for iron procured rice, fowls, coconuts, yams, and bananas. Coconuts were observed in inexhaustible (jtmntities; rice was culti- vated in many places, and the natives sold it by weight in bales of seventy to eighty pounds each. The Hollanders considered it unsafe for their men to ramble about the island singly or unarmed. HAILING ROL'TES IX THE l'ACIFIt. Guam was reckoned seventy days from New Spain, as Mexico was then called. After the founding of Manila regular traffic, was estab- lished between the coast of Mexico and the Philippines. The first port selected as a place of departure on the Mexican coast wasNavidad, but Acapulco was substituted later. The vessels would leave Mexico each year in February or March, shaping their course a little to the south- ward until they reached the latitude of Guam, when they would con- tinue due west until tliev reached that island. This season was chosen in order to avoid the westerly monsoon in the Philippines, which usually sets in about the middle of June. The vessels returned by a northerly route in order to avoid the trade winds and the adverse equatorial current. lioth the Mariannes and the Philippines were made dependencies of New Spain and were ruled by the viceroy residing at the City of Mexico. JUSl'IT MISSION'ARIKS. On his way from New Spain to the Philippines in one of the regular vessels, Padre Diego Luis San vi tores, a Jesuit priest, touched at Guam and was moved to pity at the sight of the natives living in spiritual « See narrative of the ex{>eii under Miguel Lopnz Le^azpi, which visited Guam W ln 1565t in Burney, Chron. Iliat., vol. 1. A 14 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM. darkness in the midst of an earthly paradise. An account of his life and martyrdom is given in an old vellum-covered hook," in which much interesting information may he found concerning the natives of Guam. In it, in contrast with the barbarous cruelty with which the natives had been treated by visiting Europeans, one may read of their kindness to shipwrecked sailors cast upon their shores, and of the cordial reception of Padre Sanvitores. They provided homes for him and his companions and built for them a church. Ail wished to I Hi baptized forthwith, though the missionaries would at first baptize only the infants and dying persons; adults in good health had to be instructed in the Chris- tian doctrine before they could enjoy the privilege. In this book manv wonderful occurrences are related—stories of supernatural apparitions, of miraculous cures of men possessed of the devil, of lances, east by the natives, suddenly arrested in mid-air, and of stones hurled from their slings crumbling harmlessly to dust; but it must not be forgotten that this was an age of marvels. The devil's influence in the affairs of everyday life was recognized throughout Christendom, and it is not surprising that it found its way to Guam. It was to the power of the evil one over the elements that the early missionaries attributed the adverse winds, which blew almost con- stantly to the westward and prevented ships from sailing directly to Guam from the Philippines. Sanvitores, "the Apostle of the Mariannes,"' was born in the city of Burgos, in northern Spain, November 1%, 1(527. The history of his life tells of his early boyhood, his call to the Society of Jesus and ordination, his work among the poor, his journey to Mexico; his departure from Acapuleo, April 5, 16(52, for Manila; the impression made upon him by the natives of Guam, whom he saw on his passage across the Pacific; his efforts to be sent to them as a missionary, the refusal of his superiors at Manila to grant his request, the King's decree ordering the governor of the Philippines to furnish him with the means of reaching the Mariannes, the building of the ship aSW DUyo at Cavite and his sailing therein to Acapuleo, his appeal for aid to the viceroy of Mexico, his arrival at Guam, March %, l(i6S, his emotion on seeing the islanders coming out to meet him, the kindness with which they welcomed him to their island, the zeal with which he pursued his work, the hardships which he had to endure, and his final martyrdom. The first serious stumbling block in the way of the missionaries was a Chinaman named Choco, living in the village of Paa, at the southern end of the island. This man had been shipwrecked about twenty years before their arrival, and had been kindly received by the natives. He pointed out to the islanders that many children and old people had died immediately after having been baptized. lie spoke slightingly of the padres, saying that they were people despised and looked down a Garcia, Vida y martyrio tie Sanvitores, 16H3. Sue List of works. WAR OF EXTERMINATION. 15 upon by the Spaniards themselves, who for that reason had wont them into exile on this island: and he said that surely the water used in 7 f baptism was poisonous, though some of the more robust upon whom it was poured might resist its effects. As it was indeed true that many of those baptized had died shortly after the performance of the rite, and as the missionaries thought them happy in dying thus secure of salvation, it seemed to the natives that there might be truth in the Chinaman's charges. Henceforward, instead of receiving the mission- aries joyfully in their villages and retaining them as guests almost against their will, the natives greeted them with scowling faces, and, calling them murderers, threatened them with their spears. They no longer offered them breadfruit, as had been their custom, and mothers on their approach would catch up their infants and fly with them to the woods for safety; or if the little ones were sick or dying, they would conceal them in their houses as best they could." In their zeal the missionaries would often baptize children in spite of the threats of the fathers and the tears and prayers of the mothers. Moreover, they awakened the enmity of the w/rti'rtAww*, or wise men, whom they declared to be impostors; they assailed the liberty of the urritaox, or bachelors, by their efforts to abolish the u great houses " of the villages, in which they lived with unmarried women; they tried to change the marriage customs, according to which the parents received presents from the bridegrooms for their daughters; they tried to put an end to the invo- cation of the (initi, or spirits, and taught that it was wrong to venerate the relics of ancestors. Less than two years after the arrival of the missionaries in the islands, 011 January 2JJ, 1070, a priest was killed on the island of Saipan for having baptized a child in spite of the protests of its parents;* and on April 2, 1(5752, in Guam, Padre Sanvitores met his death in the same way. CONQUEST OK Till: NATIVKK. A war of extermination now began, which lasted twenty-throe years. n r ^ suspended from time to time when the Spaniards found themselves too weak to continue it, but resumed at the arrival of each ship bring- ing reinforcements, no matter whether in the meantime peace with the natives had been declared or not. Often whole villages were punished for the act of a single man, and innocent natives who had committed no crime whatever were shot down wantonly/ Much did the evangelical ministers regret these excesses of the fervors of the new soldiers [says Padre Garcia], which, with the luck of experience and too great desire to make themselves feared, placed in jeopardy all Christianity; for the Indians retired from their villages t<> others more distant from Agadfia, and it was feared with reason that the whole inland would form a confederation against the Spaniards a Garcia, op. eit., p. 224. 'Garcia, op. eit,, pp. 440, 447. Garcia, op. cit., pp. 421—124. 1C> USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM. ami padres as against homicides, who, the ones with baptism, as many native already said, ami tin- others witli arms, came to take the lives of themselves and their chil- dren. Padrt; Solano, calling together the soldiers of the post, declared to them that though arms used in their proper time and season were the defense of that Chris- tianity, yet wielded intenipestively they would be its destruction, since they would not only irritate with reason the Indians, hut would become unworthy of the favor of the Lord, without which what could twenty or thirty men do against thirty thou- sand? For thus far only the barlwrians' dread of firearniH had protected the mission, and if this were lost the multitude could not Iks withstood. That they would lose this dread with their constant use, even at the price of injuries to themselves, and if they once rushed upon the arms they might seize them, and with these in their pos- session ottr defense would be converted into our injury, lie charged the soldiers very particularly that in the southern part of the island, where the only villages were in which the missions were unhampered, they should akstain from all hostility, so as not to hinder the only harvest which at that season could Ix; gleaned, and not tn make enemies of those whom they now held as friends. The soldier* approved the discourse and promised to con line themselves within the limits of justice and prudence." It is not the province of these notes to give a detailed account of the uprisings of the natives and the methods taken )>y the various gov- ernors and military commanders to quell them. The yearly reports of the missionaries tell of the flight of the natives from island to island, pursued by their conquerors, whose arquebuses and arrows they resisted with their simple slings and spears as best they could, and of their reconcentration on the island of Guam, where they were stricken by an epidemic which almost exterminated them. Moreover [says one of these writers],& this diminution was caused greatly by the repugnance with which they bore a foreign yoke—lovers ever of all the latitude which their primitive freedom permitted them—and this burden weighed so heavily upon their haughtiness, laziness, and barbarity that some even sacrificed their lives in despair; and some women either purposely sterilized themselves or cast into the waters their new-born infants, believing them happy to die thus early, saved from the toils of a life gloomy, painful, and miserable. In all the dominions of Spain there is no nation more free from burdens, since they pay no tribute to the King—a common custom in all nations—nor do thev give to the church the fees which are given throughout Christendom; but, as they see not what the rest suffer, they judge that subjection is the worst misery of the world. EKUI.ISEI PIRATES. Two years after the publication of Padre Garcia's account of the island, on March 15, 1685, the English pirates, Eaton and Cow ley, anchored at Guam. Thev found the governor, Don Damian Esplana, in a state of uneasiness owing to the hostile attitude of the natives, who, under a chief named Yura, had risen against the Spaniards less than a year before, had wounded the governor and killed several mis- sionaries and a number of soldiers. Cowlev describes in his narrative "Garcia, Vida y Martyrio de Kanvitores, p. 447. & Murillo Velarde, Historia, Lihro IV, 1749; Fray Juan de la Concei>cion, Hist. Gen., Tomo VII, p. 348, 1788-92. DAMPIER. 17 how the ship was received by the natives, who brought thorn "pota- toes, mananoes, coconuts, and plantains, selling thetn to us for old nails and old iron. But they being treacherous, we trusted them not; for we had always our small arms ready, and great guns loaden with round ball and cartridges. Sometimes we would have our dock full with these infidels; but we were always in arms, having our swords and pistols by our sides, with some Centinels standing abaft before them." Some of the Englishmen having gone fishing with the natives, the latter surrounded the boat by a seine, as though to draw it ashore together with its crew. The bucaneers in the boats being provided with firearms— let go in amongst the thickest of them and killed a great many of their number, while the others, seeing their ma ten fall, ran away. Our other men which were on ehoar meeting them, saluted them also by making Holes in their Hides. We took our Boat immediately thereupon, and went on board, most of our well men being on ehoar, and seeing many of these Infidels' boats lie along our ship's side, did not know what design they might have on board [against] our sick men; but as it fell out, they were Boats which came from the governor, with more presents for our refreshment. * * * We took four of these infidels Prisoners, and brought them on board, binding their hands Whind them; but they had not been long there, when three of them leajH'd over board into the sea, swimming away from the ship with their hands tied behind them. However, we sent the boat after them, and found a strong man at the lirst Blow could not penetrate their skins with a cut! ace: One of them had received, in my judgment, 40 shots in his body before he died; and the last of the tliree that was killed, had swam a good Knglish mile iirwt, not only with his Hands behind him, as before, but also with his Arms pinion'd. The governor gave carte blanche to the pirates to kill as many natives as they pleased and even rewarded them with presents of hogs, pumpkins, green stuff, ''potatoes,1* and rice; after which they saluted him with three guns and sailed away." DA.MPIEI-t's VISIT. The following year, on May iiO, 1G?>G, Captain Swan arrived at Guam, accompanied by Danipier,6 who gives in the first volume of his voyages an excellent account of the island, its products, the inhabitants, and their wonderful canoes, which he "did believe to sail the best of any Boats in the World." Under the above date he writes as follows: At 4 a Clock, to our great Joy, we saw the Island Guam, at about S leagues dis- tance. It was well for Captain Strati that we got sight of it before our Provision was spent, of which we had but enough fordays more; for, as I was afterwards informed, the Men had contrived, lirst to kill Captain Stntn and eat him when the Vituals was gone, and after him all of us who were accessary in promoting the undertaking this Voyage. Thin made Captain Swan say to me after our arrival at Guam, Ah! Dam pier, yoft tniuld hate made them but a poor Meal; for I was as lean as the Captain was lusty and fleshy. (* Cowley's voyage, in Dumpier's Voyages, vol. 4, 1729. ''A new Voyage liound the World, by Capt. William Dampier, vol. 1, p. 283, 1717. 9773—05—2 18 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM. Dampier's accurate descriptions of the breadfruit and the coconut are given further on, in the Alphabetical list of useful planks, under the headings Artoearpus cow man is and Coco# nucifern. Of the bread- fruit he savs:a I did never see of this Fruit anv where but here. The Natives told us, that there V * is plenty of this Fruitgrowing oil the rest of the SAuirone Islands; but I did never hear of it anywhere else. And of the coconuts he says:'' These at Guam grow in dry ground, are of a middle size, and I think the sweetest that I did ever taste. Dampier relates that when the natives were repulsed by the Span- iards in the recent uprising they destroyed the plantations and stock, and those implicated in the conspiracy then went to other islands. As for the remaining ones, if they were not actually concerned in that broil, yet their hearts were also bent against the Spaniards, for they offered to carry the Englishmen to the fort and assist them in the con- quest of the island; but Captain Swan was not for molesting the Span- iards here, as it was to his interest to use the island as a base for supplies. At this time there were at Guam only the governor, twenty or thirty Spanish soldiers, and two or three priests. Captain Swan detained a priest who came off to visit his ship, and requested him to write a letter to the governor stating that the English had come to the island not in any hostile manner, but as friends to purchase with their money what they wanted. Me sent a present to the governor of 4 yards of scarlet cloth and a piece of silver and gold lace. The governor replied to the letter at once, complimenting Cap- tain Swan for his present and promising as much provision as he could possibly spare. As a token of his gratitude he sent a present of 6 Hogs of a small sort, most excel- lent Meat, the best I think that ever I eat [says Dampier]. They are fed with Coco- nuts, and their flesh is hard as Brisket Reef. They were doubtless of that breed in America which came originally from Spain. lie sent also 12 Musk melons, larger than ours in England, and as many Water-melons, both sorts here being a very excellent Fruit; and sent an order to the Indians that lived in a Village not far from our Ship, to bake every day as much of the Bread-fruit as we did desire, and to assist us in getting as many dry Coco nuts as we would have; which they accordingly did, and brought off the Bread-fruit every day hot, as much as we could eat. After this the Govemour sent every day a Canoa or two with Hogs and Fruit, and desired for the same Powder, Shot, and Arms; which was sent according to his request. * * * The 30th day of May, the Govemour sent his last Present, which was some Hogs, a Jar of pickled Mangoes, a Jar of excellent pickled Fish, and a Jar of fine Rusk, or Bread of fine Wheat Flower, baked like Bisket, but not so hard. He sent besides, 6 or 7 packs of Rice, desiring to be excused from sending any more Provision to us, saying he had no more on the Island that he could spare. He sent word also, that the West Monsoon was at hand, that therefore it behooved us to lie jogging from «A new Voyage Round the World, p. 297, 1717. &Op. cit., p. 290. ENGLISH PRIVATEERS 19 hence, unless we were re^ol veil to t urn back to .1 msr'ir'i again. Captain Swan returned him tli;mks fur his kindness and advice, and took his leave; and the same day se?it the Krier ashoar that was seized on our first, arrival, and gave him a large Brass Clock, an Astrolabe, ami a large Telescope; for which 1'resent the Kricr sent us aboard six Hog?, and a roasting Pig, 3 or 4 Bushels of Potatoes, and 50 pound* of Manila Tobacco. Then we prepared to be gone, being pretty welt furnished with Provision to carry us to ifindamo, where we designed next to touch. We took aboard as many Coco-nuts as we could well stow, and we had a good stock of Rice, and about 50 Ilogs in salt." WOO n KM ERS. On March 11, 1710, the celebrated English privateer Woodcs Rogers arrived at Guam, accompanied by Alexander Selkirk, whom he had recently rescued from the island of Juan Fernandez, in the South Pacific. The English were in pretty bad condition. Their provisions were nearly exhausted, and many of them were sick and suffering from wounds received in battle with the Spaniards on the American coast. Rogers had with him a prize, X>i<'xtr<<- Senont de la bicarnaeioft, the name of which he had changed to the Batchelor Frigate, lie car- ried with him considerable booty in the form of money, jewels, and fabrics taken from the natives of Guayaquil and other Spanish-Ameri- can tosvns recently sacked by him, and among his prisoners were sev- eral officers of the recently captured prize. To the governor of Guam (Don Antonio Pimentel) Rogers and his associates wrote the following letter: Sin: We being Servants of her Majesty of Great Britain, and stopping at these Islands on our Way to the East Indies, will not molest the settlement; provided you deal fairly with us. We will pay for whatever Provisions and Refreshments you have to spare, in such manner as best agrees with your Conveniency, either in Money or any Necessaries you want. But if after this civil Request you deny us, and do not act like a Man of Honour, you may immediately expect such Military Treatment, as we are with ease able to give you. This we thought (it to confirm under our Hands, recommending to you our Friendship and kind Treatment, which we hope you'll esteem, and assure yourself we then shall be with the strictest Honour Your friends and humble Servants, W. Rogers. S. Courtney. E. Cooke. To the Honourable Governor OF the Island ok Guam. March 23, 1709 (1710). As the governor had no adequate means of resisting the English, he supplied them with provisions. Courtesies were interchanged, the Spaniards entertaining the English on shore and accepting their invi- tation to entertainments on board the ships. Rogers presented to the governor two negro boys ''dressed in liveries," 20 yards scarlet cloth- serge, and (*> pieces of cambric, "wh^ch he seemed wonderfully well pleased with.'1 The ships were supplied with a list of letters, copies of memorials, manuscript sermons, and books. Even the lay brother in the kitchen, who acted as procurador, had a library of his own. On the arrival of the decree the senior of the missionaries, Padre Xavier Stengel, was absent, having gone to the neighboring island of liota to hear confessions and administer the annual communion to the natives. A canoe was sent to brinir him. O As one of the Fathers had died sometime before the arrival of the decree, it was necessary to carry back a certified statement of his death and burial to account for his not sailing with the others. After the Jesuits' departure the farms were neglected, the cattle, now the property of the Crown, ran wild, and many animals were killed by the natives, as may be seen in the records of trials in the ADMINISTRATION OF TOBIAS 23 archives. The .spiritual administration of the islands was handed over to friars of the order of St. Augustine, who had come as passengers on the schooner bringing the decree. This religious order continued on the island until its seizure by the United States. V crozet's visit. The next governor of the Mariannes, Don Mariano Tobias, has been immortalized by the Abbe Raynal in his Ilistoire et politique des 6tah- lissements et du commerce des Europeens dans Ies deux Indes. Raynal hated the tyranny and injustice with which primitive nations were so often treated, and believed that the rights of individuals should be considered even though their skins might be brown and their clothing scant. He called attention to glaring acts of cruelty and oppression perpetrated by European nations upon the natives of newly colonized countries. In consequence of his bold accusations his book was condemned to be burned (May 20, 1781), and he was obliged to fly from France. An interesting account of the island during Tobias's administration is given by Crozet, who visited Guam September 27, 177%/' Crozet was an officer of the expedition of the French navigator Mario n- Dufresne, which left Mauritius on a voyage of discovery in the South Seas. On June 8, 1772, Marion was killed and eaten by natives of New Zealand by whom he and his men had been invited ashore to a feast. The Chevalier du Clesmeur, who commanded one of the vessels, left seeds of a number of useful plants at Guam. Among them were those of Cttjan cajmi, which has ever since been called "lenteja francesa" by the natives. Crozet describes the breadfruit tree, the manner of its propagation by cuttings, and the preparation of its fruit for food. He noticed that cattle arc verv fond of its leaves. lie speaks of the edible chestnut-like seeds of the '"dugdug," or fertile breadfruit, and mentions the principal fruits growing on the island. Guavas already formed thickets in open places. The indigenous capers growing near the sea attracted him by the beauty and fragrance of their flowers. They had already been transplanted to the Philippines. Provisions were so plentiful that it was not necessary to fish, though the French sailors caught some fresh-water fishes, including eels, in the streams of the island. These were held in less esteem by the natives than salt-water fish. Crozet savs that Tobias had stimulated the natives to cultivate their fields, which they had neglected owing to the importation of breadstuIt for the missionaries and garrison by the galleons from Mexico. He attributes the introduction of the cultiva- tion of maize, rice, sugar cane, and other useful plants to Tobias, who also planted avenues of coconut palms and breadfruit trees four deep "Nouveau Yoya^i\ Sw List works. 24 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM along the- beach and around the town, making Agafia an enchanting place. Crozet is undoubtedly wrong in his statement as to the intro- duction of many of these plants. It is certain that maize was culti- vated in Guam as early as 10TB, nearly a hundred years }>efore Tobias's time; for Padre Garcia states that the natives in that year destroyed the maize plantation, which was the principal sustenance of the missionaries and the soldiers." Rice and sugar cane were cultivated by the aborigines before the advent of the Spaniards, Many of the improvements attributed by Crozet to Tobias were due to the Jesuits, though it is undoubtedly true that he encouraged agriculture and other useful arts, and in all probability introduced domestic animals, as well as the deer which now overrun the island. What the Jesuits did for the island is shown bv the documentary evidence left behind them. i ■ * Crozet speaks of the use of cattle for draft animals, and says that then, as now, they were ridden like horses and that each family of 7 k ■ i-- natives had several riding beasts. La Perouse, who visited Manila in 1787, has given the following account of Tobias s subsequent misfortunes: I saw at Manila that, virtuous and upright fjoverimr of the Ladrones, M. Tobias, ■who, unhappily for liin repose, bus been too much celebrated by Abbe Ray mil. I .saw him persecuted by the monks, who, representing him as a wretch desti- tute of piety, have alienated the affections of bin wife, who has even demanded to be separated from him, that she might not live with a reputed reprobate, and all the fanatics have applauded her resolution. M. Tobias is the lieutenant-colonel of the regiment which forms the garrison of Manila, and is known to be the beet officer in the country, yet the governor has ordered that his appointments, which are con- siderable, should be paid to thin pious wife, leaving him only $26 a month for his own subsistence and that of his son. This brave soldier, reduced to desperation, was waiting for a pro]>er opportunity to (juit the colony in order to obtain justice. & It is interesting to read Crozet's description of Agana as it was in l87ii, six years before the rediscovery of the Hawaiian Islands hy Cap- tain Cook. Ho gives the population as about 1,500 natives. There is ;i beautiful church, decorated according to the Spanish custom. The commandant's house is spacious and well built. The former residence of the Jesuits, now occupied by the St.. Augustinian Brotherhood, is spacious and conve- nient, but the fine Jesuits1 college, built for the education of the Indians, is not inhabited, their successors, the Anjrustiuians, having removed the college to a build- in# near the convcnL There is a barracks capable of lodging a garrison of 500 men, and there is the King's tine, large magazine. All these buildings are of brick and tile. The island of Guam is the only island in the vast extent of the South Sea, sprinkled as it is with innumerable islands, which has a European-built town, a church, fortifications, and a civilized population, On leaving Guam Crozet earned two plants of the breadfruit with him to the island of Mauritius, " Garcfa, Yida y martyrio de Sanvitores, p. ftft-l, 1KM. b\ai l*ern use, Voyage Around the World, vol. p. ^85, 1H07. THADDAEUS HAENKE. 25 SCIKKTIFir KXPLORATIONS OK THE ISLAND. >1AIjASPINA HX l*KDITK)PC. In February, 1702, Guam was visited by Alessandro Malaspina, in command of the corvettes Atrevidn and which had been sent by Carlos IV, King- of Spain, on a voyage of scientific investiga- tion. Attached to his expedition as naturalists were Thaddaetis I laenke and Luis Nee, who were the first to make systematic botanical collec- tions on the island. Thev were also the first botanists to visit Cali- fornia, having the preceding year collected in the vicinity of San Diego and Monterey." The story of Haenkc's adventures while attempting to join Mala- spina is told both in the official narrative of the expedition and in the preface to Presl's Reliquiae Haenkcamc. Haenke was a Bohemian by birth. He received his botanical education from Jacquin, who for a time was professor of chemistry and botany in Vienna, and upon his recommendation was appointed botanist of the expedition by the King of Spain. Although he set out for Cadiz immediately on receiving his appointment, he reached that port only to find that the two cor- vettes had just set sail (July 30, 1789). Following them in the first vessel bound for Montevideo, he suffered shipwreck on one of the numerous shoals at the mouth of the Rio de la Plata, losing nearly all his books, papers, and effects. He succeeded in reaching shore, how- ever, with his Linmeus and a collecting outfit, but he found that the expedition had already sailed. Knowing that it was to stop on the coast of Chile, he set out at once on foot, crossing the Pampas of Argentina and the Chilean cord ill era of the Andes, collecting and drying plants on the way.'' On reaching Santiago, Chile, to his great joy he found there Malaspina and a number of his officers, who had left their ships at anchor in the harbor of Valparaiso to pay an official visit to the capital. He immediately reported for duty and was assigned to the J)emubierta. The expedition skirted the coasts of South America, Mexico, and North America as far as Port Mulgiave, which is situated in Yakutat Bay, southern Alaska. Their exploration of the latter region is com- memorated by the name of the celebrated Malaspina Glacier. Return- ing to Mexico, Haenke went alone on a collecting tour from Acapuleo to Mexico City and back. Leaving Acapuleo on December 21, 1701, the expedition sailed for Guam, coming to anchor on February 1%, «See Brewer, in Ueolojrical Survey of California, Botany, vol. 2, p. 553, 1880. b " Con un wnladoro amor :'i law t'ienciaH v partiiuilanmmtu :l la botanica, conside- raba resarcidos rn imiclm parto los sufriiniunlOH jiasado#, puen habian dt'i&rado la casualidad de atravrsar las \\ llanuras dr hnenos Aiivw y Itis curdilloras del Chile, logrando acopiar hasta 1,400 phmta^, la mayor parti1 nueva^ o no bien carar- tenzadaa/' Official narrative, p. K0, 18So. 26 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM. 1702, in the roadstead of linata. Many of the crew were suffer- ing from an epidemic caught at Acapulco. Ilaenke proceeded to Agafia and the northern part of the island, Nee to the hills near Umata, each making collections of plants. Don Antonio Pineda, who shortly afterwards lost his life in the Philippines, occupied himself with the geology and zoology of the island. The governor, Lieut. Col. Don Jose Arlegui, offered them every facility for carrying on their work. Don .Juan Rave net made sketches of a couple of the natives and of a native of the Caroline Islands, between which group and Guam a regular traffic had existed since 1788. The expedition set sail at daylight on the morning of February 24. A few plants were collected on Tinian, one of the northern islands, but the bulk of the collection from the Mariannes was made on the island of Guam. From Guam the expedition sailed for Cape Espiritu Santo, island of Samar, in the Philippine group. From the Philippines it proceeded to Botany Bay, and thence to the Societv Islands. Returning to the Peruvian j t rj coast, the expedition received news of the French Revolution and of the declaration of war with France. The botanists separated. Ncc left the Atreoida- on the coast of Chile and proceeded overland, stop- ping at Talcahuano, Concept'ion, and Santiago, and thence by way of the cordillera del Valle to Mendoza and over the pampas to Buenos Ay res. He rejoined the expedition May 10. Haenke crossed the Peruvian Andes to Tarma and visited the region about Huanuco, at the headwaters of the Rio Huallaga, a tributary of the Marafion. With the approval of the viceroy of Peru, it was decided that he should proceed across the continent to Buenos Ayres by way of Iluancavelica, Ayacucho, Cuzco, and Potosi (situated in what is now Bolivian territory), occupying himself on the way with botany, zoology, and mineralogy, and a soldier named Geronimo Arcangel was detailed to accompany him. Letters were received from him from Cuzco and Areqnipa reporting the progress of his explorations and stating that he expected to reach Montevideo the early part of the following year. The expedition, however, was suddenly ordered home on account of the war, and Haenke remained in South America, collecting extensively in the interior of what is now Chile, Peru, and Bolivia. In 1790 he established himself at Cochabamba, a city beautifully situated on the fertile plateau watered by the tributaries of the Rio Grande, now the chief agricultural and industrial center of Bolivia. Here he estab- lish ed a botanical garden, gave medical assistance to his neighbors, and occupied himself with the study of natural science, making repeated excursions throughout the territory of what is now Chile, Peru, and Bolivia. Alcide d'Orbigny, in his paper on the genus Vic- toria, tells of meeting in his travels in South America with a Spanish missionary, Padre Lacueva, who had accompanied Haenke on one of his expeditions. The padre related an incident which illustrates in a COLLECTIONS OF HAENKE AND NEE. 27 most touching manner the enthusiasm which was characteristic of the collector and observer. While they were navigating the Rio Mamore in a canoe they discovered in a marsh bordering the river a plant so marvelously beautiful that Ilaenke fell upon his knees in worship, offering to the Author of so magnificent a creation a prayer of grateful homage. He insisted on stopping and camping at this place and left it with the greatest reluctance." This was about the year 1801. The plant was in all probtihility the magnificent water lily afterwards described as Victoria amaz;>, 1840. & Set* List of works, c Cavuirilles, Josef, hosmpriim, Hr, Sre List of works. 28 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM, part by Malaspina's own hand. It is quite voluminous. A part of the narrative is said to have been published in the A nates Ilidrograticou in 1871, but no such publication can be found in the official list. The narrative, much abridged, finally appeared in 1KS5, seventy-six years after the death of the brave and unfortunate navigator." For the most part it consists of bare statements of facts, resembling a log book, and has few descriptions and little detailed information concern- ing the countries visited. A satisfactory history of this important expedition still remains to be written. ROM AN/OFF EXPEDITION. On the evening of November 24, 1817, the brig Rurih, fitted out at the expense of the chancellor of the Russian Empire, Count Roman - zoff, for the purpose of scientific exploration, and commanded by Otto von Kotzebue, a lieutenant in the Russian navy, came to anchor in the harbor of San Luis de Apia. Attached to her were the botanist Adelbert von Chamisso; the naturalist Johann Fricdrieh Eschscholtz, and the artist Ludwig Choris. Owing to the shortness of the JhtriFx stay at Guam it was not possible to make extensive collections. Chamisso. however, got much interesting and valuable information while on the island from the Sargento Mayor Don Luis de Torres. To botanists, Eschscholtz's name is chiefly associated with the beautiful "California!! poppy" (Eschscholtzia), named in his honor by Chamisso. The narrative of the expedition was published by Kotzebue, under the title of "A Voyage of Discovery into the South Sea and Rehring's Straits," etc/' This narrative, which embodies Chamisso's observa- tions, is filled with errors and misstatements. It was miserably " done into English" by a translator who "joined to a style at once bald and incorrect a deplorable ignorance of his subject; hence the work abounds in errors of the grossest kind. Chamisso, wishing to cor- rect them, made out a list of errata, but no attention whatever was paid to him. He accordingly published his notes and journal inde- pendently, under the titles of " Bemerkungen und Ansichten," and "Tagebuch," in the former of which he gives comparative vocabu- laries of the languages of Guam, Yap, Ulea, and Radak/ In these two works a most charming personality is revealed. Cha- misso's love of nature was equaled by his love for his fellow-man. He recognized the humanity in the simple brown-skinned natives of the remote islands of the Pacific, and did not consider them legitimate rt Novo y (La viielto al inuntln, ote. Hue List of workfj. & Her I ist of works. ^ Quarterly 1-ieview, vol. 2(i, p. 1K22. ^ ChainisHo'a geKammeltt* Werke. Hw List of works. CHAMISSO AKD ESCHSCHOITZ 29 victims of the selfish schemes of white adventurers. He was mueh moved by the sad havoc wrought by the Spaniards in the Marianne Islands, and repeated the story of persecution and cruelty accompany- ing the "reduction" of the natives as related by the Spaniards themselves." From the statement published by Kotzebue that the natives of Guam had been exterminated by the Spaniards a wrong1 impression has gone abroad. The facts are presented under the head of "The modern inhabitants," below.b The plants collected by the Roman zo# expedition were deposited in the Imperial Academy of Sciences, St. Petersburg. Duplicates were sent to the Hooker Herbarium, at Kew, England, and to the Univer- sity of Kiel, Germany. A number of the plants were described by Chamisso and Schlechtendal in the journal Lin mm, the series beginning with the first paper of the first volume/ In the introduction to this paper, Chamisso, in speaking of Eschscholtz, says, "Intimam insti- tuimus amicitiam nunquam obnubilandam, communiaque semper habuimus studia, labores, fructus;" and in his Tagebuch he describes him as a young doctor from Dorpat, a naturalist and entomologist, shy and retiring by nature, but true and noble as gold. Such tributes reflect the character of their author. FKKYCIXET K\ I'KIHTION. A little more than a year after Ohamisso's visit, on March IT, 181!*, the French corvette Uvanle, Louis de Freycinet commanding, arrived at Guam. With him were the botanist, Charles Gaudichaud-Iieaupre, the zoologists Quoy and Gaimard, and an artist named Arago. A stav of several months allowed the naturalists to make extensive col- lect ions and observations on the island of Guam, and the islands of Rota and Tinian were also visited by them. On the return voyage the Umnie, while at the Falkland Islands, struck a rock and foundered. GaudichaiuTs collections were almost ruined. The hold, in which his herbarium was stowed, was flooded, and the plants saturated with sea water. Only a collector can appreciate the feelings of Gaudichaud when, several days afterwards, he fished them up and spread them out to dry as best he could. The collections were taken to France in the Phy$icimm>, and deposited in the Museum d'Histoirc Natu relic, at Paris. An interesting account of the vegetation of Guam was given « "Dcr froinme Mi&tiouiir I>ou Diego 1-uiw de San Vitores landete auf (ruajan ini Jahre 16(>7; or begphrte . f)0. bSee p. 117. c De Plantis in Kxpeditione .specula tori a liomauzotttana observatif, etr. Linnaa, erster Baud, Jalirgang, 1820, Berlin. 30 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM by Gaudichaud in the Botany of the Freycinet Expedition," and the greater part, of his observations are embodied in the narrative of the expedition published by Freycinet himself.h The zoology was pub- lished by Quoy and Gaimard. A narrative of the expedition was published independently by the artist .Tatpies Arago, which abounds in exaggerations, scandalous stories, and unkind criticisms and ridi- cule of the people whose hospitality he had enjoyed. Its publication naturally offended the Spaniards, and the next expedition from Franco to visit the island met with a very different reception at the hands of the governor/' While waiting for supplies from Manila a survey of the island was made by M. Duperrey under the direction of Freycinet. Existing maps were corrected and several charts of small harbors were drawn. I>rMONT nVkVlLLK/ti TWO VISITS, Dumont d'llrville made two visits to the island of (iuain. On his first visit, in May, 1828, he came in command of the Axtrohtb*', which had been sent out on an exploring voyage with special instructions to look for traces of La Pe rouse. Attached to the Axtroialx were Lesson, as pharmacist and botanist, who assisted dTTrville in collecting plants, and Quoy and Gaimard, as zoologists, who were the first to collect specimens of the Guam reed-warbler, Acroiujihahtx Imvinitt* the only true song bird of the island. A most interesting narrative of this expedition was written by Dumont d'LTrvillc himself, and the zoology was published by Quov and Gaimard/' The Axtrokihe anchored at Umata and w as boarded by Jose Flores, alcalde of the village. He told the captain that he had seen the ships of Malaspina, who visited Guam in 1792, thirty-six years before. In the roadstead d'LTrvilIe saw two ships which had been captured by the Spaniards from the independents of Mexico and were now being taken to Manila. Three years before this there had been a mutiny on board some Spanish vessels lying at anchor in the roadstead of Umata. The squadron was commanded by Don Andres Garcia (Jamba, Caballero de Santiago, afterwards governor of the Philippines. General (Jamba had served in South America against the revolutionists and had been captured at the battle of Ayacucho, December 9, 1824, in which the « TCotanique du voyage autour du monde. See List of works. Freycinet, Louis do: Voyage autour du monde. See List of works. '■Ranehez y Zayas, Islas Mariana*1, p. 2150. See List of works. The author calIt- attention to the fact that Medinilla, the governor of Guam at the time of the visit, entertained the captain and all the French officers for eight months, giving them bed and board; but that his hospitality '' was very poorly repaid, according to old French custom, an may be seen in the book written by Arago, draftsman of the exjtedition, a book which unfortunately ha.s been translated into Spanish, although the narrative of the commanding otlicer has not been translated." d Voyage de d£eouvertes de PAstrolabe, 1833. JOHN ANDERSON 31 South American colonies won their final victory over Spain. On the 1st of January, lS2f), he sailed in command of a squadron composed of the ship Ax/'// and the brigantines Aqta'lcx and ( onxfantt\ hound for the Philippines. The water of the squadron becoming scarce, they anchored in the roadstead of Umata and filled their casks. On the night of March Lo, while weighing anchor, the crews suddenly rose, set fire to one of the vessels, maltreated the commanding officer, and drove him ashore, together with his officers and 100 loyal men. Ganga-Herrero, the governor of Guam, went on board and tried to restore discipline, but they put him ashore, hoisted the flag of the insurgent republics of America, and set sail for Peru to join the inde- pendents. The general, accompanied by his officers and loyal men, proceeded in a whaling vessel to Manila, where they arrived April 4, and were received with great hospitality by all classes of people.'' P'Urville states that Governor Ganga-llerrero was much regretted by the natives, whom he permitted to trade on their own account with vessels anchoring at the island. His successor, Medinilla, on the other hand, was universally disliked. He forbade all traffic with visiting vessels, monopolizing it for himself. Among the officials visiting the ship was the captain of the port, a Scotchman named John Anderson, who had come to the island with Freycinct. He had served tem- porarily on the (Iranla as chief quartermaster, and was allowed to remain in Guam at his own request. P'lTrvillo describes him as a fine-looking man, well-behaved, and speaking French pretty well. Anderson knew Quoy and Gaimard, having been shipmates with them on the Uranle. He came to investigate the sickness on hoard, fearing that some contagious disease might be introduced into the island. He gave d'Urville information regarding the hydrography of the region. As an illustration of the conditions in Guam, he said that Medinilla, the governor, on his return from Manila had brought back more than 60,000 pesos worth of goods of all kinds to sell to the natives of Guam, and that he conducted a very profitable business, since he per- mitted no competitors in trade. This monopoly [says d'Urville], which aceording to our ideas would not be very honorable on the part of a governor, does not cause surprise in the Mariannes. The governors have had this privilege from time immemorial. D'Urville attributed the lack of enterprise and progress on the island to the absurd laws and this disheartening monopoly. How should industry flourish? [he says]. The governor is the sole trader. He receives annually money for the salaries of the oJlh-ers, whieli lie sends bark, giving them instead inferior goods at prices fixed by himself. " This account is taken from the narrative of Burnout d'Urville, supplemented by the report made to the Queen Regent, inserted in the work " Lns die/ v scin mescs de mando superior de Filipinas," par el )lariseal de C'ampo Don Andres Garcia Camba; Cadiz, 1W39. 32 UHKKUL PLANTS OF GUAM On January 1, 1S3!), Dmuont d'lTrville, commanding the Antvol&he and Zeler, paid his second visit to Guam. Attached to the expedition were Hombron and Jacquinot, as doctors and botanists, and Arago as artist. Two collections of plants were made on this expedition, the lirst bv the above-named botanists, the second, including several new species of alga?, by Duinont d'Urville himself. Besides the official reports of this expedition" a narrative was written by Arago.6 Hombron gave his collection of plants to M. Benjamin Pelessert, whose herbarium was afterwards presented by one of his nieces to the city of Geneva, Switzerland. It has been placed in a building in the Botanical Garden of that citv. EXTRACTS FliOM THE ARCHIVES OF GUAM, RELATING TO ITS ECONOMIC HISTORY. At Agana, the capital of Guam, there are a number of letter books containing copies of the official communications of the governors of the Mariannes to their immediate superior, the captain-general of the Philippines. In these letters various questions are discussed at length regarding the policy which should be pursued to make the Marianne Islands self-supporting and profitable to Spain, and to make the natives prosperous and happy. Arguments are advanced in favor both of protection and of free trade with visiting vessels. Attempts were made to compel the natives to till the ground, and inducements were offered by tempting their self-interest. Causes for the failure of the population to increase were sought in the destruction of the crops by hurricanes and pests, in the use of unwholesome or injurious food, and in the disinclination of the natives to work more than was neces- sary for their daily needs. Some of the governors greedily monopo- lized all trade, forcing the natives and the soldiers of the barracks to buy goods from them at prices arbitrarily fixed by themselves, and forbidding the natives to sell their products to the whalers who flocked to the islands. Others gave the natives free license to trade and entered into their daily life by cultivating farms of their own after the native fashion. Efforts were made to benefit the islands by decrees of the captains-general of the Philippines, to whose ears came stories of dishonesty and oppression on the part of the governors, and confidential subordinates were sent to the islands to sec what could be done for their good. The following extracts, showing the efforts made in behalf of the islands and the natives, are taken from the archives at Agana. " Voyage an pole slid, etc., 1841-1 Hf>4. See List of works. Arago, Jacques* Etienne Victor. Voyage autour os belonged to that school of economists who believe *' wealth" and " money" to be synonymous terms, estimating the wealth of a country by the amount of coin it contains, and holding that trade should be restrained in such a manner as to prevent money from being sent out of the country. He writes to the captain-general as follows: The lack of circulation of coin is the cause of the very small interior and exterior trade of this territory, which consist# almost entirely in bartering certain goods for others, with the countless difficulties arising therefrom which caused the establish- ment of money by our remote ancestors. This same cause has prevented the natives from dedicating themselves exclusively to one branch of industry or trade, each family finding itself obliged to engage in all occupations according to its needs, with the consequent imperfection and scarcity resulting therefrom, and, finally, as it is not possible for a single person or family to procure for itself as many articles and resources as are necessary for its nourishment, clothing, and conveniences, these natives have lacked the advantages enjoyed by other countries, in which the free circulation of money secures for them everything needful. It ia evident, then, in order that the Marianne Islands may issue from so sad a plight, it is indispensable that there should be in them an abundance of money, and as long as this is not the case, whether, aw in the former system, little comes in and soon goes out, or whether great sums conic in and go out immediately, as will hap- pen in the present system, the evil will always be the same or nearly the same. At present there are in the Marianne Islands no articles of export to attract the attention of the foreigner hut some edibles or beverages made from the coconut palm. Freedom of trade once established, it would introduce many articles, and the few things produced by the country would not suffice to pay for them, so that the difference would have to be made good in money. From this it would follow that money paid for salaries would remain here only temporarily; the country would be merely a channel through which the money from the royal treasury would flow to foreign parts with no hope of its return. The Mariannes would be deprived of the spirit of agriculture and industry, which I think ought, in a certain degree, to come before commerce, and the islands would be no less poverty stricken than they have been up to the present time. 9773—05 3 34 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM. Don Francisco goes on to make the following suggestions: First, considering the impossibility of preventing the arrival of foreigners in these islands, they should be obliged to pay at least the established anchorage dues; second, industry and agriculture on the part of the natives should l>e fostered, obliging them, on their own account and for their own benefit, to engage in producing objects easy of exportation, such as dyewood, indigo, cotton, tortoise shell, mother-of-pearl, arrowroot, and I icches de mer, and in the breeding of animals, the more extensive cultivation of land, and the production of wines, brandies, sugar, and other articles— all in accordance with the regulations of good government—which will not be hard to formulate according to the system in force in the Visayan Islands; third, the said freedom of trade will allow the natives to sell their goods, as will be seen; fourth, the royal treasury will continue to send half of the appropriation for the pay of the forces on the island in goods at prices as moderate as practicable; and fifth and last, if national or foreign vessels arrive with articles of commerce, they shall take away with them the equivalent of what they leave in the country in products of the island, and, if they do not wish the latter, they shall be sent away. He also suggests that the proceeds from the port dues be applied in part to the payment of premiums to persons who have most excelled in some branch of industry or agriculture or who have been of some benefit to the public. By these methods [says Villalobos"], sustained with constancy and intelligence and favored by the docility and good disposition which I observe in the inhabitants of these islands, I believe that the day will really come in which the Marianas will have much money, many goods; that they may without difficulty be self-sup- porting, like other provinces; that ships will concur, and that all amplitude desired will be given to trade. Villalobos did much to benefit the people of Guam. In his official letters to his chief he reports, among other things, the segregation of lepers and provision for their care and comfort; the appointment of hunters to supply the leper hospital with fresh meat by killing wild hogs and cattle; his efforts to encourage commerce, so that Guam may derive profit, like the Hawaiian Islands, from the visiting whalers; the vaccination of the natives as a protection against small- pox; the reorganization of the urban militia; proposed reforms in the administration of the college for the education of native children; efforts to promote the cultivation of coffee, "which article may be the wealth of this country;" the condition of agriculture on the island; the preparation of the large marsh east of Agana for the cultivation of rice; the injuries to maize caused by rats and weevils, and the con- sequent restriction of its cultivation to amounts barely sufficient for the needs of each family; the substitution of taroand yams for maize, when the latter has been destroyed by hurricanes, and the use of plantains and bananas as food staples instead of bread; the cultivation of sweet potatoes for supplying visiting ships; the excellence of the pineapples and the use made of pi neapple fiber; the fine quality of Guam « Letter book, January 18, 1830. CONDITIONS UNDER GOVERNOR VILLALOBOS. 35 tobacco, and the means employed to keep the plants free from worms; the introduction of manila hemp and the failure to make it profitable; the cultivation of eggplants, red peppers, tomatoes, squashes, water- melons, muskmelons, and peanuts in the natives' gardens; the scarcity of sugar cane on the island; the importance of the coconut palm, and the manufacture from it of toddy, vinegar, yeast, brandy, oil, syrup, fiber, and thatch for houses; the importance of breadfruit, both sterile and fertile, as a food staple; the manufacture of fecula, like arrow- root, from nuts of ' federieo" (Cyeax ch'cinalhi); the yield of betel nuts from Arcca palms, growing spontaneously on the islands; the manufacture of mats, hats, and lashings from the leaves of Pandanus; the scarcity of mango trees and sappan wood {used for dyeing); the abundance of achiote or arnotto (/>i.m ordlana), and the cultivation of the orange, lemon, lime, citron, bergamot, custard apple, tamarind, papaya, earambola, island arrowroot, and turmeric. lie also reports on the wild and domestic animals, and states that 011 the neighboring islands of Saipan and Tinian there are thousands of cattle and swine roaming in the woods." Villalobos erected a kiln for making pottery and t iles, paying the cost of it partly from his own pocket, lie also made charts of the island at his own expense, and superintended in person the construc- tion of bridges and the repairing of roads, stimulating the workmen by fees and small gratuities. In consequence of mutinies and acts of insubordination on the part of crews of ships in the harbor, England proposed to establish a consulate either at Guam or in the Ron in Islands. Villalobos objected to this, saying that if there were an English consul at Guam questions might arise leading to international complications, which might perhaps result in the loss of the island. On the other hand, if a consulate were established in the Bon in Islands, the whaling fleet would assemble there to the detriment of the natives of Guam, who derived much benefit from trading with the said vessels. He pro- posed that an arrangement he made whereby the British Government would authorize the governor of the Mariannes to act in settling cases of mutiny and the like. He also recommended the establishment of a store of marine supplies by either one of the two governments, and called attention to the immense advantages of the presence of many ships at Guam with liberty to trade with the islanders, the governor being prohibited from engaging in trade of any kind. Orders having been issued to collect import duties from the ships coming to Guam, Vil- lalobos informed the captain-general that it would be practically impos- sible to carry out the provisions of the decree. He stated that if guards were placed on board the ships, the cost of maintaining them a Villalolxja, manuscript report, to the captain-general of tliu Philippines, dated November 16, 1831. 36 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM would exceed the amount received for duties. If no guards were sta- tioned the duties would be only imaginary, on account of the bad faith of tho.se who sold and their "lack of delicacy." Moreover, if it should come to light that a sale had been secretly made and the corre- sponding duties on the Maine be exacted from a foreign captain, his pride and insolence would be apt to compromise the dignity of the authorities beyond all bearable limits or bring about disagreeable con- sequences resembling perhaps an unhappy affair between the ex-Gov- ernor Ganga-Herrero and an English captain, Mr. Stavers, who, in 1824, died from injuries received while resisting arrest. In view of these difficulties Villalobos on his own authority ventured to grant free trade between the visiting ships and the islanders. PABLO I'EREZ. Don Pablo Perez began his service as governor of the Mariannes on September 8,1848. Among the first reports forwarded by him to the captain-general were statistical tables regarding the population of the islands, a list of ships anchoring at Guam, a report of recent hurri- canes, the destruction of crops, and the resulting dearth of food, and a list of the useful woods of the island. He calls attention to the lack of laborers in Guam, especially of men skilled in mechanical trades, and begs that convicts be sent to the island, including mechanics of various kinds and husbandmen or tillers of the soil. He speaks of the presence of a few such men on the island who remained there after the expiration of their terms of imprisonment, and states that these were the only individuals skilled in the use of the plow, carpenter's tools, etc. He comments upon the inadequacy of the method practiced by the natives of cultivating the soil by means of the " fosino," or thrust- hoe," in consequence of which u their harvests arc small which might be large." Don Pablo found the roads and bridges in a deplorable state, owing to the effects of recent floods and hurricanes, and he reported that there was a lack of suitable tools for carrying on public works and of iron for making such tools. Following the hurricanes and Hoods there was an epidemic, caused probably by a dearth of nutri- tious food, and shortly after this the island was visited by a severe earthquake. In response to the report of this, supplies of rice, maize, and other food were sent to Guam from Manila, together with a relief fund raised by the young ladies and gentlemen of that city by means of theatrical performances for the benefit of the sufferers. Don Pablo acknowledges the receipt of these contributions as follows:'' The governor of the Mariana Islands in the name of the inhabitant#, who do not cease giving thanks to the Almighty for not having suwumbed to a desolating epi- demic and the most horrible of earthquakes, which still continue, saw themselves ® See p. 144. 6 Manuscript copy of letter in the archives of Guam, dated October 10, 1849. RELIEF RECEIVED FROM MANILA. 37 threatened anew by a devouring famine which threatened to put an end to their miserable existence. But Providence, which incessantly watches over those peoples who implore its aid, willed that the beneficent hand of our Superior Government, ever benevolent and philanthropic, should put a happy end to so much misfortune and un happiness so great. What joy was ours on the 3d day of September, when there arrived at this port the frigate Union, bearer of most bounteous supplies of rice, maize, and other grains, at prices more moderate than have ever l>efore l>een known in these possessions! It is impossible to describe the joy and animation of the people of this community, whose misery and poverty were increasing by a plague of worms which consumed as much rice, maize, and other seed as were sown in the months of July, August, and September; so that if succor had not arrived so opportunely the ruined crops could not have been replaced for lack of seed. Such was the scarcity that on the Ulrtli of August, four days before the arrival of the said ship, the only remaining five cabanes of rice were put up at auction and sold at 5 pesos a caban. From this alone may be formed an idea of the great if not the total lack which was suffered here. Like one who suddenly recovers from a mortal illness to perfect health, so was the air of contentment and rejoicing which seized upon all souls in their most sincere gratitude to the author of so many and such great benefits. Nor was our gratitude less to those gentlemen who contributed the subscription in money of $(>75-4-5, which was dis- tributed among the poor of these islands on this the birthday of our adored Queen, Dofia Isabella II (whom God save), in accordance with the directions of- the Superior Government. Without elements, means, or resources whatever for manifesting our gratitude, 1 directed that on the 9th of the same month of September a mass of thanksgiving Ik; celebrated by three priests, something very rarely seen in this city, with a sermon preached eloquently and eruditely, aw is his custom, by Padre Fray Manuel Kncama- cion, the parish priest of the village of A gat, who, in speaking of the calamities suf- fered by these islands, made his hearers understand and exhorted them to the grati- tude due our Government, which so prodigally relieved our necessities, finishing the function with a solemn to deum, and displaying the most holy sacrament. All the people bowing down like those of Israel before His Divine Majesty, breathed forth their prayers and vows for the happiness of their benefactors. 1» order to give another proof of the sentiments of gratitude which filled us and to carry out in a certain way the l>eneticent ideas of our Government, which especially distinguish it, as is seen by the sublime acts which illustrate the pages of the history of our colonies, I decided to act as godfather to the first girl baby which might be born, and J gave to it the name of Isabella, in memory of our august. Queen; and the lieutenant-governor acted in the same capacity for the first buy baby, which he called Narcissus, in memory of his excellency our captain-general, Count of Manila, who so justly rules these remote regions, each one of us giving to his godchild 50 j»esos and an outfit of decent clothing, which event took place at 9 o'clock on the morning of the 16th of Septeniljer, with the assistance of the authorities and of nearly all the population, so that these children may be living testimony of the remembrance of the generosity of our Sovereign and of your excellency, who knows so well how to act as the instrument of ho many and such great acts, which history will record for the honor and the glory of the great Spanish nation. On August 10, 1S51, the brigantine Clavelhio arrived from the Phil- ippines bringing 65 convicts. They were in a miserable plight. On the voyage two of their number had died, and nearly half of the remain- der were afflicted with scurvy, virulent ulcers, or cutaneous diseases. No medicines were available for treating these poor people. They 38 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM were handed over to a little Irish doctor named William E. George, who had acted as apothecary on a whaler and had been permitted to take up his residence in Guam; but his private supply of medicines was soon exhausted. Finally the board of directors of the hospital for lepers consented to furnish means out of their own fund for lint, bandages, and drugs to relieve the sufferers, asking the approval of their action by the captain-general. On September 1, the governor caused 51 of these convicts, all of whom were farmers by calling, to be distributed over the island, putting them under the charge of the most thrifty cultivators of the soil The principal one of these was the priest of Agat, Fray Manuel Encarnacion, to whom 18 of them were assigned. The governor issued a circular prescribing the conditions under which they were to be employed. The sick were to be kept at Agafia under treatment. On the 1st of September there were 14 on the sick list and on October 17 all had been put to work but G. CONVICT LABOR. The governor apprehended no trouble in allowing the convicts to be scattered over the island so long as there were no ships in harbor, as there was no possible means for them to escape from the island. It was his intention to have them divided into gangs, placed under the surveillance of guards, and employed at as great a distance as possible from the port, as soon as the season for the whalers1 visits should arrive. At these seasons there were often fifteen or twenty vessels in the harbor, and as most of them were short-handed, there would be great danger of their smuggling these people on board on the eve of sailing. Those convicts who should misbehave were to be punished by being placed in gangs under a guard and compelled to work in his sight. Those who might become sick or who were returned by their masters as unfit for work or as dangerous subjects, would have to be sup- ported by the Government. The governor asked the captain-general to authorize their subsistence from Government funds under the direct supervision of the governor. Scarcely a month had passed when the governor was informed that the convicts had entered into a conspiracy to rise against the authorities and take possession of the island. They were surprised by the guard, who tired upon them and charged bayonets. Their leader, Fortunato de los Angeles, "a villain from the Province of Cavite," was taken prisoner, one was killed, and two wounded. The rest scattered through the town and sought refuge in the woods. Before a week had passed all had been captured. The governor in his report to the captain- general says: I acknowledge that. T was mistaken. Relieving that men whom your excellency had pardoned from the punishment of (loath by your decree of the 11th of hist ,f no- nary would live fateful of auch a boon, J never dreamed thai (hey would rise aguiiiist the authorities and attempt to make ub the victims of Iheir ferocity. ECONOMIC CONDITIONS IN 1856. 39 The prisoners were sent back to Manila in the brigantine Clavelino, the same vessel which had brought them, in charge of Lieut. Jose Martinez, assisted by 12 privates and 2 corporals. Thus ended the attempt of Don Pablo to introduce convict labor into Guam. FELIPK I>E LA COKTE. On May 16, 1855, Don Felipe de la Corte relieved Don Pablo Perez as governor of the Mariannes. During his administration Guam was visited by a terrible epidemic of smallpox, which lasted nine months and carried off two-fifths of the population. In a report upon economic conditions, dated June 1W, 185G, Don Felipe says: For a long time the attention of the superior Government has been called to the slow progress* of the population of these Marianne Jslands, and the governors and special commissioners sent here have I teen directed to investigate the causes of this stationary condition of the population and even the decrease sometimes noticed in the number of inhabitants. * * * Some have thought to find the origin of this evil in the changeableness of the climate and the inconstancy of its seasons; others in the use of articles of food not very nutritious or perhaps injurious (nuta of Cycas), and others in the great number of rats, which destroy the abundant harvests. After a dissertation on the principles of political economy, "a science which teaches us by sure principles the means of bringing about the prosperity of a country and of ridding it of objects opposed to its progress,'1 Don Felipe goes on to say: It is not necessary to tire oneself in seeking other causes than that of poverty, which is the only thing that retards the progress of the population of the Marianne Islands. Other things to which it has l>een attributed are accidents. The use of hurtful food, poor clothing, and other things, far from being considered a cause, are in reality the effects of that poverty and the direct means through which it works for the spov- erty, the general and sole cause, has not, however, been perceived by many, because they could not believe that it could occur in the midst of a soil which produces abundant and varied fruits, in spite even of those plagues, and because they have confounded with wealth the occurrence here at all times of fruit* growing spontane- ously which the natives use for food during the periods when more wholesome kinds are lacking. * * * The prosperity of a country depends, instead of upon the abundance of its spontaneous products, rather upon the wealth accumulated in it, and here precisely is the great defect and the origin of the evil in the Marianne Islands. In them, most excellent SefSor, nobody possesses anything, with very few exceptions. Here all live absolutely for the day, and domestic utensils, tools of laborers, lodgings, and everything—absolutely everything—is so mean, so little durable, and so incapa- ble of constituting wealth that all, or nearly all, could with solemnity declare at all hours that they are poor. * * * To correct the evils upon which I here have touched, and to ameliorate the condition of these islanders, my predecessors, with laudable %oal, have reproduced without ceasing exhortations, orders, and decrees that they should plant and harvest wholesome and abundant fruits. But who would believe it? With fat harvest*, of which the grain has sometimes even lieeu burned for lack of consumers, poverty has continued and reached even to us; for not hav- ing sought the means of accumulating that wealth then superfluous, to fill out the dearth later in worse seasons, all has perished at the moment, and without object. And what is still worse, it has created in these natives the idea in good years as well as in bad, of large crops as well as of small, that they can not hope for a beneficial 40 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM change. They have logically figured that it is futile to work for superfluous harvests which ro.ay have to l)e burned, consequently not relieving them in the periods of scarcity which are sure to come later; that it is better to work little than to work without result. On account of this they have been accused of possessing a lazy dis- position, which they are far from manifesting 011 occasions in which they clearly see the good results of their work. PRESERVATION of maize.—To dispel so harmful a prejudice I have thought it of the greatest importance to inaugurate the first accumulation of wealth in the preser- vation of the article most important for the subsistence of these natives. This is maize, or Indian corn, which is harvested with the greatest ease and n iay be planted at three epochs of the year in such a way that three times as much as the amount necessary for consumption may be produced at each harvest if its cultivation lie fol- lowed on a great scale and leaving out accidents. There is in contrast with this the experience which they have that with their small resources the most careful can scarcely make their supply of thin grain last from har- vest to harvest, so that there are repeatedly seasons during which a great portion of the population, being without maize or even the other articles of food used here, finds itself forced to fall back on federico [OyeiW nuts] and other fruits and roots of the forest, which can not fail to do them injury either from their being essentially harmful or because the organic system of the native suffers from the repeated changes from one kind of diet to another. Anxious to root out an evil which I consider the greatest in these islands, and per- suaded that when this is once accomplished a new era will begin for their inhabit- ants, I have availed myself of the teachings pertaining to my profession, and I have thought that without prejudice to anyone and by means of light work uf all there could be put into practice the ancient system practiced by Spain and other countries of preserving cereals in subterranean granaries, and, combining this idea with the beneficent institution of the public granaries of Spain and some places in the Indies, I published an order which I hope will meet with the approval of your excellency, assuring you that in taking this step I have been prompted by a fervid wish to ben- efit these natives. Don Felipe de la Corte wrote a most interesting account of these islands, which was published hy the Spanish Government.® He was relieved at his own request by Don Francisco Moscoso y Lam on Jan- uary 28, 1866, after having served eleven years. SOME I) AD AORICOLA, During the administration of Governor Moscoso a society was formed under the title "Sociedad Agricola de la Conception." It was composed of the governor and several of the officials and leading citi- zens of the island- Laborers were introduced from Japan and efforts were made to develop the resources of the island. The project failed, however. Some of the Japanese died and the rest returned to Japan. SUMMARY. From the above extracts some idea may be gathered of the economic conditions on the inland of Guam. The causes which have prevented the general prosperity of the natives have lieen (L) the frequent hur- « Memoria descriptiva. See List of works. fTT- SEASONS. 41 ricanes, which destroyed the results of their labor; (2) the unwise course of certain governors in discouraging individual enterprise; (3) the absence of any effort to accumulate capital either in the form of money or of supplies. PHYSICAL CONDITIONS OF GUAM. CLIMATE AND RAINFALL. Seasons.—Though Guam lies within the Tropics, its climate is tem- pered throughout the greater part of the year by a brisk trade wind, blowing from the northeast and east. Its mountains are not high enough to cause marked differences in the distribution of rain on the island, and the island is not of sufficient extent to cause the daily alter- nating currents of air known as land and sea breezes, Generally speaking, the seasons conform in a measure with those of Manila, the least rain falling in the colder months or the period called winter (invierno) by the natives, and the greatest rainfall occurring in the warm months, which are called summer (vera.no) by the natives. The year may be divided into a rainy and a dry season, but this division does not correspond exactly to that based on temperature, for the period of maximum temperature precedes that of the greatest rainfall. During the winter months the wind blows briskly and steadily from the northeast and east. In June it becomes unsteady, veering to the east and southeast, and by September what is generally known as the u southwest monsoon " sets in. The climate is healthful in compari- son with other tropical countries, the only period when sickness may be expected being that of July and August, when the absence of the trade wind and the presence of moisture in the atmosphere causes the heat to appear greater than it is. The mean annual temperature is about 80° F., and the mean monthly temperature ranges from 78° F. in December, the coldest month, to 82° F, in May and June, the hottest months. The highest absolute temperature recorded in 1902, 90° F., occurred in June and July, the lowest, 66° F., in December. Though the mean monthly temperature varies only 2° on either side of the mean annual temperature, yet the u wintersof Guam are so definitely marked that certain wasps which during the summer make their nests in the open fields among the bushes invade the houses of the people at that season and hibernate there. Meteokouhjioal Tables.—The following tables, compiled from observations made at the naval station at Agana, the capital of Guam, show the temperature, rainfall, and prevailing winds for each month of the year 1902. They arc taken from a report drawn up by Dr. Cleveland Abbe, jr., who, through the courtesy of Prof. Willis L. 42 USEFUL PLANTS OP GUAM Moore, Chief of the Weather Bureau, was detailed to examine and interpret the records forwarded to the United States Hydrographic Office: Temperature^ 1002, [Degrees Fahrenheit and centigrade.] January... February . March April May June.. July August September October... November December. Month, Mean, F. 79 80 80 81 82 82 81 81 80 80 79 78 Annual maximum Annual minimum Mean 82 78 HO °C, 26.1 26.7 26.7 27.2 27.8 27.8 27/2 27.2 26.7 26.7 26.1 25.6 27.8 25.6 26.7 Absolute. Maximum. ° F. °C, 86 86 87 87 8ft 90 90 88 87 88 85 85 90 87 30.0 30.0 mo 30.6 31.1 32.2 32/2 31.1 30.6 31.1 29.4 29.4 32.2 30.6 Minimum. " r °F, °C. 70 71 72 73 72 73 75 74 78 70 69 66 66 72 211 21.7 22.2 22.8 22.2 22.8 23.9 23.3 22.8 21.1 20,6 18.9 18,9 22,2 Mean dally range. °F, 8 8 10 8 9 10 9 9 11 10 U 9 Oil C. 17 3 9 4.4 4,4 6.6 4,4 5.0 5.6 5.0 5.0 6.1 5.6 6.1 6.0 9.4 1.7 5.0 Rainfall, 1W2. tin Inches and millimeters.] Month. Total. Percent- age of annual rainfall. Maximum in 24 hours, Inches. Millime- ters. Inches. Millime- ters. January 3.58 7.30 3.21 3,87 4.55 7.14 16.06 19.72 27.01 9.6% 11.86 2,53 90,93 185.42 81.53 98.04 115.57 181.36 407.92 000- 89 6*6.06 244.60 301.24 64.26 3.1 6,3 2.8 3.3 3.9 6.1 13.8 16.9 23.2 8.3 10.2 2.2 1.01 2,24 .90 .71 .92 2.92 6.26 4.72 5.31 2.81 2.62 .77 25.65 56.90 22,86 18.03 23.37 74.17 159,00 119.89 134,87 71.37 66.56 19.50 February ....... March April May June July August . September .. October * . November . December . Sum 116.46 27.01 2.53 2,958.12 686,06 64.26 100.0 2:1,2 2.2 Maximum ,, 6.26 159.00 Minimum Number of days with raint and amount1902. Month. January. February March,.. April May June July A tiff ust _. More than a trace. 18 21 16 19 22 25 28 28 More than 0.10 inch. 11 9 9 n 9 12 17 23 More than 0.50 inch. 2 4 2 3 3 4 7 12 More than 1 inch 1 s 0 0 0 1 ft Month, More than a trace. More than 0,10 inch. More than 0,50 inch. 1ft 7 6 1 More than 1 Inch. 8 3 4 0 September October ...... November December,...... 27 21 25 15 26 12 17 9 Sum 265 2X 15 105 2G 9 66 15 1 29 X 0 Maximum ...... Minimum HURRICANES 48 Directirms t*f the vnnd^ 1902* Month, January February. Marrh April May ..... Juiiti July August Sup timber October November December Sum (days) North days. North east d»y«. 0.5 1.5 4.0 zo lfi.5 TJ.O 16.5 20.0 13.0 tj.S 13.0 1, f> East days. South east days. South davs. South west da vs. Wesl days. North west days, Variable dii vs. H, 0 4,0 G.O 8.0 117,0 Storms.—Hurricanes may visit the island at almost any reason. According to available records they appear to have been most frequent during the months of April and November. The first one recorded occurred on the 8th of September, IfiTl, in the midst of a war between the Spaniards and the natives. It is described as "a typhoon, called 'bagnio' by the natives, the most furious which had been seen on the island, veering in a short time all round the compass, and causing injuries which it would take years to remedy, ruining nearly all the houses of Agana and the other towns of the island, especially those of the chief conspirators, as they have since confessed; tearing up breadfruit trees, together with palms and other plants with which they nourish themselves, leaving them in a condition without farms, without houses, and without food." Not even the church of the missionaries was spared, and one of the wizards of the natives declared that he was more powerful than the god of the Spaniards, since the hurricane had swept away their church and had not been able to injure his house. A violent hurricane laid waste the island on the night of August 10, 1848. A description of the damages wrought by it may be found in a report of the Spanish governor, Don Pablo Perez, to the captain- general of the Philippines. Since the American occupation there have been several hard storms. The first occurred on May 2t>-27,1900, the wind being accompanied by very heavy rainfall. Breadfruit, coco- nuts, coffee, and cacao were stripped from the trees and bushes; plan- tains and banana plants were torn to shreds, and many trees were snapped off or uprooted. In the southern part of the island fowls died from exposure. At the village of Surnai, on Orote Peninsula, the infirmary and wharf shed were demolished and several private houses were blown down. At Agat several dwellings were destroyed, together with the school house. At Merizo the rice fields were destroyed, and at Umata the corn was killed, the chapel unroofed, and several dwellings demolished. At Inalahan three bridges were car- ried away by swollen streams and the tribunal, rectory, and school- 44 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM. house unroofed. In the harbor of San Luis de Apra the U. S. S. Brutm was torn from her anchorage and blown upon the reef, with- out, however, suffering serious injury. On the 13th of November following occurred the hurricane which caused the loss of the U, S. S. Yosemite, which was lying at anchor in the harbor. This vessel was swept from her moorings and carried out to sea, where she foundered. Five of her crew were lost. The sea overflowed the lowlands and flooded the streets of Agana. Crops of all kinds were destroyed and most of the vegetation was stripped bare of foliage. Government buildings were injured and many native houses destroyed. Of the 255 deaths which occurred on the island during the year 1900, 84 wore caused by the hurricane. This destruc- tion was followed, as is always the case, bv a dearth of food. It ■■■ 7 v caused our Government to expend nearly $10,000 for the relief of the natives, who received the proffered aid with expressions of deep grat- itude/' Among the most serious results of hurricanes of this nature is the stripping of coconut trees of their leaves. The intiorescence is formed in the axils of the older leaves and if these are injured the flower buds shrivel up and the tree fails to produce. During the year which followed the hurricane not one ounce of copra, which is prac- tically the only export of the island, was produced in Guam, Coffee and other shrubs and trees soon recover from the effects of a storm, and maize, tobacco, and rice may be replanted. Cacao, however, is often killed outright, and several years are necessary for new plants to begin to bear. The records for 1902 show that hurricanes passed near the island of Guam in May, July, September, and October. In examining the Philippine weather records Doctor Abbe waa able to identify the stormy periods of Guam as days when typhoons must have passed close to the island. Many of the typhoons which sweep the Philip- pines apparently have their origin in the vicinity of the Marianne Islands. Doctor Abbe has suggested in his report that a station be established on the island of Guam for meteorological observations, to be connected by telegraph with Manila. This could not fail to be of great benefit to vessels about to put to sea, giving warning of approach- ing blows and indicating what kind of weather is to be expected. JIYDROOliAPHY. Contour op this ocean's bottom.-—In taking soundings with a view to selecting a cable route across the Pacific, the U. S. S. Nwo found the ocean bed between Midway Island and Guam to be a great plain from 3,100 to 3,200 fathoms deep, somewhat broken in places by submarine reefs and mountain ranges. The first thousand miles from Midway, « Anmuil Report, of the Assistant Herretary of the Navy, I HO 1, j>p. 75-7ti. •VI ■ HYDROGRAPHY. 45 with the exception of a submarine mountain peak near Ocean Island, is entirely level. The remainder of the distance, though fairly level in general, is interspersed by a number of reefs and mountain ranges. On approaching the great submarine volcanic range running nearly north and south which forms the islands of the Marianne group, at a point a short distance east of Guam, this plain descends into an abyss, which is the deepest yet discovered in the world, lacking only 66 feet of a depth of 6 statute miles. The temperature at this depth was found to be 36° F. It was necessary to select for the cable a route around the northern limit of this depression, which has been christened the Nero Deep. Its southern limits are not yet known. Between Guam and the Philippines the bed of the ocean is less regu- lar than to the eastward. For the first t>00 geographical miles the depth varies from 1,400 to 3,700 fathoms. The character of the bot- tom is described as undulating, but without definite ranges of hills or valleys. After this a low mountain range occurs which slopes to the westward down to a plain 3,000 to ,5,500 fathoms deep, which reaches to the Philippines and has a bottom of soft mud and ooze. A route was also surveyed between Guam and Yokohama, Japan, to the westward of the Mariannes and to the eastward of the Bon in Islands. For the first 500 geographical miles a level plain 2,100 fath- oms deep was found. Then the Nero encountered a submarine moun- tain range which apparently connects that of the Marianne Islands with the range extending from the Bon in Islands to Japan. While crossing this range a submarine conical peak was discovered resem- bling Fujiyama in form/' Ocean currents.—The currents in the vicinity of the Marianne Islands are much affected by the prevailing winds. During the greater part of the year there is a drift to the westward or south- westward of 1 to 2 knots per hour. On the sandy beaches of the east coast of the island of Guam driftwood of American origin is often found, including huge logs of Oregon fir. From July to September, when the easterly winds are interrupted by the influence of the south- west monsoon, the drift is frequently to the northeast. Tides.—The rise of tides in the archipelago is generally less than 3 feet. In the harbor of San Luis de April the rise and fall is 3 to 4 feet. High water occurs there at the full and change of the moon at about seven hours after its meridian passage. The tides play an important role in the economy of vessels lying in the harbor, as the water on the reef is too shallow to permit boats of considerable size to land cargo at any time but that of high water, and it is not unusual «6ee "Trans-Pacific submarine telegraph cable survey," in the Report of the Sec- retary of the Navy for 1900, pp. 299-302, from which the above information is derived. 46 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM. for a boat to stick upon the reef halfway between the ship and the shore. There is a crooked channel through which bouts of small size may pass, and extensive dredging operations have been recommended in order to enlarge the harbor and clear a channel from the harbor to the shore, but the recommendations of the board have not yet been carried out." * PHYSICAL GKOflRArHY, Surface and contour.—From a distance the island appears flat and even, but on approaching it the northern portion is seen to be a raised platform or plateau (PI. I), with several low peaks rising from it in the north, and to the southward a low, rounded hill, which has received the vernacular name of uTiyan" (belly). The southern half of the island is mountainous. The island is irregular in shape. It may be compared roughly to the shape of a human footprint (the right foot), with the heel north-northeast and the toe south-southwest (see map, PI. LXX). The general plane of the northern half is not horizontal but shelving, with eastern and higher side bounded by steep cliffs. The east coast of the southern half is penetrated by a few small bays, none of which is capable of receiving a vessel. On the west coast of the northern part of the island there are a number of sandy bays fringed with coconut groves and separated from one another by as many rocky points. The east shore is constantly beaten by a heavy sea caused by the stiff trade winds which prevail during the greater part of the year. The adjacent sea is very deep, so that it is impossible for vessels to find anchorage there. The swell is even so great that it is dangerous at most times for boats to attempt to enter the small ports in the southern part, except at Hahahvan, at the extreme south, which is sheltered from easterly and northeasterly winds. On the west side of the island the sea is shallow enough in several places to permit vessels to anchor within a safe distance of the shore, except during a certain part of the summer, when winds from the southwest may be expected. The favorite anchorage of the early navigators was the roadstead of Umata (Humatag), where a good supply of fresh water was always to be secured without difficulty. Afterwards the bay of San Luis de April became used as a harbor, and is now the only port of the island in which large ships can find anchorage. The little harbor of Agana (Hagadna) can be entered only by vessels of the size of launches, and the anchorage in Agana Bay is not considered safe. In Alexander Agassiz's description of the islandh he gives a detailed account of its shore line and the physical features of the island. The «See Report of the Guam Survey Board to the Secretary of the Navy, July 25,1901. PThe Coral Reefs of the Tropical Pacific, p. 366 et seq., 1903. RAISED PLATFORMS OF CORAL. 47 AlbtUroM encountered the east coast of Guam near Point Hanom. He found distinct coralliferous limestone terraces in the faces of the cliffs from Pago Bay north, marking the position of the former sea level, and indicating the periods of rest during the elevation of the island; and when these are not distinct, lines of caverns along the vertical faces of the cliffs indicate the former lines of sea level. The cliffs of the northern part of the island vary from 300 to 5n0 feet in height. The lower part of their faces is riddled with crevasses, and at a higher level, probably on the face of the fourth or fifth terrace, there are numerous caverns. North of Point Anao some of the corallifcrous limestones are stratified, dipping toward the sea; others, nearer the northern extremity of the island, show evidence of great disturbance, probably caused by the volcanic outbursts of Mount Santa Rosa. Mr, Agassiz found them to resemble those of similar limestone islands, such as Makatea, Niue, Eua, Vavau, and others of the Fiji group. Outside of Viti Levu and Vanua Levu, Guam proved to be the largest island visited by the Alhatrosx, composed in part of volcanic rocks and of elevated coralliferous limestone. At the northern end of the island, though there are live distinct terraces, these are concealed bv the vegetation growing on the slopes. Talage ("Lookout") Bay," at the northern extremity of Guam, is an immense sandy flat, flanked by a comparatively broad reef platform full of " horseheads and of " ncgroheads'1 of coral, which extends from Taga Point around the north extremity of the island and down the east coast, past Achae and Nigo points, to Ipapao. From the latter point the coast consists of a vertical cliff, with here and there a small stretch of sandy beach along the sea between projecting points until it reaches Tumhun Bay. Ilere the coral forms a great reef flat, which continues along the coast southward, past llagadna Bay, as far as A papa, or Cabras, island. To the south of Orote Peninsula, which projects 4 miles in a northwest- erlv direction and forms the southern side of the bay of San Luis de Apra, a narrow reef flat juts out from the west coast at various promontories in the extension of spurs of volcanic slopes. At Maleso, or Memo, Bay a broad reef flat projects, which forms the southwestern extremity of the island of Guam and extends eastward to Point Hahahyan, but not as far as Inalahan Bay, on the east coast. North of that bay the coast is edged by a narrow reef Mat, which continues as far as Pago Bay. Along the east coast of the northern half of the island there is a narrow reef flat, bordering the precipitous shore from Hanom Point to Point Anao. The southern half of the island of Guam consists of what Mr. Agas- « The name of thin bay is improperly written on most charts "Taragav," si word with no significance. "Talage," (pronounced tal&gay) the vernacular name, signi- fies " to look toward." Jt was the point from which the ancient Uhamorros looked out ioj vessels naming from the northern islands. 48 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM siz describes as "a volcanic massif which has burst through the coral- liferous limestone,1' and which at Mount Tengho reaches to a height of more than a thousand feet. The volcanic range to which it belongs has burst through the limestone near Agana and extends southward, parallel to the west coast, at a distance of about 1 or 2 miles from the shore. Its highest peak, called Humuyong-manglo ("Source-of-the- wind"), back of Umata, reaches a height of 390 meters. Considerable denudation has already taken place on the volcanic slopes, forming in the interior of the island a number of peaks, ridges, and pinnacles. Ou the western and southern sides of the volcanic mountains the lime- stone masses which once covered their sides have in great measure dis- appeared through disintegration, and the soft material covering the slopes is constantly being washed down their sides. Many of the val- leys form small canyons with very steep walls. The peninsula of Orote and A papa Island are composed of elevated coralliferous limestone containing well-preserved fossils. These show no signs of metamorphism, as do those collected in the immediate vicinity of Mount Makahnag, where the limestone comes into contact with volcanic rock. The fossils arc, however, highly calcified, and their hardness and the crystallization of the rocks would seem to indi- cate considerable age. The haubok.—The bay of San Luis do Aprs! is the only harbor for vessels. It is protected on the southwest by the promontory of Orote, on the east by the island of Guam itself, on the north by A pa pa island and the adjoining reef of Luminan, which is awash at high water. From this reef a bank (Kalalang) extends to the south westward toward Orote Point, terminating in two rocks which rise to within a few feet of the surface, leaving a narrow but deep channel, which serves as an entrance to the harbor. Apap& island consists entirely of elevated cor- alliferous limestone deeply pitted and honeycombed. The limestone mass is full of crevices, potholes, and funnels, covered with stalactites. The island does not rise more than 8 or 10 feet above high-water mark. The shore is undercut and the island furrowed by numerous gullies; it is full of caverns, crevices, and pits." As the harbor is much obstructed by coral reefs and is at a consid- erable distance from the seat of government of the island, a board of officers was sent to make a survey of it, with a view to its improve- ment, either by dredging or the construction of a breakwater along the reef, or both. It is intended to make it the site of a naval base and coaling depot of large capacity, as well as to serve as a commercial port. The board was directed to make recommendations as to the removal of reefs and other obstructions to navigation; to draw up plans for wharves, docks, storehouses, barracks, hospital, water sup- a See Agassiz, op. cit., p. 370. art RIHmKKTEP HARHOR IMPROVEMENTS. 49 ply, and so we rage system; port defenses, fortifications, and maga- zines; and to lay out a town site, having" in view the prospective increase in commercial importance of the port. The following extract is taken from the report of the board: The Iwiy of San Luis dt* Apru haw a deep anchoring ground, extending alx>ut 1 mile north and south and about 2 miles east and west. It is broken, however, hy 8ever.il outlying reefs. It in protected except to the westward. Luminan Reef gives suilicient protection, hut KalAlang Bank, with a depth of some 30 feet, does not, the swell making round the end of Luminan Reef even with the prevailing northeasterly wind. It would therefore l>e necessary, in order to thoroughly close the harbor against the ocean wwell and atorms, to build a breakwater along these banks, extend- ing from Luminan Reef to Spanish Rocks, leaving a deep entrance between Spanish Rocks and Orote Island 2,000 feet wide. The board did not recommend that such a breakwater should be built, on account, among other considerations, of its great cost and the uncertainty of the force of storms against a breakwater on this narrow bank with deep water so close to seaward. Even if such a breakwater were built, the proposal which had been made of utilizing some of the coral reefs in the harbor as sites for coal depots could not be followed out, as test borings made in these reefs showed that nearly all of them are formed, not of solid coral, but of coral sand interspersed with occasional coral heads, with growing coral of various kinds on the sur- face, so that they would make poor foundations for retaining walls. After duly considering various plans the board recommended that an opening 30 feet deep be dredged through the reef separating the deep water of the main harbor from an inner basin south of the old fort, Santa Cruz, and not far from the village of Sumai on Orote Peninsula; that this basin be enlarged by dredging, and the top of a small reef in the outer anchorage, near Cabras Island, be removed to a depth of H fathoms; that the naval base and coaling station be established on Orote Peninsula, near Sumai, and be supplied with water brought from Paulana, a branch of the Atangtano River; that batteries be located on Orote Peninsula and Cabras Island with good military roads leading to them from the posts and boat landings; that the town site be established on the high land of Orote Peninsula, back of the naval station, and that commercial docks be constructed in places indicated by the board; and that a light-house be constructed on Orote Point with a light of the fourth order. The report of the board was published" and handed to the Naval and Commerce Committees of Congress. An appropriation of $150,000 for the improvement of the harbor of San Luis de Apra passed the Senate, but the House failed to concur and the measure was lost. The sum of $40,001 > asked for the acquisition of land was granted by Congress. The retention of Guam as an American possession after its capture, as provided for in the peace protocol at the close of the Span a Report of the (iuani Survey Board to the Secretary of the Navy, July 5J5, 1901. 9773—05 4 50 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM. ish war, was for the express purpose of establishing a naval coal depot. With completion of the Panama canal this will undoubtedly become an important mercantile port of call." (See map, PI. LXX.) Earthquakes.—Earthquakes are frequent, but not often violent. Among the most severe were those of April 14, 1825, January 25, 1840, and September 22, 1902. Not long after that of 1849, which destroyed the church and the government house of Umata, a number of Caroline Islanders arrived at Guam in two canoes, stating that their islands had been swept by enormous waves, and begging the governor to allow them to take up their residence in the Marianne Islands. In the letter book of Don Pablo Perez, in the archives at Agafia, a detailed account of this earthquake is given. The first shock was felt at 2:49 p. m. It was followed by repeated shocks and trembling accompanied by a subterranean rumbling " which made the natives fear that a vol- cano was about to burst forth and blow them all to atoms." The earth was cracked open in many places, some houses were thrown down and others were injured; but the only life lost was that of a woman who happened to be in her rancho near the beach. She was carried away by one of the great waves which swept in from the ocean. Great masses of rocks fell from the cliffs. The shocks continued for several days in succession, and it was many days before the damages could be repaired. Sixteen whaling vessels lying at anchor in the harbor were uninjured. The captain of a whaling frigate which arrived shortly afterwards stated that he had felt the earthquake 1,000 miles to the eastward of the Mariannes. Since the American occupation of the island there have been a number of earthquakes, but the only one of serious importance was that of September 22, 1902. Governor Schroeder's account of this is almost a repetition of Don Pablo's report to the captain-general of the Philippines. The earthquake which occurred at 11.24 a. in. [says Governor Hchroeder] is the Beverest of which there is any record. From the government house terrace, during its continuance, there could be seen clouds of dust rising suddenly from the different quarters of Agafia as the masonry houses would fall. The earth opened here and there in small places, from which water would spout and subside, leaving a few round, apparently hollow pita, and innumerable fine cracks were observable every- where. A dull grinding roar preceded and accompanied the shaking of the earth; sure-footed bulls were tripped up and fell to their knees, while buildings rocked and swayed, water tanks were tossed over, and bells rung by the vibration. In other parts of the island fissures 1 to 2 feet wide were made, those of Piti emitting strong sulphurous fumes. Masses were dislodged in the mountains and hills, plowing down the slopes and completely blocking the road from Agafia to Piti at three points. In the harbor of San Luis de Apra the collier Justin, anchored in 22 fathoms of water, was severely shaken. The disturb- ance of the white coral-mud bottom of the harbor was so great as to a Report of the Secretary of the Navy for the year 1902, pp. 361-362. EXTINCT VOLCANOES. 51 give a milky appearance to the sea for .some distance around, A number of the masonry houses of Agana were destroyed, and those left standing were so badly injured as to be unfit for habitation. The old bell tower of masonry near the church, built in 1(W9, was seamed with large cracks. In the other towns of the island nearly all masonry houses, churches, and rectories were ruined. The collier Justin was sent the day after the disaster with an officer to the German island of Saipan, 120 miles to the northward, to ascertain the damage done and offer aid. They found no casualties, though the earthquake had also violently shaken the island. Fortunately the disaster occurred in the 1-- daytime, as did the hurricane of 1890, and the casualties included but one child killed and a few of the townspeople of Agana hurt. The total cost of repairs to government buildings was estimated at$22,lo0 gold. A summary of the earthquake phenomena of 1902 is included in Doctor Abbe's report, published in Terrestrial Magnetism and Atmos- pheric Electricity, 1901, page 81. Extinct volcanoes.—All of the mountain peaks of Guam are undoubtedly of volcanic origin. In some of them the outlines of the craters may still be traced and the lava presents the same appearance as in recent volcanoes.a Surrounding the bases of the mountains are ancient coral reefs, the margins of which, in contact with the volcanic products, have in many places been converted into crystalline lime- stone, showing evidence of volcanic activity after the whole island had been raised from the sea. The heights of the principal mountains are approximately as follows: Santa Rosa 265 meters, Tiyan (Barri- gada) 205 meters, Makahnag 215 meters, Chachao 320 meters, Tengho 310 meters, Tlicho (Huinuyong-manglo) 390 meters, Sanalaguan (Hell mountain), at the southern end of the island, 340 meters. Ancient coral reefs.—The entire northern portion of the island is a raised coral platform penetrated in several places by the low volcanic peaks already referred to. On the west side of the island between the mesa and the sea several distinct flat terraces occur, showing succes- sive upheavals. During the recent earthquakes the general level of the whole island was raised. It would require only a very slight ele- vation to convert into dry land the very extensive reef Hats along the west coast which are covered at high tide by only a few feet of water. The bottom between the shore and the barrier reef is perfectly level and covered with very fine sand resembling flour in consistency. Minerals. — With the exception of thin layers of iron-ore, no metal- yielding deposits occur on the island. An inferior lignite is found in one or two places. There is also a volcanic rock called houion, which is used for fire places, and a soft pale-green mineral called lauka which a This is especially true of Santa Rosa, in the northern part of tin; island. 52 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM is easily worked. In certain localities nodules of flint are found simi- lar to those from Kuropean chalk formations. Kiveks.—In the northern portion of the island the ground is so porous that the water disappears as it falls. There are, however, a number of sink holes called lupog, and in the rainy season several small streams near the bases of the hills of Santa Rosa and Mataguag. Near the middle of the island about a mile and a half from Agana there is a tine large spring or lake (Matan hanom) from which a copious supply of water issues all the year round. This, after slowly oozing through the great swamp called the " Ci6naga," forms the Agana River, the channel of which has been artificially length- ened and turned for about a mile parallel to the coast before it reaches the sea. This is for the purpose of affording a laundry to the women of Agana. In the southern portion of the island there are a number of small streams on both sides, some of which lose themselves beneath the surface for a time and reappear, issuing from caverns.® VEGETATION OF THE ISLAND. PLANT COVERING AOOOKDINO TO HABITAT. COltAL HEJSK9. Among the algae growing on the reef the most conspicuous are the brown l'adinas with fan-like fronds expanded like the tail of a strut- ting peacock, jointed Halimedus, like miniature Opuntias, and the feathery Caulerpa plumarw. Another Caulorpa {C\ dav If era uvi- fera), green and succulent, looks as though it bore bunches of minia- ture grapes. Among the red algie arc the more delicate Acanthopkora oriental/is, Gorallapsis salicornla, with terete cartilaginous fronds, and Mastophova lammirouxii, with dense foliaceous fronds, somewhat like Chondrus in form, and conspicuous fruit. From some of the gelati- nous species the natives make blancmange. Among the more delicate green forms are the woolly Rhlzochmlum, tortmsum and the beau- tiful little Jiryopsis plumom. Near the mouths of rivers grow Enteromorpha clathrata and K eompressa, with narrow, linear, grass- like fronds. (See Alt/w, catalogue.) Among the marine flowering plants are ITalodulv unint-rvu^ a plant resembling a fine eel grass (Zos- tera), and llalophila ovata, belonging to the Vallisneriaceae, with a creeping rootstock and oval or linear-oblong petioled leaves. MANfiROVE SWAMPS. At the mouths of many streams, where the water is brackish and the shores are muddy, are growths of mangroves and their allies, «The principal cavern of this nature is that in the valley of the TalofOfO River, til tout a mile from its mouth. RIVER AiJD STRAND VEGETATION 53 which form dense thickets and extend far out into the water at high tide. Among those which send down aerial roots into the mud are Rhisophvra mucrtmata (PI. LXIV) and Bruguiera gymnorhiza (PI. XL), both of which have large, opposite, entire, smooth leaves, and fruit which germinates before dropping from the tree. They are easily distinguished, the former having a four-parted perianth and the latter having 10 to 14 calyx segments and petals. Associated with these are found red-flowered Lumnitzeras, small trees belonging to the (Jombre- taceae; Xyfomrpm grmiatvm (C'ara/Hi molucceiiHit), known in the East Indies as the "cannon-ball tree,'" on account of its hard, spherical fruits; and on adjacent firmer ground, Km wear la agallocka, some- times called the "milky mangrove" or the u blinding tree," the acrid juice of which is called "tigers milk" in the East Indies. RIVEKS. Near the mouths of most of the rivers, where the water is brackish, are thickets of Nypa frutuxms, a stem less palm with great pinnate leaves, which furnish the natives with excellent material for thatching their houses. Associated with it are large simply pinnate ferns, Acrostlehum amuum, (PI. IV), of wide distribution throughout the warmer regions of the globe, and growing submerged are species of Potamogeton and Rupjmi maritima. There are also green, filamentous algtti, including species of Conferva and Enteromorpha, and Char a Jibrosa. Near the sources of some of the streams a small red alga (Thorea gaudichaudii) is found growing to rocks. On the banks of the rivers near the sea beds of Pancratium littorale occur, together with a creeping aroid, (Jocos nucifera, screw pines, and Parti/ tilmcY'trm. Higher up the stream there are beds of reeds (Trichoon) and, on the open hillsides, the sword grass, Xiplu>a(jr< >Ht) xfl<>tvV7uht. Where streams flow through shady forests several cordate leaved aroids occur, together with a tree fern {AlxojkMla haenkci) and the widely spread Angivp- teris evecta (PI. XXXIII). THE STRAND. The principal beach plant is Ipomoea pufi-rajwae, often called "goats- foot convolvulus," from the shape of its leaves. Its long, prostmte stems form a carpet over the sand without twining or taking root, and bear large, rose-purple, funnel-shaped flowers. Associated with it is the leguminous (Janavali obtusifoliuta, with a similar habit of growth, and frequently Melmtoma marianum^ Vigna lutea, and llel/o- tropiwn curasmwicuM. Among the beach shrubs are Lofwlia, hmitgii, with thick, glabrous leaves, and white, zygomorphous flowers; Tour/it- fortia argeiitea (PI. LXVJI1), a boraginaceous plant with fleshy leaves, covered with silky white hairs, and white, heliotrope-like flowers with dark anthers growing in scorpioid racemes; and Pemphh actdula, a 54 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM. shrub with a dense habit of growth, small sessile leaves, and axillary flowers with ft-parted perianths. On the windward side of the island, and near the southern end on the leeward side, growing in the sandy beach at the very margin of the sea are groves of Cmuarlmi eqnlmti- folla (PI. XLI), trees with tufts of linear, leafless, jointed branches resembling horsetails (Equisetum) and cone-like fruit. Among other beach plants are the composites Stemmodontla biflora, H. canmcenx, Ediptib alba, the recently introduced Syned/rella nodi flora, and the bidens-like Glomogyne tenuifolia; and in places there are mounds formed by Semmmti po-rtulaemtrum, the " sea purslane,'"1 often asso- ciated with creeping grasses. Coconuts are abundant on the west coast of the island (PI. I), but almost absent from the east coast. THE INNER BEACH. The principal trees forming the inner beach growth are Barring- tonia speewsa, Barringtonia racemosa, Tennitmlia catappa, Hwitiera littoral is, Pariti tiliaceum, Thexpesia populnea, Ochro«ia mar iannensis. Hernandia peltata, Artoearpnm communis, Calophylhim, hutphyllum* and Morinda citrifolia. Beneath their shade grow the white-flowered amaryllis {Grinum axiaticum), the grasses, Stenotaphrum suJmlatwn and CentotJieca lappacea, and the shrubby Bowhaavia diffima, Vitew trifolia, and Meihomia umlkllata. Climbing on the trunks of trees are a num- ber of ferns, including Phymatodmphymaiodex (PI. LXII), with leath- ery lobed fronds, Oyctephorus adnmcetis, with small, linear-lanceolate, simple fronds, Davallia solida, with beautiful, glossy, divided fronds, and Ilumata heterophylla, with fertile fronds differing from the sterile in shape (PI. LIII). In addition to the above-mentioned .species there are a number of shrubs growing in the vicinity of the beach—the beach plum {Xhnenia amerwawi), Clerodendron inertnis, with white, honeysuckle-like flowers and exserted pink stamens; Acacia fame- mma, with globular, yellow heads of fragrant flowers; Leucaena glrnica, with similar heads of white, inodorous flowers; and the custard apple, Annima reticulata, the only species of this genus which grows sponta- neously on the island. Twining among these shrubs are several species of Convolvulaceae, including Ipmnoea c/ioiv'ana and f. marian- netuvws, with purple flowers; the lavender-flowered "alalag" (Argyrem tiliaefolia), the flowers of which, called "abubo," are strung into gar- lands by the children; and (tpei'culina jieltata, xfhyvXi has white flowers. TIT E CLIFFS. On the promontory of Orote on the west coast, that of Kiroga on the east near Talofofo Bay, on the rocky island of Cabins, or A papa, and on the edges of cliffs are usually found the following plants: Otr- wigonw mariannenaix, a shrub or small tree belonging to the Rnbi- aceae, with large, white, four-parted, trumpet-shaped flowers; Cycas Cof"■ tr. N;it. Ht.'rh., Vol. IX. Plate ll. j' I. VJ ■■ fi V m r-j 'it ; O z o jZ CD £ < => O c FOREST VEGETATION. 55 circinalis, with glossy pinnate leaves resembling fronds of ferns; and Boekmeria tenaeimima, which yields the celebrated "rhea " fiber, here growing in the form of a shrub or small tree. Besides these plants Intsia btjuga, a handsome leguminous tree, which yields the excellent ijil wood (PI. LIV); Premna gaxidichaudii, a verbenaceous tree called ahgau, with elder-like flowers and durable hard wood used in con- struction; and the interesting Ununu" {Ficm sp.), a banyan which sends down aerial roots like life-lines over the edge of the cliffs. Among the smaller plants growing on rocky slopes is Gynopogmi tm*re~ wami*) with glossy, myrtle-like leaves and the aromatic fragrance of the "maiie" (Gynopogon olivatftrntiix) so dear to the Hawaiians. FORKfSTS. The forest vegetation of Guam (PI. II) consists almost entirely of strand trees, epiphytal ferns, lianas, and a few undershrubs. The majority of the species arc included in what Schimper has called the Barringtonia Formation." The principal trees are the wild, fertile breadfruit, Artocarpus communis; the Indian almond, Tenninalia catappa; jack-in-the-box, lleimmdia peltata; the giant banyan (PI. XII), called nunu by the natives (Ficmsji.); two other species of Ficus called "hodda" and "takete" or "taguete," the first with prop-like, aerial roots growing from the trunk near its base and with fruit resembling small, red crab apples and the second resembling the nunu, but with aerial roots from the trunk only and not from the limbs; Pan- danusfragram ("kafo") (PI. LX) and Pandantts dtMm ("pahong"), two screw pines which differ from many of their congeners in not being found growing on the outer beach; Cahphyllum inophyllmn, a handsome tree known in the East Indies as Alexandrian laurel, which yields the tough crossgrained wood of which the natives make their cart wheels; liawingtonia racemosa, which, unlike its congener, JL spicifmiy leaves the coast and follows along the banks of the streams into the interior; Ileritiera littoralix (PI. LII), called in India the look- ing-glass tree, which furnishes the natives of Guam with tough wood for their plows and wheel spokes; and, among recently introduced trees, Canangium odomtuw, the fragrant flowers of which are the source of the perfume known as ilangilang, Amuma retioulata, the custard apple or bullock's heart, and Pithecolobium dulce, a leguminous tree known in the East Indies as the Manila tamarind, but which was brought from Mexico for the sake of its tannin-yielding bark and its edible pods. No truly indigenous palms occur, but Areca cathecu, the betel-nut palm, grows spontaneously in damp places; a small, slender- stemmed species allied to Areca, called "palma brava" by the natives, is gradually spreading over the island; and the Caroline Island "sago- palm," (Jodoecoewi amicarumy has been introduced sparingly. Those "See Schimper, Die iinlo-malayische Strand flora, p. 68, 1891. 56 USEFUL PLANTS OP GUAM. familiar with the forest vegetation of Eastern Polynesia will be struck by the absence from the forests of Guam of such genera as Frcycinetia, Papyrius (Broussonetia), Urticastrum (Laportea), Myristica, Parinari, Bocoa (Inocarpus), Dysoxylum, Nyalelia (Aglaia), Macaranga, His- chofia, Aleurites, Omalanthus, Spondias, Rhus, Alphitonia, Melochia, Kleinhovia, Metrosideros, Maesa, and Diospyros. Among the climbing plants and epiphytes of the forest ai-e Lens pkaseofmdes, the scimitar-pod sea bean (PI, LVI), whose enormous, scabbard-like legumes contain lenticular seeds (PI. XV) sometimes used for making snuffboxes; Stholoblmn. giganteum, often called "ox-eye" bean; a species of Calamus, with beautiful branching inflo- rescence of white flowers; Luisia Uretifolia, an inconspicuous orchid, and the minute leafless Taeniophyttwn fawiola; Dhehidia jiubemla, an interesting aselepiad growing upon trees, with minute urceolate flowers and fleshy leaves; birdVnest ferns {Neottopterw nidrn), perched on the branches associated with broad ribbons of Ophioderuia pendula, tufts of N&phrolepi* acuta and jV. hivsutida, grass-like Vtitaria clon- gata, and pendent tassels of Lympodium pldeymaria (PL LVII); climbing leathery-fronded Pkymatodw phymatodtit, lobed like oak leaves; CycluphmiH adnascens, with linear-lanceolate fronds; graceful Davallia wlida (PI. Ill), with glossy divided fronds, and the interest- ing ITumata heterophylla (PI. LIU), which takes its generic name from the village of Humatag, or (Jniata. on the west coast of this island, where it was first collected. Beneath the shade of the forest trees several undershrubs are usually found, including species of Icacorea, Piper, Peperomia, and the creeping rubiaceous Carinta herlntcea, with small white flowers and scarlet berries. On the edges of the woods and by roadsides are thickets of the spiny Guilandmu erist.a, bearing the well-known gray, stony " nicker-nuts," the sharp recurved thorns of its branches catch- ing or scratching every animal which brushes against them (PL LI). Lemoncito thickets (Triphama are also common, the bushes sprouting from the roots and hearing fragrant, white, jasmine-like flowers and scarlet berries resembling miniature oranges. Among the succulent plants are wild ginger {ZinstbtT zerundxi), turmeric {Cur- cuma hmga), Canna indica, the Polynesian arrowroot {Tared phmatl- Jida), and the introduced Taetxia, a liliaceous plant with graceful tufts of red leaves. Besides the climbing and epiphytal ferns already mentioned there are many others growing on the ground, including Hehnsia spicata, Dryojitevis dinmcta^ Drynpterix parmltioa^ Asplemum laxerpttiifolium, A. nitidum, ]\ficroxorhiui irioidrs, and sev- eral species of Pteris. No filmy ferns (Hymenophyllaceao) have been found on the island. The only tree fern of Guam thus far known is AUophila haenkei, growing in damp places and often associated with Anyivptennx evecta. Contr. Nat- Herb., Vol. IX Plate HI. Davallia solid a, an Epiphytal Fern Common in the Fohests of Guam, Natural Size. Co Mr. N;it H»--r> Vn IX Plate IV. ' -V \ ■ :y ^ , , Is.. \ ^ ■>/ L * ■ 1 \J -9 ^: \: ^ • -*% ■. ^ •; \ . i '. _» r V '.y < A Mahsh Fern, Acrostichum aukejm, Sterile Frond and a Terminal Pinna of FehtiLt Frond. Natural Size. ContT. N;it Herb.. Vol. IX Plate V. Lycopodiuivt cehnuum. a Characteristic Plant of the Savannas. Natural Size. MARSH AND SAVANNA VEGETATION. 57 MAltSIIEff. The fresh-water marshes arc usually overgrown with reeds (Trichoon roxbmyhli\ associated with the great marsh fern {Aemxti.chi.tm atireum) (PI. IV), the climbing Lygodium xeanden#, and several coarse grasses and sedges. The only trees are Pariti tiliae.emti and a euphorbiaceous tree called "aloin," probably a species of Echinus, Growing about the margins of swamps are the small Baeopa monniera^ a creeping scrophulariaceous plant with blue flowers and the habit of growth of purslane; Ambulia indica and A. fray mux, with an aromatic, camphor- like odor; Cent el la mlatim, the Asiatic pennywort; Aewhyuomeve indica j a species of Polygonum; and the water fern (Ceratopterm gaudichaudii), which has edible fronds. Several large aroids occur both cultivated and growing spontaneously, among them the common taro (Caladium colocanut), the caulescent Alocasia indica, and Alomsui macrorhiza. The introduced abaku, or '*Manila hemp" {Muaatext Hih)^ grows in several places, but it is not now cultivated by the natives. At least two species of bamboo grow on the island, the most useful and durable of which {Bainhw blumeana) is armed with recurved spines and forms impenetrable thickets in several places. SAVANNAS. These are grassy upland regions almost devoid of trees and shrubs. They are characterized by a red clay-like soil and lack of drainage, and by the reappearance of beach plants and marsh plants which are absent from the forests. Xiphewjrostix flnridtda, which covers large areas, is called " sword grass" by foreigners on account of the cutting scabrous edges of its leaves (PI. LXIX). It grows higher than a man's head and offers refuge for deer. Roofs thatched with this grass are more durable than those of coconut or of nipa palm leaves, but more work is necessary in their preparation and they are not common except in regions where coconuts and nipa palms are scarce. Other savanna plants are the bracken-like fern (r I lichenia dichotonm (PI. L), OdontoHmwL retu.sv/, Sehizoloma enaifolinm, JHechnuw (rfiimUde, Pt< r/s Iricburita, Lycopadiurn cermt um (PL V), (the wawae iole, or u rats- foot" of the Ilawaiians), and the little golden star grass IlypoaiH (tiirea. The only tree is the ironwood (C<(marina cqitixetifolia), which also grows on the margin of the sea. Among other beach plants which reappear lie re are the shrubs Lobelia lcoenupi, Pern phis uehhibt, and Melaxtoma ntavhtnum / the composites Stemmodoatia h'tfora, /S. canescens, and the Iiidens-like Grliwt, Pmuhinm frag ran s, Cyt 'as cirwMalis, Amiona retieul>ata, Canangium odoratum, Agave mvij>aray Adenantheva pavonina, IKthecolobium, dulce, ITibiseux roxa-xi natxix, Pariti tiliaceum, TIerpetiea alata, and bunches of Job's tears {Coix hwhrymae-jobi) and of lemon grass {Andvopogmi nardux). Many of these are self-propagating. The introduced Canangium odoratum (ilangilang tree), which the natives plant for the sake of its fragrant flowers, is gradually spreading over the island through the medium of fruit pigeons. These birds are also fond of the fruit of the ink berry PLANTS OF ABANDONED CLEARINGS. 59 (Cestmvm pallidtmt), the lemoncito or orange berry (Trrphmia trifo- liata), and the piod or beach plum {Xhnenia amerieana), which they spread in the same way. Pineapples continue to grow for years where they arc planted, and in old garden .spots fire found plants of the intro- duced arrowroot (Maranta arundinaeea) (PI. XXV), the native arrow- root (gabgab), Taeca pinnatip'dd, turmeric, wild and cultivated ginger, and the cassava plant, or mandioca {Manifwt mamhot). Among the trees and shrubs which do not spread of their own accord in Guam are the tamarind, the cashew nut {Anacardimn oescoreerate climates, where forests are comparatively open and frequently comjiosed of only a few kinds of trees or, perhaps, of a single species. In the Tropics a natural forest of one species is practi- cally unknown; hundreds of kinds grow indiscriminately mixed together. Crowded together in tropical forests trees have nothing like the shapes or habit* they would assume if standing alone. All are putting forth, as it were, their best efforts to grow tall,and thus secure as much sunlight as possible. Their leaves and branches are inextricably confused, interlaced with climbing plank, and encuml>ered with para- sites and epiphytes. To cut down a particular tree may be iiajwissible unless one is willing to clear a large neighboring area to permit it to fall. Unless the botanist finds a clearing his opportunities for securing even the desired fragments of branches with leaves, flowers, and fruit may be extremely few. Hence, our knowledge of tropical trees is still in the early pioneer stages." Among the trees mentioned by Gaudichaud under their vernacular names are the ifil, fago, aaban, chopag, chut: (tchiuti), seyafi (sidjiafi), kadela, langiti, hodda (odda), tagcte (tagaiti), nunu, hayun-lago; and in the list of woods forwarded by Governor Olive to the captain-gen- eral of the Philippines arc agatelang, agaliyan-halomtano, aguanac, ahgao, alom, amahayan, angilao, aplokhating, brea, chosgd, faka, fago, fanog, gausale, guaguaot, gulos, hayunmananas, hayun-palaoan, lalaha, lalanyog, lafigiti, lana, lenaya, luluhut, makupa, mahlokhayu, mapunao, nimo, fiolon, pacpac, pal ma brava, panago (or banal o), pengua, kclitae (or palaga-hilitae), sayafo (or seyafe), sumai, sumaclacla, uniunio, yoga. Only a few of these trees have been identified. Good specimens of all arc desirable for herbaria. Among the unidentified shrubs arc several species which Gaudi- chaud referred to the genus Pavetta, called by the natives " utud," "otud" or " utug," "sesbu" or " sosbu," and "guaguabug." Another shrub not yet determined, having a disgusting fetid odor and flowers growing in axillary and terminal umbels, is called by the natives *' pau-dedo." GROUPS WHICH ARB NOT WELL KNOWN. Certain families of plants have not been well worked up, such as the Apocynaceae, Rubiaceae, Verbcnaceae, Urticaccae, and Euphorbiaceae. Among the first there are certain seaside shrubs allied to Cerbera referred to by Gaudichaud under the name of ltuuwolfia and Plumiera. One of these is probably Ochrosia marianneiisis, but the others are not yet known. Among the Rubiaceae are several small shrubs allied to the genus Ixora. Among the Verbcnaceae the Guam plants belong- ing to the genera Premna and Vitex should be compared with series from other localities, and it is probable that there is a second species of Clerodendron, with bitter leaves, which has not yet been recorded. There are several species of Phyllanthus, Euphorbia, and Glochidion which have not yet been collected as well as a few Myrtaceae. "Cook, Culture Central American Rubber Trees, U. S. Dept. Agr., Bur. Plant Industry, Bull. 49, p. 18, 1U03. PLANTS FIRST KNOWN FROM GUAM 63 Very little is known of the algae, and still less of the fungi, lichens, mosses, and hepatics of the island. As in every part of the tropical world, there is much uncertainty about the various forms of cultivated yams, aroids, bananas, plantains, and breadfruit, and complete botanical specimens of these should be obtained, together with photographs of the growing plants, their flowers, fruits, and roots, and notes of the odor of the flowers and flavor of the fruit or roots. Similar work should be done on the screw pines of the island in order that careful comparisons may be made with the species and well-defined varieties from other parts of the world. Notes of particular methods of propagation, cultivation, and preparation for use are also valuable. The bamboos are not definitely known, and the entire genus Ficus, which includes the banyans, remains to be worked up. Special efforts should be made to get photo- graphs of flowering bamboos and aroids. GUAM TYI'ES. To the botanical collector the most desirable species are those which were first described from type specimens collected on this island. Some of these original types are in very poor condition or arc incom- plete, lacking fruit or flowers or leaves from various parts of the plant or a representation of one of the sexes, and the identity of others is not well established, owing to the lack of a sufficient number to form a series for comparison with closely allied species from other locali- ties. The handsome caper growing on the rocky shores of the island (CapjHirw mariana Jacq.) is supposed to be a variety of Capparh spinoaaj" Claoxylon marianum Mull. Arg. is very closely allied to Claoxylon taiteme of Tahiti; Ipomoea ntariannenms^ a plant which has never been figured, should be compared with the American Ipoinoea triloha; the epiphytal fleshy-leaved Dwchidla puher nla should be com- pared with Dischidia benghalensis, for which it was first mistaken by Gaudichaud; the fragrant Gynopoywi torrtsianus of Guam should be compared with the allied species from other Pacific islands; a series of specimens of Metastoma Tnarianum should be secured for compari- son with the closely allied Melastoma denticulatum and M. malahath- ricum of Polynesia and the East Indies. The Guam Pipers and Peperomias need further study, and the Guam types of species of Ochrosia, Cormigonus, Phyllanthus, Glochidion, Euphorbia, and the hispid-leaved, yellow-flowered Sternmodontia canescens should also be secured. YAMS, BANANAS, AND BREADFRUIT. Many distinct kinds of yams (Dioscorea), bananas (Musa), and breadfruit (Artocarpus) are recognized wherever these plants are cul- a See Schumann, Flora deutschuu ost-asiatisehen Schutzgebiettw, p. 201, 1888. 64 USKFUL PLANTS OF GUAM. tivated, but very little has boon done to fix the species and varieties and to compare those growing in different parts of the world. Yams are duEcious, and the flowers of many recognized varieties arc imper- fectly known. In some cases the flowers of but a single sex have been described; in others the fruit has never been observed, and in others only the tubers arc known. Sir Joseph Hooker/f who has done much to straighten out the Indian species, writes as follows: The species of Dioscorea are in a state of indescribable confusion, and I can not hope to have escaped errors in the determination and delimitation of the Indian ones, to which I have devoted much labor. The Itoxburghian food-yielding species are for the most part indeterminable, and, except through a knowledge of them aw cultivated in India, they can not be understood. No doubt some of the siteeies described by me have other earlier names in the Malayan flora than I have given; but the Malayan species are even more loosely described than the Indian. The Wallichian collection is very complete, but the species are often mixed. What has been said of the Indian yams applies also to those of the IJacific islands, and is also true of the many varieties of Musa and Artocarpus. Nearly every collector gives a list of named varieties of Dioscorea, Musa, and Artocarpus in the vernacular of the various localities visited, but scarcely any attempt has been made to fix these varieties and to bring together the various kinds from different local- ities for comparison. These must be studied in the countries where they are found and should lie represented in collections not only by series of botanical specimens of the flowers, fruit, leaves, and roots (in alcohol, when necessary), but by photographs of the fresh plants, including representations of the flowers, fruits, tubers, etc., of natural size or according to some definite scale of reduction or enlargement. In this way only will it be possible to bring together and compare species and varieties from India, Australia, the Malayan and Pacific islands, Africa, and America. SCREW PINES. The Pandanaceae are known no better than the vams. Some of them are propagated asexually for the sake of their textile leaves, and much confusion exists among the species. Very few have been described. Warburg has done much to delimit the species and varieties and clear up questions of synonymy, but there remains much more to be done. In his monograph of the Pandanaceae6 Warburg mentions only one species, Pandanm diibim Spreng. {llombronm editfis Gaudich.), as occurring in the Marianne Islands, and does not refer to the textile species with glaucous leaves (the aggakoi the natives), which has been cultivated in Guam from prehistoric times (PI. VII), nor the fragrant- fruited species with bright green leaves (hifo), which is one of the most common plants of the island (PI. LX). As only one sex of the "Hooker, Flora British India, vol. 6, pp. 288-289, 1892. 0 Warburg, Pandanaceae, in Engler, Pflanzenreich, vol. 4, p. 0, 1900. CN i: H. -t.- ■ >' Plate VII. C'-m*,. m t b v i :x Plate VIIL z > z CO z o £ 3 T tr> o u. 3 :r u flC o u r I- PLANTS OF SPECIAL INTKKKST textile species occurs on the island no fruit of course is produced by it. The importance of collecting the flowers and preserving them carefully in alcohol or formalin is evident, as well as the necessitv of * 7 ■ making photographs of the growing tree to show its habit, the char- acter of its bark, its method of branching, its fascicles of leaves, and the emergences on its stem and aerial roots. HANYAN8, MANGROVES, ANI) EPIPHYTES OF THE FOREST. Of special interest on account of their method of germination and growth a re the giant banyans (/'Vc'/.y spp.) of the forest, the mangroves of the brackish estuaries, arid certain epiphytal cryptogams and other plants. The banyans usually begin their existence upon other trees, sending down aerial roots which interlace and grow together, clasping the trunk of their host and eventually strangling it. They then lead an independent existence, their great spreading limbs sending down more roots, which are like pendent threads at first, but soon thicken after gaining a foothold in the earth, and serve as columns to support the great dome of foliage overhead, as well as to supply it with nourish- ment and moisture (PI. VIII). The chief interest in the mangroves (Rhizophora and Iiruguiera) lies in the fact that their fruit germinates while still attached to the tree, the spindle-shaped radicle perforating the apex of the fruit, elongating and hanging vertically downward. When the fruit falls the radicle sticks into the soft mud below, retaining an upright position, like, a stake thrust into the ground, and resisting the current of the tide as it ebbs and flows. The forest epiphytes are not well known, owing to the difficulty in collecting them. Care should be taken to visit clearings where forest land is being prepared for planting. In such places good material can undoubtedly be collected. The most interesting epiphyte thus far col lected in Guam is D'm-hidia pnlx-riila* which belongs to a genus hav- ing some of their fleshy leaves modified into urn-like receptacles. These usually contain water, and the adventitious roots of the stem often creep into them, as if for nourishment or moisture. PLANTS THAT SLREi', Among the Guam plants there arc a number which exhibit in a marked degree the phenomenon known as li sleep movements," folding their leaves each night and opening them again at sunrise. Some of them (Acver/n fnrm'Hiana and Ahvux ahn(H< PI. XXXII), arc so sensi- tive to changes in the intensity of light that they go to sleep if the sky suddenly becomes overcast, and wake up when the sun reappears. Most of these plants are leguminous, but there is one remarkable 9773—05 5 60 USEFUL PLANTS OF OIJAM. example belonging to the Oxalidaceae. This is Arert'hoa caramlwla, the " bilimbinesof the natives, a tree which yields a pellucid oval- shaped, five-angled fruit. (PI. XXXVII.) Its foliage is not only sensitive to light and darkness, sunshine and shade, but also to sudden mechanical shocks, the leaves bending and their leaflets folding very much as in the case of the sensitive plant (jmdica). Besides the above-mentioned plants are several species of Cassia, Caesalpinia, Enjlhrhui hid tea and other Leguminosae; and, among the Euphor- biaceae, two or three species of Phyllanthus and Euphorbia. PLANTS WHICH SELDOM HLOO.M. Many plants grow spontaneously on the island which in many other parts of the world are seen only in a state of cultivation. The plant which produces the celebrated "Mhea"' fiber, Boehnwna tmacbuma^ which in cultivation is herbaceous and seldom flowers, grows spontane- ously in Guam in the form of a shrub or small tree, called in the island 4- ' ' vernacular "amahayan/' Specie's of Colocasia and Alocasia, which seldom bloom in cultivation, and which are classified according to their inflorescence, here appear to grow in a state of nature. Their soft, fleshy spathes should be collected and preserved in alcohol or formalin for comparison with species and varieties from other localities. Bam- boos also are among the plants which seldom flower. The species growing in Guam have not yet been identified with certainty owing to the lack of good specimens of inflorescence. In cultivation all the plants here mentioned are propagated asexually, and are divided into a number of varieties. l'LANTS WITH EXTRA FLORA I • NECTARIES. There are perhaps few localities which ofl'er better facilities for the observation of extrafloral nectaries. Here within a small area, grow- ing not in conservatories, but in a state of nature, may be observed a remarkably large number of plants having glands on the midribs, veins, petioles, or rachis of their leaves, or on the peduncles, pedicels, or sepals of their flowers. Among them arc species of Cassia, Eryth- rina, and Acacia, with stalked disk or cup-like glands, and, belonging to the Euphorbiaeeae, the candle-nut (Aleurites) and the well-known castor bean with well-marked nectaries at the junction of the blade and the petiole of the leaf. litcinuH comnmnh is especially well provided with these nectar glands. They occur on the nodes of the stem, aiong the petioles of the leaves, and the serrations of the leaf blades (PI. IX, fig. %), as well as at the base of the blade where it is joined by the petiole. At this point there are usually two nectaries, though there may be but one, or there may be three or four when the leaf has a greater number of lobes than usual. Many of the Euphorbiaeeae are provided with extra- Corny. N.j; H. -b . Vo . IX Plate IX. ■lif T Vi-Mi -A T„ n: 1 . ■^ : ■ h<- — Fig. 1.—Marginal Nectar Glands of Ricinus Leaf. Enlarged 43 Diameters. Fig. 2.—Cross Section Through Large Nectar Glands at Base of Ricinus Leaf- blade. Enlarged 30 Diameters, Cor.t'. Nat Herb.. Vol. IX, Plate X. FiQ. 1.—Nectar Gland iim Lower Surface of Midrib of Cotton Leaf. Enlarged 50 Diameters. Fig. 2.—Vaginate Nectar Gland in Midrib of Pariti tiliaceum. Natural Size. PLANTS WITH KXTRAFLORAL NECTARIES. 67 floral nectar glands, which have been noticed by systematic as well as by physiological botanists (Dailion, Mullor Arg., Rentham and Hooker). They are found on the stipules of Jatvopha hinltiiidn^ and on the petiole at the base of the leaf blade of Ahturitca Htohtrctuitt. in a paper by Percy Groom on the extrafloral nectaries of the allied A!en rites cor data/1 these pctiolar nectaries are described as follows: Each nectary is a green-stalked shallow basin, the concavity <>f which iy tinted rod. The secreting cells which line the basin form ;> single layer of palinade-like cells. The general cuticle is preserve*! over these, and the secretion emerges through splits in il. The main body of the basin is composed of an anastomosing system of con- ducting parenchyma and ground parenchyma. * * * The secreting eel la contain proteids, sugar, a red coloring matter (a compound of tannin?), tannin, but no starch. In the ground parenchyma starch, tannin, and crystals of calcic oxalate occur. The conducting parenchyma contains sugar, hut no starch or crystal*. * * * Darkening the nectaries of leaves on the plant or of excised leaves, or darkening the whole leaves, rauned a gradual disappearance of the starch, hut the nectaries continued to excrete for a time. The above description applies very nearly to the stipulary nectaries of Kicinus, a photograph of a cross section of which, made by Mr, Ii. rl. Howard, of the United States Department of Agriculture, is shown in Plate IX, fig. 1. Among the Malvaceae growing in (iuam several arc provided with nectar glands on the underside of the midrib. These arc most con- spicuous in i'retm sinuata, occurring not. only on the midrib, but some- times on the main lateral ribs of the palmate leaves. They also occur on all leaves of cotton ((rimyfrit* t>t sp.) and on the midrib of Paritl tilhicenm (PI. X, fig. %), in the form of vaginate glands. A photo- graph of a cross section of the nectar gland of a cotton leaf, also made by Mr. Howard, is shown in Plate X, tig. 1. The sweet fluid secreted by these glands is eagerly sought by sugar- loving insects, ;ind a number of authors maintain that the power of secreting it has been specially gained by plants for the sake of attract- ing ants and wasps, which will serve as defenders against caterpillars, leaf-cutting insects, or other enemies; but Darwin,6 after a series of observations, could not see anv reason to believe this to be so with the species observed by him, although the fact that these glands are visited by insects for the sake of their nectar can be verified at any time of the day when the sun is shining, and these insects must servo as a protection for them. It is interesting to note that these glands niav occur in one species und bo absent from another closely allied to * J * it of the same genus. Indeed, there are species in which the glands are present on some leaves and absent from others, and of their vari- ability we have already spoken in connection with Kicinus and I rena. A « I " Annals of liotany, vol. S, p. 22S, 1SSJ4. H'ross and self fertilization, pp. 403, 404, JS77. HSKFUL PLANTS OF GUAM On this account Delpino" argues that these glands ought not to be regarded as excretory, since if they were so, they would be more constant and would occur in every species. Their variability is especially noticeable in the genus Cassia, where the tiny cup-shaped nectaries may be found on the petioles of some species and the rachis of others, but are absent from both in others. If they performed some necssary function it is hard to believe that thev would not occur in all the species. One thing is certain, they arc more highly developed and more active in the young and tender leaves and about opening leaf buds than on the older and tougher leaves, which are less tempting to herbivorous animals, and more able to resist their attacks; and whatever may be the truth regarding the presence of these glands in general, Helt has shown conclusively'' that the bull's-horn acacia of Central America {Acacia xph<(erocephotuny, vol. 17? p. 4KJ, HHKi. 70 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM. (1*1. XJ) contained in their tissue. Many plants in whirl) those crys- tals arc found are not. acrid to the taste, but most of the Araceae, including our own Indian turnip, or jack-in-the-pulpit, are intensely so. In some plants the crystals are developed singly in a cell of the parenchyma; in other cases they are in the form of a radiating clus- ter, while in others, including several families of monocotyledons, they form compact bundles, called raphides. These raphidos are .some- times found in a cell which can not be easily separated from the remaining tissue of the plant. In the genera Caladium and Aloeasia they arc inclosed in what appears to be an elongated transparent cap- sule filled with mucilage. These capsules, or cartridges, are situated in the partition wall between two vacuoles, their ends projecting into the adjacent vacuoles. (1*1. XII.) When the vacuoles become tilled with water by being crushed in chewing or when artificially macerated, the mucilage absorbs water through the capsule walls, increasing in volume so that it exerts such a pressure that the needles are ejected with considerable force from the capsule at one or both ends, where the cell wall is thinner than at the sides. While Mr. Howard was examining a section containing some of these raphides, the capsules absorbed water and began to discharge themselves by what appeared to be a series of explosions.w In PI. XI, tig. 1, is shown a section of taro leaf multiplied by 100 diam- eters, with the raphides in place. The thirsty mucilage, as it has been called bv one author/' has absorbed a certain miantitv of water and * I *■ some of the needles have been forced out. In liy\ t is shown a single ~ o capsule discharging the needles at both ends, the distance to which they have been projected to the right showing that the force of the discharge was considerable. At every discharge the capsule recoiled like a gun which has been fired. In PI. XII, fig. 1, is shown a cross section of the blade of a taro leaf magnified 800 diameters. This shows a capsule in place, with its ends projecting into adjacent empty vacuoles. Fig, 2 shows a similar cell in the tissue of the petiole. These capsules retain their power to absorb water and discharge their needles after the leaf has been thorough!v dried. Thev must be ™ * ■ subjected to great heat to lose their activity; and when this is lost, as in cooking, the plant is no longer acrid. Suflicient heat is not always developed in boiling to effect the change, 1*1. XIII shows single capsules, or "bombs," as Doctor Wiley has called them, in tig. 1 just beginning to discharge its needles and in fig. 2 in full action. Doctor Wiley in his description says: I immediately took Mr. Howard's place a I the microscope and saw for a period of five or ten minutes u most remarkable display. Continual discharges were made from thin bomb, the ends of the arrows spreading ou( as they emerged in groups of wSee Doctor Wiley's account in Seienre, July 24, HXtt. ^Turpin, Aim. de^ SeL Nut. serie, vol. fi, p. 18, Ct>nv. N.i: Hfb, vol. x. Plate XIII. Fig. 1.—Capsule of Taro Beginning to Discharge Needles. Enlarged 300 Diameters. V T i ; h. J * «■ 5 V W o 4 - , ^ l% . -*■ ' • " ' ' X . .v. ecaiue partially covered with these long crystals, hut the supply within the bomb did not seem to diminish materially. There must have been hundreds ol the arrows in one single spheroid. * * * If the plant in not thoroughly cooked its acrid (jualities remain in some degree. If thoroughly o>oked they are destroyed. It is interesting to note that in eases where the leaves are chewed, either fresh or dried, the stinging sensation is not perceived until a few momenta afterward, and in many eases it is not until the taro has been eaten that the prickly sensation in the lining of the mouth and throat shows that it has not been thoroughly cooked. * * * Afutvtxiit itniirii, a plant closely allied to the taro plant, is so acrid that the l'acilic Islander# resort to it only in cases of great scarcity of food. The disagreeable effects caused by these plants seem to be con lined to the temporary prickling sensation of the mouth and throat. They are undoubtedly nutritious and are held in high esteem by the natives. The role played by raphides in protecting plants from herbivorous animals has boon discussed by Otto Kuntze, in the Heft %ur Hotanis chen Zeitung, 1S77, and by Krnsl Staid in the Jenaische Zeitscrift fur Naturwissenshaft und Medicine, 1.S8X. The phenomenon of the explo- sion or shooting forth of the needles was lirst noticed by Turpin in bSSti. He called the capsules containing them "biforines." errone- ously supposing them to be provided with an opening at each end. CVCAN < IKCI N A Ms AM) ITS 1-KIT N'DATION. One of the most interesting plants growing' in Guam is the "fadan,'1 or federiko {Cijcer die Kntwickelung, etc, Jahrbucher fur wissensclt. Botanik, :l2t Heft 4, p. n57, 180K. See list of works. '> Web her, Herbert J., Spermatogenesin and fecundation of Zamia. ( S. Dept. Agriculture, Bureau of Plant. Industry, Hull. No. 2, 11*01. See list of works. cldem., p. 85. Contr. N;tt. Ht-rr-., Vol. IX Plate XV. Sea Beans, Showing Air Spaces which Give Them Buoyancy. Section of Pod AND Seeds of Lens phaseoloides Having Air Space Inclosed Between Coty- ledons. Seeds of Guilandina crista with Air Space Between the Kernel and the Shell. DISPERSAL OK PLANTS BY OCEAN CURRENTS. 73 occurrence in the drift, it is interesting* to note that on the eastern, or weather, side of the island, where they are washed up, there is not a single coconut grove near the water s edge, while on the western, or lee, side, where groves have been planted, they grow so near the sea that their roots are often bared by the waves. It seems probable that coconuts grow in Guam only where they have been planted, except in cases where nuts which have fallen from trees of established groves have taken root. The seeds which occur in the drift, owe their buoyancy to various causes. Many of the ' sea beans'' inclose an air space between their cotyledons: others have kernels which do not fill the stony, water-tight shells, but leave a space for air to keep them afloat: others have a separate air chamber; others have fibrous envelopes or husks com- posed of light tissue, and still others have woody or cork-like shells of low specific gravity. Ska beans adapted for floating.—Among the hard stony seeds of leguminous plants cast up on the shores of Guam are gray "nicker- nuts'" (Gu'rtand'nm called " pakao" by the Guam natives; brown "horse-eye sea beans" {S,fht>h>h'iuin tjhjanteum), with a con- spicuous black rapho encircling nearly three-quarters of the periphery of the seed, and the large flat "snuffbox beans'" {L'nx p/ia^rofoi!*3 in an o n *' account of the objects cast up by the sea on the Orkney Islands by James Wallace, who knew nothing of their origin." They were ' recognized at onec by Hans Sloauc as the seeds of plants he had seen growing in Jamaica and which he had included in his catalogue of Jamaica plants. Their occurrence on the shores where they were collected, so far removed from the place of their origin, suggested to Sloane the existence of the current which was afterwards known as the Gulf Stream. Sloane published a paper on the subject in the Philosophical Transactions of London in in which he for the first time offered to the world the true explanation of the means by "which they w ere transported.b il " Cast up on the Shoar there art* very oft those pretty Nutta, of which they use to make Snuff-1>oxes. There are four sorts of them, the figures of which are set down." Description Orkney Islands, p. 14, HKKl fjii How these several I Sea us should come to the Scotch Wee, and one of them to Ireland, seems very hard to determine. It is easy to roneeive, that growing in Jamaica in the Woods, they may either fall from the Trees into the Rivers or beany other way conveyed by them into the Sea: it is likewise easie to I relieve, that being got to Sea, and floating in it in the neighbourhood of that island, they may l>e car- ried from thence by I he Wind and Current, which meeting with a stop on the main continent of Am. is forced through the , 7.) The seeds of Lean jt/iawfo/fft's (PI. XV, tigs. 3, 4) do not rattle when shaken. Their kernels till the shell completely, hut inclosed between the two large cotyledons composing the kernel there is a large air space when the seeds are quite mature and dry. They are very light and Hoat like bubbles on the surface of the sea. The seeds of Stizolobiuin are easily distinguished from those of Lens by their prominent raphe. Those of Lens have no raphe and are inclosed in an enormous woody, *aber-shaped pod (1*1. LV1), consisting of many distinct joints, with a strong woody suture surrounding the whole legume. This suture is persistent and forms a sort of frame from which the inclosed joints may be removed separately. Each joint (1*1. XV, tig. 1) is in the form of a closed cell in which the bean tits loosely and rattles about when shaken. This plant owes its very wide distribu- tion to the buoyancy of its seed and its habit of growing near the sea. (treat numbers of the .seeds are thrown up each year by the (iulf Stream on the Azores, but the plant lias not succeeded in establishing itself on those islands. Seeds collected there bv Darwin were sent bv him to Sir Joseph Hooker. They were planted at Kew and many of them germinated and grew to be line plants, "showing that their immersion during a voyage of nearly 3,000 miles had not affected their vitality."1 h Mouinda ciTHirOLiA. - Tliis plant (1*1. XVI). called "Madda," or u lada," by the natives of (riiam, has seeds of unusual interest. Their buoyancy is insured by a distinct air ceil. They are frequently found in the drift of tropical shores, and experiments have been made which demonstrate the great length of time they will float in salt water.' the rocks about Jamaica, ami is carried by tin* Windy and Current (which for the niont part, go impetuously the same way) towards the cou.st.ot' Florida, and thence into the Northern Am. (Kva'n, whereas I mention p. 4. of my Catal. it lyes very thick on the Surface of the Sea: Hut how they should come the rest of their Voyage I cannot tell, unless it he thought reasonable, that as Ships when they go South expect a trade Master!y Wind, so when tlmy come North, they expect and generally find a Westerly Wind for at least two parts of three of the Year, ho that the Deans l>eing brought North 1 >v the Current from the (Jnlph of Florida, are put into these Westerly Winds way, and may lie supposed by this means at last to arrive in Scot- land. Sloane, An Account of Four sorts of strange Beans, etc." Philosophical Trans- actions, vol. 19, pp. 299, H>9t>. &J. I). Hooker, Insular Floras, Gardenera' Chronicle, lHtS", pp. 27, 51. ^ See Schiniper, Die indo-malayischc Strandflora, p. 105, pi. vu, fig, 2(>, It and e, 1891; also Guppy, The Dispersal uf I'lanls, clc.. Trans. Victoria Institute, vol. 27, p. 267, 1890. DISPERSAL OF PLANTS J5V OCEAN CURRENTS. 75 Fruits with ih ovant iusks. In addition to the coconut, which is provided with a lihrous envelope, and is known to flout for long periods of time in the sea without losing its vitality, there are found in the drift of Guam the fruits of Utirr'nujitmia xpe.c'nmi* called " ^ put- ing" by the natives, and (bhrox> shiiuhs.—Other seeds found in the drift are those of Par iti tHittcrum and Thrxprx'ut p<>]>ttl imi ^ the "pago" and tkkflulu" of the natives, both of which belong to the Malvaceae, and have cavities tilled with air; the round nuts of ('niupftylhtui niophyi- i'tm, called *'daog; the boat-shaped "almonds*1 of Tmn imtf i<( caiuppa, called "talisai," often much eroded; the angular woody seeds of the u lalanyug" {JCyloMtrpw* (/roanf Ht/t), and the ribbed fruit of the nipa palm {ffiypa frut tcatm). Among the plants which grow on the edge of the sea, whose fruit drops into the water continually, are the shrubby hodittfti and Touruffortta unjrntro (1*1. LX\ III), associated with the creeping "goats-foot, convolvulus" {Ipnmuwi jjex-afprtte), the seeds of which contain air cavities, and the " Polynesian iron wood" {CaxtwtHtt t'tjuixeUfo/ia), the cones of which (PL XLI) are corky and buoyant and inclose seeds provided with wings which adapt them for transportation by the wind. The transparent w ings of these seeds are stiffened by the persistent style. When a handful of them is thrown into the air they resemble a swarm of flying insects. Hundreds of fc. »i r? these seeds, together with the queer-shaped Harringtonia fruits, are 70 USEFUL PLANTS OF OUAM, always to bo found germinating on the stretches of sandy beach along the southern portion of the east coast of the island. With Sell impel* as a guide, and the benefit of the experiments of Guppy and of Treub. a student on the island of Guam would find abundance of material and a most favorable opportunity for studying the seeds of the drift in the places where they have been deposited by the great trans- Pacific current, and where they could be observed in the process of germinating under absolutely natural conditions. ANIMALS OF THE ISLAND. MAMMALS. Bats.—There are no indigenous quadrupeds in Guam. The only mammals in prehistoric times were two species of bats, the large fruit- eating J*tet'Ojn(x h'ruudtini Q. & G,, or "flying fox,"' called "fanihi" by the natives, and a small insectivorous species. EmhaUonuva xrmicatt- ilata Peale, called "payesyes.v The fanihi flies about in the daytime, flapping its wings slowly like? a crow. It has a disagreeable musky odor, but this leaves it when the skin is removed, and the natives some- times cat it. The flesh is tough, but not unsavory. The principal fruits eaten by it are guavas, fertile breadfruit, the drupes of the fragrant screw pine, called "kafo," and custard apples (Ajutomr retieuhtta)) which it has undoubtedly helped to spread over the island. This species occurs in Fiji, the Friendly Islands. New Hebrides, and Pelew Islands. It very closelv resembles the living foxes of Samoa, * % ■■ n ~ which the natives of those islands call "pe'a," or "manu-langi" (bird of heaven). Kntballouura st-m ica n da ta, the insectivorous bat, is noc- turnal in its habits, and flutters about vcrv much like our own common species. It remains in caves during the day and ventures forth at twi- light. It is very similar to, if not identical with, the 4iapa"au-vai11 of the Sanioans, and has been collected in Fiji and the New Hebrides. Rats and mice.—The Norway or brown rat (Mux mh>ux Swains., called *" sihig '■ by the natives. It is of a beautiful blue and tawny color, the female differing from the male in having white on the bellv. This bird is allied to the t4tio- n *-■ tala7' of Samoa (//. pen lei Finsch & Harth). It feeds upon insects and lizards and is said to eat young birds and to pick out the eyes of young chickens. It utters a strident rattling note which is often heard in the middle of the night. An allied species, lhdeyon nlhtc/lla (Dumont) occurs in the northern islands of the group. Other birds arc the edible-nest, swift, (fuviphmja (Thunb.) called " vavitifuajrv bv the natives nnd *' golondrina" l»v the Span- t «.■ 4^ i. t . -1 ■ t iards, which in Guam makes nests of leaves stuck together with a secre- tion from the mouth very different from the typical nests used for food by the Chinese; the fan tailed IIy catcher, Rhiphlura nranutc Oustalet, called -4 chichirlka, ^ or '4 chichirita,v by the natives, a pretty little bird which follows one along the road and spreads its tail as though wishing to attract attention. Another little fly-catcher fre- quenting shady woods, Myiagwi frvyvinHi Oustalet, called "chiguan guan;"' the starling-like sali, AplonAs kittlitzi. Finsch & Ilartl., closely allied to the Samoan miti-uli (.1. J/v^vVvWWs); a crow, kubaryi lieichenow, called 44 aga," which is fond of Terminalia nuts and does much damage to the maize crops of the natives; two honey caters, the little red-and-black Myr-nnnhf fnbi'y the natives. The only real song bird on the island is the ga-karriso, or ga-piao, a reed warbler which is well named Acrocephalm Imcmia (Quoy & Gaim.). It nests among the reeds of the large swamp near Agana, known as 44 la Cienaga," and has a song of exquisite sweetness. Shore birds.—Among the shore birds area peculiar bittern, Ar- iktta Hhtvnsi* (Gmel.), called "kakkag" by the natives; the common reef-heron of the Pacific, Drmhjretta mem (Gm.), called "chnchukA," which is not rare but wary and hard to approach; two rails called (4koko," IlypnittvnntvxUnt 't Rothschild, and Polto!hnnux ctnei'vux (Yieill,), both of which are caught by the natives by means of snares laid in paths; the widely distributed water hen or gallinule, ( a Xovitatea Zooltigiue, \ <»l. V, p. (>8, HO rSKKUL PLANTS OK (JI'AM. chlontpw Lath., called ^pultUul"' by the natives, excellent for food, and easily distinguished by ii red shield on its forehead; three birds called u kulalang," the Pacific god wit, IJi,taxmpillti.s Gou Id and Ann us #\tolldun (L.), called ' fahan," by the natives, are common. The beautiful snow-white tern, Gytjh Students of ornithology are referred to the re)>ort of Quoy and Gaii;:ard in the zoology of the b'reycinet Expedition; Oustalet'K "les mammiferes et les oiseaux des iU'^ Mariannes;" Hartert "on the birds of the Marianne Inlands;" and Seale's u Report of a mission to Guam." See ltet of works. ''I am indebted to Dr. Leonard Stejneger, of the U. S. National Museum, for the names of the reptiles. NATURAL HISTORY, 81 It. is a great past, frequently visiting the ranches of the natives, eat- ing the eggs of fowls and young chickens, and robbing birds' nests. It is a common thing on walking through the woods of the island to hear sin outcry among the birds and to discover one of these creatures in the vicinity of a nest which he lias just robbed. Several pigeons belonging to the author were caught and killed by hilitais, their wings having been clipped to prevent their Hying away from a ranch to which they had been carried. These lizards are eaten by Filipinos living in Guam. but the natives look upon them with disgust. All houses of Guam are frequented by small lizards called **ii'eckos." They are harmless creatures and are welcomed by the I i 4 fe- natives on account of their habit of catching insects. Their toes are so constructed as to enable them to run upside-down on the ceiling and rafters with great rapidity. At night they may be seen quite motionless lying in wait for moths and other insects which may lie attracted into the houses by the light. Three or four often pursue the same insect, approaching it stealthily like cats after their prey. From time to time they utter a chattering noise, which has won for them the name of "island canary birds." In the woods is a pretty blue-tailed skink (Kmola cyonnra Lesson), a small lizard with a tail the color of turquoise and with longitudinal bronze lines along the hack. The only snake on the island is Typhiitpa hrnatlnus (I)audin), a small species, with microscopic eyes and mouth and covered with minute scales. It is sometimes called 4; blind-worm," from its general resemblance to a large earthworm, and is found in damp places, under stones and logs. Turtles are common in the sea, but are seldom taken. FISHES/' GENERA r. NOTI-:s. The fishes of Guam have been collected by Quoy and Gaimard and Mr. Alvin Scale, of the He mice Pauahi liishop Museum of Hawaii.'' Although the natives do not devote themselves to fishing so exten- sively now as was formerly the case, yet many of them have cast nets with which thev catch small fish swimming in schools near the beach, and a few have traps and seines. The ancient custom of trawling for bonitos and flying tish has nearly died out, but the natives still resort occasionally to the method pursued by their ancestors of stupefying tish with the crushed fruit of Barrm//aY/7>), bristling with spines; mulletsol several kinds(Mugil), highly esteemed as food-fishes: pike-like Sphyraenas; squirrel fishes (I lolocentrus) of the brightest and most beautiful colors—scarlet, rose- color and silver, and yellow and blue; surmullets ( /and /Vw/- Hjh'Hrtix) of various shades of yellow, marked with bluish lines from the eye to the snout; parrot-fishes (Scarus), with large scales, parrot like beaks, and intense colors, some of them a deep greenish blue, others looking as though painted with (due and pink opaque colors; variega- ted ( haetodons, called ''sea butterflies*1 by the natives; black-and- y el low banded banner-fish {/jutchtx rtnuwt->/*); trunkfishes {(fofntcitm)* with horns and armor; gaily striped lancet fish (Tenth*# fitwatm) called hhjwj; leopard-spotted groupers (Eji'nuphehta Zte.r(t(fohrteri. belonging to a group of fishes interesting from the fact that their air-bladder has assumed in a measure the function of lungs, enabling the animal to breathe atmospheric air. Following I give a list of some of the (jruam fishes arranged accord- ing to their vernacular names: FISHKS 83 A 1,1'K A HKTK 'A I. I, I ST ' 11- I'KIM HA I. ["ISHKS, Ababang {" Butterfly "). A name applied to several short. Hut, fishes with conspicuous mark- ings, such as species of Chaetodon and Zanclus; also to the pretty little Tetradrachmum so abundant in tide pools on the coral reefs. Among these are CktuiodoH orntfiiwi/juts (So)andei), ornamented with black and yellow stripes. In Samoa allied species are called "tifitifr1 ("adorned"). Ab&b&ng gup&lau, Zanrhta cawsmix L. A beautiful harlequin, or banner-fish, with an elongated dorsal fin and black, yellow, and white transverse (vertical) bands. In Hawaii this species is called 4i kihikihi;7' in Samoa '* tititifi/' Abtfbang pintado. Tctrclrarhmiun ormutniit L. A beautiful and striking little fish, comtnon in the tide pools of the reef, silvery and yellow, with black spots and bands. Agman, or Hagman. Mumena We II am. A sea eel, brownish: common. In Samoa allied species arc called "pusi;"' in Hawaii "pubi.'1 Agman, or H agman atulong-. Mnvanta ?t!;/>•>i Day. A dark-colored sea eel which lurks in holes in the coral-reef. Bayag, <>r Badyag". FishtUtnn, tuti'o (Kor^kal). A general name for squirrel-fishes. Jhrfncrntr>'x hhininf urn Q. & (r. is of a beautiful rose color with silver longitudinal stripes. ws fwncOKti'iat.Hx Seale is pinkish with longitudinal rows of black spots and a black spot on spinous part of dorsal tin: red on top of head. Ifofo- cetifntx (Hthirhitt Lacep. is red with lighter longitudinal lines. These beautiful colors soon fade in alcohol. In Hawaii allied species are called *'alaihi;" in Samoa "" maluu.'' 84 USKKT'L PLANTS OF GUAM. Dafa. Scantx n/pho Beale. A pa not-fish; large scales and parrot- like beak; color deep green - blue. Dan&lon, or Daif^lun. (tetrac'ton pxruiahta Blocli. A trunk-fish; body without ribs, inclosed by a hard carapax com- posed of hexagonal plates; 2 horns in front and ii in rear; black speckled with white. Fanihen-tasi ("sea-bat"). Stooaod'/u narhutri (Kuphr.). An eagle-ray, with pectoral fins developed like two broad wings, and a long flexible tail armed with a serrated spine. Color of upper surface blue spotted with white. F<5mho, or Fongho. .\huhipr?on hlclnctus lli'ippcll, has a cinnamon and black l)ody with "2 transverse bluish bands, 1 on cheek, and 1 on abdomen; the first band of equal width with the eye and extending over the neck vertically down to the lower edge of the opercle; the other band extending down from the dorsal fin to the anal opening; caudal fin emarginate, upper lobe produced; color tawny, Ainphtprloncpldpphin) Blocli, is brown- ish black, lighter in front, with a blue band one and one-half times as wide as eye, extending from neck to eye, and down along the open ic and preopercle, ending in an acute angle on the subopercle; ventral and anal fins black; pectorals, caudal peduncle, and fin yellow. Gahga, or Gajga (Spanish orthog.). Part'.iorufftand < 'ttpselnrus. Flying-fish. Guaguas, or Aguas. MagH plnnk^p* Cm. & Vai. (iray mullet. Color silvery with wash of vellow on bod v. Good food fish. i- Hagman. See Agman. Marat na spp. FISHES. 85 HagiSnfe OrfftnonnctntOnix JongiroMris Bleeker. A small lile-fish; mouth like a turned-tip beak; skin blue with orange spots, Collected June 14, llHK). Haluo. Carchttria# meinnopienw Q. & G. A shark with dark-colored tins. Hamdktan. Zebrasoma gultdfim Forster. A spotted lancet-fish. Body elevated, compressed, short; brownish speckled with round white dots; 2 bluish-white cross bands on the body and 1 on the shoulders, extending down on opercles; tail armed with spines; tail and ventral tins yellow; mouth like the snout of a sheep. This species occurs also in Hawaii. Hankut. Ilemmtmphnx Hmhatns Cuv. & Yal. Ihilf-ljeak. Upper jaw short; lower jaw prolonged into a beak. In Samoa allied species are called "ise;" in Hawaii "ihe-ihe.'' Hasule. AwjuUla sp. An eel living* in fresh-water streams. Kdible. Higum. Ifitr/n' rinin (Blodi). A deep green-blue parrot-fish, with large scales and parrot-1 ike beak; resembling the data (S. cyjrfift), but smaller. Ma56hag. tiigunaa maiiahak Q. & Ci. Fish which appeal* at intervals in great numbers; dried aiul pie- served by natives. Probably the young of Shjthiftx ttHtmiovifht Q. & Ct., and Siganas kexagon i,ni-tij))j>ns Fabr., which has found its way to (iuam, together with the introduced Asrfcp!/o/>"/vvj ccteus Hbrt.), the larva of which feeds on the tobacco plant and resembles very closely the tobacco worms of America. It is possible that this insect may have lived on the island before the introduction of tobacco, feeding upon some solanaceous plant, but it is probable that it came to (iuam with the tobacco. Possibly its eggs were brought on dried leaves of the plant. Among the other pests introduced by the foreigner are clothes moth* {Thtnt jx-HttmrlJa L.). In the zoology of the Freycinet expedition several butterflies collected in Guam, includ- ing an Argynnis and two species of Danais, were described as new. Among the hymenoptera there are several interesting species of wasps and ants. One wasp, probably a species of Polistes (/J, hrhnwux Fabr. 4), is social in its habits. During the greater part of the year it frequents open fields, building its nests in bushes a foot or two from the ground, attaching them to a limb by a peduncle with the mouth of the cells pointed downward, and not covered by a papery wall, as in our hornets' nests. In these cells the eggs are laid and the larva) are fed. When about to undergo transformation the larva1 spin a covering which seals up the cell. The males differ from the female in appearance and are stingless. Resides the males and perfect females there are workers. Both the females and the workers sting-, but their stinir is not verv severe. These insects o ■ n i are very abundant all over the island, especially in abandoned clear ings grown up to guavas and other low bushes. It is almost impos- sible to cross such a Held without stirring up a nest or two, and one of the commonest occurrences on an excursion is to hear a loud outcry on the part of your guide, whose naked legs are covered with the stings of the "sasata," as they are (railed. In revenge he usually finds a dry leaf of a coconut, which he converts into a torch and burns the nest. These wasps are not very pugnacious, and will only sting when they think their nest is attacked. After it has been burned they fly round and round the place without attempting to take vengeance. In the winter time (the month of December) they flock into houses in great numbers and settle upon some prominent point on the ceiling or on a chandelier, clinging together in masses like swarminji' bees. There thev remain for a month or two in a state of IJ 4- torpidity. They are disagreeable guests, as they have a habit of drop- ping to the floor from time to time, and it is not unusual on getting out of bed in the morning to step on one of them, too stupid to fly but 92 USEFUL PLANTS OF (H AM. lively enough to sting. On one of the Government vessels, which had visited Guam in January, wen1 found some of these wasps after her arrival in San Francisco. Thev had sought an asvlum while she lav i- ~ ■* ft in the harbor of Aprs}, and remained hibernating during the return voyage of the vessel. Another species found on board was a solitary wasp, a species of Odynerus or an allied genus. The mother had made a series of mud-like cells in a pamphlet, which had remained rolled up, and in each cell she had deposited a small green caterpillar, the larva of one of the smaller moths of the island, laying an egg and scaling up the cell and then making another cell on top of it and repeating the operation. In Guam these cell-making wasps are very common. Every hole in the wall of a house is plastered up by them; rolled-up magazines or newspapers lying on the table, bamboos, empty car- tridge cases, even gun barrels—everything which is tubular in shape is tilled by their cells. Their sting stupefies the caterpillar, but does not kill it, and their lame in eating their animal food are much more active than those of pollen-feeding species, turning their heads from side to side and living for some time after having been taken from their cells. Among the ants ("otdot,"or " utdut") there is one {$ols/s sp.'{) of which the workers are verv small and stin" severe!v. The females are considerably larger. These little creatures, when out on foraging expeditions, travel in lines and sting every animal that crosses their path. Sometimes young chickens are killed by them. They arc com- mon in houses, and it is not unusual on turning in at night to tind a line of them crossing the bed. In another species belonging to the same family (iMyrmicidae), probably of the genus Pheidole, there is a form with enormously developed cubical heads and strong jaws, called "soldiers." It is verv interesting to watch these insects swarm. Thev ft.- ™ come out of the ground in great numbers. Both the males and females are winged. The females are very much larger than the males and the workers are smaller. The soldiers, which are very conspicuous, are sometimes called " workers major,''and the common small-headed form "workers minor." Soon after swarm inn- the sexes mate. Thev then I J ftj lose their wings and establish now colonies. Another stinging ant, much larger and of a black color, is called "hating." Leaf-cutting ants, the pests of many tropical countries, are happily absent from Guam. Consequently, gardens do not need to be pro- tected from them, and the green turf and luxuriant herbage of the island offers a most pleasing contrast to the bare earth and canal- protected gardens of Central America and Brazil. The diptera are represented by several species of flies and at least two mosquitoes. It has been asserted that the early natives blamed the Spaniards for having introduced both flies and mosquitoes to TNSEOTS. 93 Guam." This is probably false, since the vernacular name** of those insects in Guam are etymological lv identical with the names of the *. I . «.■■ same insects through the greater part of Melanesia, Polynesia, and New Zealand, and have evidentlv the same origin as the modern Malayan. English, Fly, Mosquito. Louse. Mug-got. G lift 111. MVlumvsm \i. SiimoHii, Ihivw Muluyan, Maori, La1o, Namo. HuW. L"I6. liUiJju, imjiuu illti. i f r lurTfrn. iiamu. 'ulii. iln. llillo. Ilk'U. hinfrim, nuTiiok. kutu. wncroa. kutu. The common Malay word for fly is "lala,*" yet ^langau" is also In New Zealand either '"ngaro" or "rango"' is used, and the first form is etvmologicallv identical with the Hawaiian "nalo.v Evi- m. " 4 dentlv the aborigines of Guam, in common with the inhabitants of most of the Pacific islands, were familiar with flies, mosquitoes, and lice before he arrival of the Spaniards. On the other hand, it is probable that Heas and bedbugs weir introduced, as there are no Cha- morro words for these insects. In Samoa the flea is called "Fijian louse. In Codrington's comparative vocabulary of the Melanesian languages it is not given. It is interesting to note in this connection that in Hawaii, where the approximate date of the introduction of the mosquito is known, there is no Hawaiian name for it, and in New Zealand its name is of independent origin and is quite distinct from the common Mala van and Polynesian forms. ■ Mosquitoes arc very troublesome both day and night in Guam. The day-flying species avoids the sunlight, but makes life a burden in the shade. All Europeans sleep under mosquito nets, and the natives habitually make a smudge in their houses after dark to smoke out the night-flying species. This is effective if the lights in the house are first extinguished and not relighted. Fleas are not common; the climate is probably too damp for them to flourish. The author passed a year on the island without seeing either a Hea or a bedbug. Neither do lice appear to be abundant. This may be owing to the habit of the natives of frequently washing the hair with soap oranges and bergamots. aCes Kuroneans " veulent nous persuader qu'ils nous rendent heureux, el plusieurs d'entru nous sont assez ay eu^ley pour lea en croire Mir lour parole* Mais pourriony- nous avoir cos senthnens, si nous faisions reflexion quo lions no somtnes accaMez de miseres et de maladies, quo depuia que cos et rangers sont venus nous desoler et tmiiblernutrerepos. A vant leur arriveu dans ees isles, s<;aviony-nouscequec'etoitque toutes com inseetes qui nous persccuteut ei eruellenient? Coniioifisioiis-nona les rats, les souris, les moorhen, Uis inosquites, et tons ees autres petits auimaux, qui ne Hont au monde quo pour nous tourmenter? VoilA low beaux presens qu'ils nous out faitw, et quo leurs machines flotantcs nous ont apporte/,!17 (Le Gobien, Charles. Histoiro dee isles Mariannes, nouvellement converties a la religion Chretieuue, p. 141, Pane, 1700.> 94 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM. Among the Hemiptera besides lice there are plant lice of several kinds, large water bugs (Belostoma) in stagnant pools, and swarms of Plotercs, which skip over the surface of the water. Several varieties of roses have been introduced into Guam, but happily the rose aphis (Siphonophora) has not reached the island. Among the Neuroptera are several handsome dragon flies, one of which is bright red. Termites, or " white ants,'* called "anai'' by the natives, arc pests. They do great injury to books and furniture and to the woodwork of houses, often building covered galleries of mud along the walls of a room. In construction wood must be chosen which will resist the attacks of these insects. It is not an uncommon occurrence for a chair or table to collapse, and to find that it has been honeycombed by termites. Sometimes they form continuous galleries through a whole shelf of books or a pile of manuscript. These insects do not confine their attacks to dead wood; they attack living trees and are among the insects injurious to the cacao." Among the Coleoptera may he mentioned the weevils, which destroy great quantities of corn, rice, and other farinaceous food. Grain must be thoroughly dried in the sun and then stowed in earthen jars for protection against these pests The Orthoptcra are represented by several species of grasshoppers, which furnish excellent food for chickens and turkeys, and which do not seem to -ause much injury to the crops of the island. Mole crickets (Gryllotalpae) are very common. SCOK1MONS, Sl'IDKKS, AND CENTIPEDES. A small scorpion is common in Guam. Its sting is painful, but not dangerous. Among the spiders one of the most interesting is a large dark brown species, probably belonging to the Kpciridae, which car- ries about with it a white disk-shaped membranous case tilled with eggs. There arc no tarantulas nor other dangerous spiders. Wood ticks (Aearina) are great pests and sometimes infest cattle to such an extent as to cause them to sicken and die. Centipedes, called " saligao " by the natives, are common. They inflict a very painful but not dangerous bite. They are usually found in damp places under stones or rotten wood, the mother often sur- rounded by a brood of brightly colored young, similar to her in form. Like spiders and crustaceans they cast their skins in growing. The jaws arc modifications of a pair of legs. They are sharp, prehensile, and fang-like, and are perforated at the tip so as to in ject their venom into the wound inflicted by them. Their body is flattened, so that they can force their way into small cracks, under stones and bo in-nth the "See Hanks, Report ut the Philippine Commission, 14)03, PL 'J, p. 605, iigs 160 to 169. ABORIGINAL INHABITANTS. 95 loose hark of trees, in search of their insect prey. They are carnivo- rous iind seize their victims with their pincer-like jaws, injecting their venom. They are very quick in their movements and tenacious of life. When one is cut in two each part makes off in sin independent direction at full speed, but the posterior part docs not get very far. THE PEOPLE. A ItC mien?; A h IN H A HI TAN TS." PHYSICAL chakactkhistjc*. The aborigines of Guam were described by the early navigators and missionaries as fine looking, tall, robust, well lmilt, and of better pro- portions than the Spaniards, though sometimes inclined lobe corpulent, and as possessing 1,4 great strength fitting to their statures." They were of a brown color (un pardo bazo), lighter than the natives of the Philippine Islands and taller than they. Their hair was naturally jet black, but at the time of LegazpPs visit was bleached to a yellow color. At the time of the discoverv the men wore it loose or coiled in a knot * on the top of the head. Later they were described as shaving the head with the exception of a crest about a linger long, which they left on the crown. Some of the men were bearded. The women, too, were tall. Tliev were handsome and graceful and fairer and more delicate than the men, and at the time of the discovery wore their hair so long that it touched the ground.'' No mention is made of tatooing or of piercing the ears or nose. Both sexes anointed themselves with coco- nut oil. The natives were remarkably free from disease and physical defects, and many of them lived to an advanced age, im for among those alone who were baptized the first year of the mission there were more than 120 who were past the age of a hundred years; owing perhaps to their rugged constitutions, inured from their infancy to distempers which afterwards do not affect them, or to the uniformity and natural- ness (naturalidad) of their food without the artifice which gluttony has introduced to waste the life which it sustains, or to their occupations necessitating plenty of exercise without too great fatigue, or to the absence of vices and worries—which arc roses and thorns whose prick- " The information regarding the aborigines of (mam is derived from tho narratives of early navigators and from contemporary accounts of the Jesuit missionaries who first settled on the island. The most important of the former are Piurafetta's history of Magellan's voyage, the several narratives of Le^azpiV expedition in the archives at Madrid, and those of (iaspar and (irijalva. who accompanied Le&razpi. The latter were published at Madrid in IfiSo by Padre Francisco 4larcfa, of the Society of Jeeus, in his Vida y martyrio del venerable Padre Diepro Luis do San vi to res. (See List of works?,) & Le dotine son belle, di li^ura svelta, pin delicate e bianehe dejdi uoinini, con capegli nerissimi sciolti e Inn^hi fino a terra. (Pigafetta, Primo viaggio intorno al globo terracqueo, p. 51? Milano, 18tKX) USKK1JL PLANTS 0¥ OUAM. in# and piercing put an end to man—or perhaps all of these causes combined contribute to the prolix age of these islanders. As they know few infirmities so they know few medicines, and cure themselves with a few herbs which necessity and experience have taught them to he possessed of some virtue.'*" Both sexes were expert swimmers and were as much at ease in the water as on land. As they threw themselves into the sea and came bounding from wave to wave they reminded Pigafetta of dolphins. The men were good divers. Legazpi states that they would catch fish in their hands. The children accompanied their parents while fishing, and were so expert in the water that Garcia declared they appeared rather fish than human beings. rEKKOXAl, AX1 > DOMESTIC ECONOMY. Clothinu ani> ornamkxts.—The men went absolutely naked, not even wearing a breech clout/ The women wore fringes of grass or leaves hanging from a waistband and sometimes aprons called "tifi,"c described by Pigafetta as narrow and of paper-like consistency, and said by him to be made from the inner bark of a palm."1 Pigafetta was certainly mistaken as to the origin of this hark. The natives of Guam were not tapa makers like the Polynesians. No description of bark cloth is now made bv them, hut within the metnorv of some of the 4' 7 people still living aprons were made of the inner bark of the breadfruit during a long interval between the visits of European vessels, when the supply of foreign cloth became exhausted. In other islands the bark of banyans (/7c.•«# spp.) is also used for this purpose. In the narrative of Legazpi's expedition it is also stated that, "palm-leaf" mats were used by the women for aprons, the rest of the body being left uncovered. The men wore hats or eye shades of pandanus leaves while fishing. On festive occasions the women adorned their heads with wreaths of flowers or beads and disks of tortoise shell pendant from a band of red spondylus shells, which 1,4 they prized as highly as Europeans prize pearls," also making belts with pendants of mall coconuts, nicely fitted over skirts or fringes of roots of trees, thus completing their gala attire, "which resembled rather a cage than a dress." Their ^(larci'a vida y martyrio do Kan vi tores, p. 197. ''Relation of Legazpi. Padre (larnVs History. It in interesting to tind this name for hark-eloth aprons in the dialects of Isabel and Florida islands, ol the Solomon group, where it has Ihvii transferred by the natives to introduced foreign cloth, which is now called "tivi," (See Coddringtou, The Melanesians, p, 321, 1891.) d " \ anno per eswe ignude, se non ehe eoprono le parti vergognose eon nna corteeeia stretta e sottile . 111!, 11)03. b <.iarcia, Yida y Mart vriu dc Sanvitores, p. MIT, I(>85. * Codringtun, The MelunesianH, p. 299, 1H91. 9773—05 7 98 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM proximity to a good harbor, 011 the hanks of a river for the sake of n constant supply of fresh water, or on a high and inaccessible hill, as in the case of Chuchugo, for the sake of security from attack. Those oil the beach were composed of 50 to 150 houses, those in the interior of from 20 down to a half dozen. The principal town was A^adfia, on the west coast of the island, where a line river, having' its source in a great spring called ** Matan-hanom,'" emptied into the sea. In all the larger villages there was a "^ great house " frequented by the 4t urritao," or bachelors, in which unmarried men and women lived together. The houses contained little that could be called furniture. There were common Moor mats, diagonally braided, and sleeping mats, some of very fine texture, made from the leaves of the textile Pandanus. The water vessels were not coconut shells, as in many Polynesian J fc. v islands, but sections of large hollow bamboos, about 5 or 0 feet long, which were inclined against the wall. There were coarse bags of Pan- danus matting holding dried breadfruit, and every native carried a finely woven bag of the same material containing betel nut. Coarse baskets were made of fresh coconut leaves, as required, to be thrown away when dry and useless, Baskets of better construction were f ft. woven from strips of bamboo (piao). In the kitchen there was a hole in the ground and a pile of stones for an oven. Food.—They subsisted principally on fruits, yams, taro, and fish. They ate coconuts prepared in various ways, sugar cane, bananas, plantains, and breadfruit. The last was in season only about four months of the year, but after it yams became mature. In the times of famine following* hurricanes they resorted to the woods forfadang," or nuts of Cycttx ctrchutl/*, the poisonous properties of which they removed by soaking and repeatedly changing the water, after which the macerated starchy substance was ground in cavities of convenient * o stones and baked. For relishes they ate certain seaweeds. Terminalia nuts, and the kernels of Pandanus seeds. Pandanus drupes, which are an important food staple on many islands, did not enter into their domestic economy, and the widely spread '"Polynesian chestnut" (lifWHi edttlis) was absent from the island. They had neither sweet potatoes nor maize until after the discovery, nor did the yam bean (Cacara) occur on the island. Kice was cultivated by them and sold to visiting ships. They regarded it as a luxury and kept it for their feasts. They did not practice cannibalism. Indeed the early navigators said that they could not be induced to eat meat of any kind. Although they had pigs at a very early date it is probable that these were introduced after, the discovery. They also had fowls and kept doves in captivity, but we have no evidence that they ate them. They could not be induced to eat eels, and spoke disparagingly of some of the early missionaries for eating them. The creamy juice expressed from the grated meat of ripe cocoanuts entered into the composition ■v FOOD OK THE ABORIGINES. 99 of several of their dishes. As was nearly the universal custom throughout the tropical Pacific, they cooked in pits in the earth in which they built lires and heated stones, covering their food with hot stones and leaves somewhat after the manner of a New England clambake. Cooking in this manner thev called ^chahan,"* To cook n v on the embers they called "pe-ha." Few articles of their food could be eaten raw. Fish called " mafiahag"" were caught in great quanti- ties at certain periods, dried in the sun, and stored for future con- sumption. Breadfruit was cut into thin slices and dried. It could be kept for a long time and eaten during the season when the fresh fruit was lacking. The dried slices could be eaten without further prepara- tion, or they could be prepared in various ways for food. At their feasts a sort of broth or stew was made of rice. Taro was not made into poi, as in the Hawaiian Islands. They did not eat to excess nor did they use wine or other intoxicat- ing liquor. It was not until the Spaniards brought Filipinos to Guam that the natives learned to ferment, tuba from the sap of the coconut and to distill it into aguardiente. Water was their only beverage'' besides the milk of unripe coconuts. Narcotics.—The custom of betel chewing was universal, and has survived to the present day. Around a fragment of the nut of the betel palm {Arcca cathecu) is wrapped a fresh leaf of betel pepper (Pij>er hctlc) and a pinch of lime burned from coral rock is added. This stains the saliva red and discolors the teeth. An aromatic fragrance is imparted to the breath, which is not disagreeable. Kava, an infu- sion of the root of iiwthysiictt.iu, of wide use throughout the greater part of the Pacific islands was, unknown to them. Fire.—It was asserted by the early missionaries that the aborigines of Guam were ignorant of lire before the advent of the Spaniards." « See list of fishes, p. s;{. f> "Their drink is water," says |>«y." (iarcia, Vida y Martyrio de Sanvitores, p. 108, 1685. < This statement was first made l>y < iarcia, whe says: " It need not l>e asked whether they had any knowledge of letters, science, or art concerning those who were ignorant of one of the elements and knew not that there was fire in the world until they saw it kindled by the Spaniards in the shipwreck of the year ltvJK." ((iarcia, note h, p. MW.) The assertion was probably made in consequence of the yarns of some of the shipwrecked sailors, who also recounted a number of miraculous happenings. Lsing Padre (iarcia's statement as a theme, Pere Charles le Gobien, rej>eats it with elaborate variations, though he does not give his authority for his information. Having read Pigafetta's narrative of Magellan's expedition, Le Gobien dates back their introduction to fire to the time of his discovery of the island, when he caused a number of houses and boats to be burned. " What is most astonishing." %ays Le Gobien, "and what one win find hard to believe, is that they had never seen lire. This element so necessary was entirely unknown to them. They knew neither the use of it nor its qualities; and never were they more surprised than when 100 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM The statement has been frequently repeated" and Pigafetta erro- neously cited as authority for it. That it is not true is evident when * ■ one considers that their principal food staples could not be eaten uncooked. Moreover, they had words pertaining* to tire in their vernacular, many of which were of etymological identity with similar 7 *-■ *• O w terms in other islands of the Pacific. Among* these were guafi (fire), apo (ashes), aso (smoke), tuno (roast), nianila (Hame), pmigan (live coal), songgc (burn, v. t.), hanon (burn, v. intr.), sotne (boil), and other words. They must have possessed these words in prehistoric times. Not one of them is derived from the Spanish: all are allied to corresponding words in Malayan and Pacific languages. rsiihTL AKTS. The natives made excellent houses and were skillful canoe builders. They furnished themselves with spears and slings for fighting, stone adzes or gouges for working in wood (PI. XVII), and lines, hooks, and nets for fishing, and they planted and cultivated their gardens and rice fields. They were not wood carvers nor engravers, nor did they possess the art of weaving by looms, as did the Caroline Islanders, the natives of Santa Cruz, and some of the Philippine tribes. Their mats they braided diagonally after the manner of the Polynesians and Melanesians. The men made the houses and boats, the women braided the mats for beds and for boat sails. Pottery was unknown. Fish 4- were caught by hooks from the shore (etupog*) or by trawling from canoes under sail. They were also speared on the reef, attracted by torches (sulo) and caught with a net at night (gade). stupefied by sink- ing narcotics in holes in the reef, and trapped in pounds of bamboo wickerwork (guigao). Fishhooks (haguct) were made of mother-of- pearl and tortoise shell. NA V Hi ATI ON, Their wonderful "flying praos" were the admiration of all the early navigators. Descriptions of them were given by Pigafetta (1521), they saw it for the first time when Magellan landed in one of their islands, where he burned about 50 houses in order to punish these islanders for the trouble they had caused him. They regarded the fire at lirst as a kind of animal, which attached itself to the wood, upon which it fed. The lirtt who approached it too closely hav- ing burned themselves, marie the others afraid of it, and only dared look upon it afterwards from a distance for fear xairi they of being bitten by it, and lest this terrible animal might wound them by its violent breath, for this was the idea they first, formed of the flame and the hesit. This frivolous fear did not last. They saw their mistake, and they became accustomed in a short time to see the fire and to use it as we do." (Charles leGobien, IILstoire des Isles Marianes, nouvellement conver- ges ii la religion Chretienne, etc., p. 44, Paris, 1700.) "See Ix'tourneau, Charles, La soriologie d'apres l'ethnographie, p. ~>0fi, Paris, 1802; Goguet, A.-Y., De 1'origine des lois, <>1,u edition, I, p. 89, 1758; liaynal's Indies, vol. 3, p. 381, 1788. See also Plutarch: " Aquane an ignis sit utiiior," ill Plutarch's* * works (vol. 2, p. 955, Frankfort, 1620), which probably suggested to Pere le Gobien his graphic description. BOATS OF THK ABORIGINES. 101 Dumpier (1(>8C>). Woodes Rogers (1710), Alison (lT4ii), and Crozet (ITT^). I Jampier's description is sis follows:'4 The natives are very ingenious beyond unv people in making boats, or "proes," a Mi they are called in the Kast-Indies, ami therein they take great delight. These art\ 1 milt sharp at lioth ends. The bottom is of one piece, made like the bottom of a little canoa, very neatly dug and left of a good substance. This bottom part is instead of a keel, ft is about or lis foot long. The under part of this keel is made round, but inclining to a wedge and smooth, ami the upper part is almost flat, hav- ing a very gentle hollow, and is about a foot broad. I rom henee both sides of the boat are carried up to about 5 foot high with narrow plank, not above 4 or 5 inches broad, and each end of the boat turns up round very prettily. But what is very singular, one side of the boat is made perpendicular, like a wall, while the other side is rounding, made as other vessels are, with a pretty full belly. Just in the middle it is about 4 or 5 foot broad aloft, or more, according to the length of the boat. The mast stands exactly in the middle, with a long yard that peeps up and down like a mizzen-yard. One end of it reacheth down to the end or head of the boat, where it. is placed in a notch that is made there purposely to receive it and keep it fast. The other end hangs over the stern. To Ibis yard the sail is fastened. At the foot of the sail there in another small yard to keep the sail out square and to roll up the sail on when it blows hard; for it serves instead of a reef to take up the sail to what degree they please, according to the strength of the wind. Along the belly side of the boat, parallel with it, at about (> or 7 foot distant, lies another small boat, or canoa, being a log of very light wood, almost as long as the great boat, but not so wide, being not above a foot and an half wide at the upper part and very sharp like a wedge at each end. And there art1 two ham hoes of about 8 or 10 foot long and as big as ones leg placed over the great boat's side, one near each end of it, and reach- ing about (i or 7 foot from the aide of the boat, by the help of which the little boat is made firm and contiguous to the other. These are generally called by the Dutch and by the English from them "out layers."^ The use of them is to keep the great boat upright from oversetting * * * and the vessel having a head at each end, so as to sail with either of them foremost (indifferently) they need not tack, or go about, as all our vessels do, but each end of the boat nerves either for head or stern as they please. When they ply to the windward and are minded to go about lie that steers bears away a little from the wind, by which means the stern comes to the wind, which is now become the head only by shifting the end of the yard, This iMtat is steered with a broad paddle instead of a rudder. T have been the more particular in describing these boats, because f do believe they sail the best of any boats in the world. I did here lor my own satisfaction try the swiftness of one of them. Sailing by our log, we had 12 knots on our reel, and she run it all out before the half-minute glass was half out; which, if it had been no more, is after the rate of 12 mile an hour; but 1 do believe she would have run U4 mile an hour. It was very pleasant to see the little boat running along so swift by the other's side. The native Indians are no less dextrous in managing than in building these boats, liy report they will go hence to another of the Lad rone Islands about SO leagues off and there do their business and return again in less than 12 hours. I was told that one of these boats was sent express to Manila, which is about 400 leagues, and per- formed the voyage in 4 days time. There are of these proes, or boats, used in many places of the .East-Indies, but with a belly [curve] and a little boat [outrigger] on each side. Only at Mindanao I saw one like these, with the belly and little boat only on one side and the other Hat, but not so neatly built. «New voyage, pp. 2W8 to iKX), 1717. 6Or "outriggers." 102 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM. Alison, who in his narrative gives a figure of a flying prao of Guam, diti'ers from Dumpier in correctly .stating that the flat side is always kept to the leeward and the outrigger to the windward. He describes the outrigger as a log fashioned in the shape of a small boat and made hollow, the sail made of matting, and the mast, yard, and thwartship pieces connecting the outrigger, of bamboo. In his figure, however, the sail is shown incorrectly. It should be of lateen or triangular shape with the upper yardarm projecting well aft beyond the stern/' Besides the large praos they had small canoes, which were very swift, light, and pretty, "for they painted them with a costing made of red earth from the island of Guam, mixed with lime, with coconut oilas a medium, which beautified them greatly." b Pigufetta, in speaking of their canoes, says that they were all painted; some black and others red. They had paddles of the form of bakers" shovels, which could be used either for steering or propelling the canoes. MKN'TAI, ANI) MORAL CIMKUTKIirSTKK. In counting they used a decimal system, the names of the numerals corresponding with those of Malay o-Polynesian languages. Different forms of numerals were used in counting living and dead objects, and in expressing measurements/' They were a happy, careless people, fond of festivities, dancing, singing, story telling, and contests of strength and skill, yet suffi- ciently industrious to cultivate their fields and garden patches, build excellent houses for their families, braid mats of fine texture, and con- struct canoes which were the admiration of all the early navigators. They were much given to buffoonery, mockery, playing tricks, jest- ing, mimicry, and ridicule, offering in this respect a striking contrast to the undemonstrative Malayans. Legazpi, who visited the island in 1565, speaks of the loud laughter of those who surrounded his ship/. In selling rice to passing ships they would often increase the weigh! and bulk of the packages by stones and leaves. For each nail." says Legazpi, "they gave measures of rice containing half a fancga/'more or less.'1 When straw and stones at the bottom of the packages were discovered by the Spaniards, the natives seemed to regard the decep- tion as a huge joke; they " clapped their hands in glee and laughed long and loud, going from that vessel to another and playing the same trick. Then again they would take nails and fly without giving any- thing in return/1 On the other hand, the Spaniards gave them in exchange for rice and fruits—the most valuable possessions of the " See Alison, Voyage Round the Worhl, p. 340, 1748. & Garcia, Vidn y Martyrio de Kan vitores, p. 198, 16X3. c For numeral system and calendar of the aborigines, wee Safford, \V. K., Tho Chairiorro language of Guam, Ainer. Anthrop., 11. a., vol. 6, pp. 95-104, 1904. A fanega is about 1.6 bushels. ABORIGINAL INHABITANTS 108 islanders—such worthless things us the face cards from old packs of playing cards, hits of cloth which the Spaniards pretended to value, putting them first about their own necks and laughing to see the gul- lible natives imitate them in doing the same. Legazpi .says that these natives were well named lad rones (thieves). They would not board his ships, though he invited them to do so, showing them much love and affection and looking upon them as friendy. ^ This is easily Accounted for hv the treatment the natives had met with at the hands *. of the Louisa expedition (15:26), which, when ready to depart from Guam, allured 11 of the islanders on board bv deceitful means and 7 carried them away for the purpose of making them work the ship's pumps. That they were naturally kind and generous is shown b}* their treat- ment of shipwrecked sailors cast upon their shores and their reception of the earlv missionaries who founded the first colonv on the island* i *■ These missionaries complained that they could not make the natives take life seriouslv, saving that what thev promised one minute thev * t W *■" * *■ forgot the next. On the other hand, the missionaries spoke of the remarkable intelligence shown by the children in learning the Christian doctrine, the moderation of the natives in eating, and the absence of intoxicants. Their sense of hospitality was very marked. Women were treated with consideration, and had greater authority than in almost any other land hitherto know n. It is certain that the natives distinguished between right and wrong. An upright man was called : ''tunas," or '"straight." and the abstract quality of right or rectitude was called " tininas/' or "* straightness," A bad man was called "•abale," which signifies evil or immoral, in distinction from the word i "tailaye/* which lias more the sense of worthless" find is also applied to things, "As to their customs,'" says Padre Garcia, " 1 feel called upon to say that although they have been called " ladrones,' on account of the pilfering of a few pieces of iron from our ships, they do not deserve the name, for though they leave open their houses it is very seldom that anything is missed." They were very courteous on meeting or in passing before one another, saying **ati adingnio."' which signified . "Met me kiss your feet/" A traveler in passing by their houses wa* always invited to stop and partake of food. One of the first mani- festations of ill will on the part of the natives toward the early missionaries was their discontinuance of this courtesy." It was also customary to offer betel nut and leaves ot betel pepper to visitors. It was considered a mark of politeness to take the hand of another and gently pass it across the breast. They held poetry in high esteem and regarded their poets as men of supernatural endowments/'1 They were " Garcia, Yida y Martyrio ilt? Sanvitores, p. 224, 1683. Idem., p. 198. 104 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM. inordinately vain, considering themselves to be men of the greatest genius and wisdom in the world, in comparison with whom all other tuitions were contemptible. They attached great importance to caste, and had sharply defined lines between families of high, low, and middle extraction. This led the early fathers to imagine that they must be descendants of some polite nation. '"Thus it is seen/' says Padre (iarcia, "how Pride, banished from Heaven, dwells in all parts of the earth, going in some nations clothed and in others naked/1" Under no consideration could a Chamorri, or noble, marry a girl of common caste, though she might be rich and he poor. In ancient times it was even customary for kinsmen to kill a noble who for love or for grain should disgrace his family by such a marriage. People of low caste were not permitted to eat or drink in the houses of nobles or even to come near them. Tf thev wished to communicate with them, thev must do so from a distance. This custom was especially marked among the nobles living at Agana, where, on account of the excellence of the water and for other advantages of the site, lived the nobles of the highest rank. They were regarded by all the rest of the island with fear and respect. In this town there were 515 houses in which the nobilitv lived. The rest, about a hundred and lifty, belonging to the common people, occupied a position apart and were not considered as a part of tin* town or of the court. The prejudice of caste was one of the tirst difficulties encountered by the early missionaries. The chiefs did not consider it seemly that people of low caste should share with them the beneiits of baptism, saying that so noble an institution as the fathers taught them to regard it should be enjoyed only by the nobility and not by plebeians; and, indeed, the fathers had great difficulty in over- coming the fear of the common people, so I irmly rooted was their feeling of abasement in the presence of their betters.* son a Tj txwtititioxs and ri ktoms. Maiikiaok. Though more than one wife was permitted, yet a man had, as a rule, only one. Marriage between relatives was strictly forbidden. The wife was essentially the head of the family. Adultery on the part of a man was punished in various manners. Sometimes the injured wife would call together the other women of the village, and putting oil their husbands1 hats and arming themselves with spears, they would go to the house of t he adulterer, destroy his growing crops, and. making a demonstration as though about to spear him, they would drive him from his house. At other times the injured wife would punish her husband by deserting him, whereupon her relations would assemble at his house and carry away all the property, leaving "Garcia, Vida y Martyriode Kamitores, p. 199, 1683. ('Idem., p. 219. MARRIAGE CUSTOMS OF ABORIGINES. 105 him without even a spear or a mat to sleep upon nothing but the mere shell of the house. Sometimes thev would even demolish the house f itself. If a woman wsis unfaithful the husband might kill the adulterer, but the wife would receive no punishment." Divorce was frequent and might take place, for any cause of discon- tent on the part of either the husband or the wife. The most frequent cause was jealousy. In all cases the children accompanied the mother, and should she remarry they looked upon her new husband as a father. Concuhinagk.—It was customary for the urritaos, or bachelors, to live in a "great house/' often in companionship with young women whom they purchased from their parents or hired for a certain time. This did not injure the clranees of either for marriage. As in other islands of the Pacific where a similar custom prevailed, it is probable that the girls obtained from their families in this wav came from other n ■■ villages, and not from that in which they were to live. Certainly degrees of relationship we re respected in such cases as scrupulously as in marriage. Sexual relations between kindred were considered n infamous. After marriage, fidelity was expected and as a rule was observed on the part of both husband and wife. In cases of true marriage presents were also made by the groom to the father of the bride. A disregard for the marriage customs of the natives on the part of the early missionaries was one of the causes of complaint of the natives and finally led to bloodshed and war.'' In the first regularly appointed governor, Don Francisco Trisari y Vivar, shortly after his arrival in Guam, wishing to punish the village of Talisai for the pride of its inhabitants, who had remained away from the fiesta of Corpus Cristi. celebrated by the missionaries with processions, dances, and contests of the children in reciting the cate- chism, marched upon it during the night, and at daybreak fired upon the unsuspecting inhabitants; several of them were killed and others escaped to the woods badly wounded. The house of the urritaos was burned and three babies were carried to the mission and baptized. Shortly afterwards several marriages were, solemnized by'the. padres between girls educated at the mission schools and Spanish soldiers. In the school at the village of Orote there was a young girl who wished to marry a Spaniard. Pad re Sebastian de Monroy, the mis- sionary stationed at that village, performed the ceremony secretly, without the consent or knowledge, of the girl's parents. While the party were still in the church the bride's father came in a great rage protesting against the marriage of his daughter with the Spaniard, and attacked both the- bridegroom and the priest. The newly wedded couple were sent for safety to Agana, and the padre, to console the aGarcia, Vida y Martyrio de Sanvitures, l(iS3, p. 202. & p. 534. f 106 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM enraged father, told him to calm himself, that he would not be a loser in consequence of the marriage as the padre would give him as much as he could have gotten for his daughter if he had sold her to an urri- tao. This only made matters worse and final!v led to the burning of the entire mission and the assassination of Hie padre and all of his com- panions. Property.—The nobles owned entailed estates of coconut groves, banana plantations, and other choice lands. These were not inherited by a man's son at his death, but by his brother or nephew (probably by the son of his sister, as in many other islands of the Pacific), who on coming into possession of the property changed his name and took that of the founder or most illustrious ancestor of the family. The children belonged essentially to the mother. They inherited the property of their mother s brothers, A man did not dare to dispose of any property of his family, except, perhaps, a canoe, knife, spear, or fishing tackle made by himself or land reclaimed by him from the bush. Tortoise shell was used for money. % Governmknt.—They had no king nor defined code of laws, nor was* there a ruler for the island in general nor for any village. The nobles of each village formed a kind of council or assembly, which, however, had 110 real authority over the rest; but everybody did pretty much what he pleased, unless prevented from doing so by some one stronger than himself. The head of each family was the father or eldest rela- %-■ tive, but his authority was so limited as to call for little respect on the part of the sons, who obeyed it only when forced to do so. Children were seldom chastised by their parents. Offenses were punished by war if they were against a community, or by private revenge if* they were against an individual. Owing to this lack of organization no community felt itself responsible for the misconduct of one of its members. When hostages were taken by the Spaniards to insure good treatment of their people ashore, or to exact certain promises from the natives, the immediate family of the hostage alone seemed to feel responsibility or concern for him. The rest continued as before; nor could they understand the justice of the Spaniards" burn- ing whole villages and many boats for the act of a single individual, who might or might not belong to the village or bo allied to the owners of the boats. Wakfakk.—Their weapons were slings and spears, liows and arrows were unknown to them, nor had they swords, war clubs, or shields. They relied upon their quickness and agility to protect them from the blows of their adversaries. Their spears were of wood with points either of wood hardened by tire, or made of the shin bones of men or of the bones of fishes. They had no throwing sticks. The bone spearheads were barbed and had three or four blades or points Cr>ntrH Na'. IX. Plate XVII. Stone Adz and Sling Stones of Aborigines of the Island of Guam. Natural Size. WARFARE OK THE ABORIGINES 107 which readily broke off. They were supposed by the Spaniards to he deadly poisonous. The wounds inflicted hy them often caused death; but, as. in the case of the weapons of natives of other Pacific islands reputed to he poisonous, it is probable that their virtue was attributed by the natives to some supernatural influence of the dead mail from whose body the bones were taken, and the frequent deaths were due to lockjaw or blood poisoning from natural causes. The sling stones were of oval shape, fashioned out of stone or made of some sort of clav and baked. (PI. XVII.) These were thrown with remarkable force and precision, as far, states one observer, as an arquebus can shoot, and with such swiftness as to embed themselves in the trunks of trees. The natives practiced with these weapons from their earliest childhood and consequently became very skillful in their use. They carried on a primitive kind of warfare, "being easily roused and easily quieted, slow to attack and quick to flee." A village would prepare for war with another village with great bustle but without a leader or any sort of organization or discipline. After war had been declared the two parties would often be two or three days in the field without making an attack, each watching the movements of the other. After engaging they very soon made peace; for a party considered itself vanquished if one or two or three of its men were killed, and ambassadors were went to the other with offerings of tortoise shell, which wa* the sign of surrender. The victors would then celebrate their victory with satirical songs, vaunting their valor and scoffing at the vanquished. In their fights with the Spaniards they sometimes resorted to fire, burning the vegetation adjacent to the fort of the enemy and hurling flaming darts upon the thatched roofs of their buildings. They often selected inaccessible places for their villages for the sake of security, and in wars with the Spaniards constructed trenches in which they protected themselves, carrying with them the sacred skulls of their ancestors to counteract the power of the crucifixes of their opponents. They also strewed the roads and parses with sharp spines (puns) to serve as caltrops. The use of these and the manner of constructing intrenchments they may have learned from the Spaniards themselves. Sfokts.—One of their favorite sports was sailing in their wonder- ful canoes, wives accompanying their husbands and vying with them in swimming and diving. As already noted, they were fond of gayetv and festivities and took great delight in jokes and buffoonery. The men united together to dance and had contests of spear throwing, run- ning, jumping, wrestling, and exercising their strength in various ways. In the midst of their sports they would recount with great peals of laughter their myths and fables and refresh themselves and their guests with cakes made of rice, fish, fruits, and a kind of gruel # 108 * TtSEFtTL PLANTS otf (itlAM made of rice und grated coconut. The women had their .special feasts, dressing themselves in gala attire and decorating their persons with (lowers and bright shells and heads. Tliev arranged themselves n i. H in a ring of twelve or thirteen, remaining stationary, singing in verse " o i- ■ o n their stories and traditions in perfect t ime and in three-part, harmony — "treble, contralto, and falsetto'"' accompanied at times by one of the chief men. who assist at these festivities, carrying the tenor. The words were accompanied by movements of the hands, with which they sounded rattles or castanets made of shells, nil in such perfect time and with movements of the body and gestures fitting so well with * n the words as to call forth no little admiration for their aptitude for learning things to which they apply themselves." Hi;rial CKitrcMONTKS. At funerals the demonstrations of grief were very extravagant, accompanied by much weeping, fasting, and sound- ing on shell trumpets. The waiting continued a week or longer, according to the affection and esteem in which the deceased was held. The people assembled, dolefully chanting, around a mound which they raised over the grave, or near it. decorated with flowers, palms, shells, and other things esteemed by them/' The mother of the deceased usually cut off some hair :is a souvenir of her grief, recording the ■ O nights that had passed since his death by knots in a cord worn around her neck. These demonstrations we re greater on the occasion of a hudi chiefs or (Jhamorri's death and at the death of a matron of distinction, for in addition to the. ordinary manifestations of grief they would *-■ r"1 ^ cover the streets with garlands of palms, erect arches and other devices expressive of mourning, destroy coconut trees, burn houses, break up boats, and raise before their houses the tattered sails as a sign of their grief and sorrow, and to their songs they added elegies no less eloquent than sorrowful, which grief would teach to the rudest and most barbarous among them, exclaiming with many tears, that thence- forth life would not be worth living, lie being gone who was the life of all, the sun of their nobility, the moon which lighted them in i> " the night of their ignorance, the star of all their deeds of prowess, the valor of their battles, the honor of their race, of their village, of their land; and thus they would continue far into the night, praising the deceased, whose tomb they crowned with paddles as a symbol of one celebrated as a fisherman, or with spears as a device for the brave, or with both paddles and spears if he were both a brave warrior and an expert fisherman/ Garcia, Villa y Martyrio de Karwit-urea, pp. 20rt™201, ''Chiefs were sometimes buried under buildings called " great houses7' (debajo de unas casas que Hainan grainier) ((iarrin, ]>. 220.) ^ The recitation or chanting of elegies was called a word which is now used for the verbs "to read " and "to pray." The corresponding nouns "prayer" and "lecture" are called tinaitai AUOKIOINAL INHABITANTS. 109 KELIGIOX AMI Nt'l'EKKTlTlOXS. Ammtsm.—Thev believed in the immortalitv of the soul, which 1- ■ they called "ante/' At the death of a person they put upon the head of the corpse a little basket, '*as though inviting the spirit to make its home in that basket in place of the body it leaves, or in order that it may have a nesting place when it shall come from the other life to pay them a visit from the place of its sojourn."'' The souls of those who died a violent death were .supposed to go to Sasalaguan, or the dwelling- place of Chayfi, who heats them in a forge and beats them incessantly. Those dying a natural death were supposed to descend to a paradise in the underworld, where there are bananas, coconuts, sugar cane, and other fruits of the earth. In determining the future destiny of the soul good and evil conduct apparently had no part. The souls of the dead, especially of ancestors, were looked upon as demons (aniti) and venerated. The spirits of the dead, like the lares of the Romans, were regarded as natural protectors. They were called aniti, and were thought to be powerful for evil if not duly respected and propitiated. In times of distress they were called upon and their aid was invoked to keep away evil and to bring good luck to those for whom prayers were offered. The natives held the aniti in dread, and they sometimes paid them homage for self-protection; "for," says Padre Garcia, "the devil, in order in some fashion to retain this respect and servile fear, is wont to appear to them in the form of their fathers and ancestors and to terrify them and maltreat them." They had no temples, sacri- fices, idols, nor defined creed/' They had, however, certain supersti- tions, especially in connection with their fisheries, during which they kept profound silence and practiced great abstinence for fear or for flattery of the aniti, lest they punish them by driving away the fish or visit them in dreams to frighten them, which the natives reallv believed W 7 k they had the power to do. These aniti, it thus appears, were of an unkindly disposition rather than beneficent, and may be considered rather as demons than as divinities. To this dav there is among the natives a superstitious dread of theaniti, who are supposed to dwell in the forest. Sometimes benighted travelers going through the bush arc seized by the throat or scratched with sharp claws; sometimes stones are hurled by unseen hands, and sometimes in solitary places by the shore a headless figure may be seen sitting motionless fishing in the sea. The aniti are supposed to lurk among the many trunks of the numi or banyan tree (7vVv/« sp.) and haunt the sites of ancient houses (casas de los antiguas)/' "Gimua, Yith tribe*, however, ha*, in spite of manifold variations, so much of similarity that we may feel safe in assuming in the few recognizable traces, which are also common to all the remaining wild tribes of the land, that we see the remains of a religious faith a-s it may have prevailed in the purely Malayan period before the arrival of the Mahometans. Besides a few pairs of gods, concerning whose relations and attributes I was not able to 1 become quite clear, tliev venerate K. and for this victory which the cross gained over the devil he named the village, which before was called Pigpug (Pegpog), "The Triumph of the Cross."' lie made them burv the skulls of their ancestors in order that, thev misfht be considered people of God." By his zeal there were established on tlie island of Guam the customs and Christian ceremonies of solemn masses, sermons, processions, offices of holy week, and the oilier prin- cipal feasts of the year, according to the capacity of the villages. Thus he availed himself of all the means and attractions possible to win the love of the Mariunos for the Christian faith. In order that they might go the more willingly to mass and to school for instruction in the doc- trine, he gave them some slight presents, so I hat not only the people of the village of Agana but many others of outlying villages flocked to him. At Christinas lie made an altar of the nativity, and people from nearly all the villages of the island came, attracted by curiosity, and he allowed them to see it on the condition that thev should sav the creed, % a- the commandments, the act of contrition, and other prayers; and the same father testifies that he reaped much fruit from the Christmas ceremony. On the death of Kipuha, the chief who received them 011 the island, the father determined to give him a solemn funeral; he con- quered many difficulties in order to bury the dead chief in the church, going for him to his house with a trumpet and the banner of San Ignacio and San Francisco Xavier, and he said his vigil (wake) and chanted mass and caused to be performed for him the ceremonies which were wont to be performed for one of the Society of Jesus, which pleased the people of Agana, who at first were opposed to the new manner of burial, so that thev now asked whether when thev 7 * *■ should die thev would be buried in the same wav.7' *-■' 4- Ski'Kkstitions. -The natives took care to spit when no one was looking, and they would not, spit near the house of another nor in the morning, which seemed to be connected with some superstitious fear,' This superstition was probably of the same nature as that of other islands of the Pacific and of the ftast Indies, where it is feared that some evil charm can be worked upon a person by one getting possession " See also Garcia, Vida y Marty riode Kanvitores, p. 221, 1W3. Some of the natives resented the desecration of the hones and images of their ancestor.*, threatening to kill the fathers and their assistants with their spears; hut this did not deter them from burning the images amid the jeers of other natives, who did not share in their veneration. &Idem_, p. 408,409. c Idem,, p. 198, AHOKIOIXAL INHABITANTS. 113 of his .spittle, a bit of his hair, nails, refuse of his food, or other thin# intimately connected with him." LWor'AOE. The language spoken by the natives of Guam is called theChamorro. It belongs to the great Malayan family, which includes the languages spoken by the aborigines of Malaysia, portions of Cambodia, the Pacific Islands from Formosa and Hawaii to New Zealand and Easter Island, and the great island of Madagascar, situated in the Indian Ocean, on the coast of Africa. Some idea of the vast area oyer which this group of languages extends may be formed when it is borne in mind that Formosa and Hawaii are on the border of the North Temperate Zone, and New Zealand and Faster Island are wholly within the South Temper- ate Zone, and that the language extends in longitude from Madagascar across the great Indian and Pacific oceans to Easter Island, its eastern limit, the longitude of which is east of the meridian of Salt Lake City in the State of Ctah. On examining the vocabularies of the various languages included in this widely spread family a wonderful correspondence will be found in the names of many common objects, , and 7, 1908-5. In the two following tables a number of (iuam words are compared with corresponding words in the Polynesian, Philippine, and Malaysian languages. In the column of Philippine names "T." indicates the Tagalog language; " V.,*'the Visayan; "I.,"'the Ilocano, and "P.,"' the Pampago. In the column of Polynesian names "S,"1 stands for Samoa, 11." for Hawaii, and "N. Z." for Now Zealand. The words given in these tables are selected from among a great number which do not show such close correspondence. It would be misleading to give the impression that the Chamorro language bears a very close resemblance to the Polynesian dialects or that it may be considered a Philippine dialect. Certain words, it is true, are closely allied to both the Polynesian and Philippine names for the same thing, but on the other hand there are words much more nearly like the primitive Malayan than either the Philippine or Polynesian forms, and in no one language of the Philippine Archipelago is there a close corre- spondence either in the vocabulary or in the verbal forms with those of the Chr.morro. "This feature will Ik* soon in many Philippine plant names. Tin1 libation is in some caaes shortened to an n or mj at Mod to the noun: as rhol'fim t<>thiriu k+ Ear. Kye. Face. Feather. Few. Fire. Fish. Flv. Vow], I U\ Head. Hear, I. Lotlse. Mosquito. Moks. My. Our (iiiHusiveJn Our (exclusive) Itain. Road. Sm, Sky. Smoke. St nr. Stone- Su^areane, T< Wf (ni elusive). We i exclusive). UVep. WIlHl. Wiml. Wiiiie. Wood. sus6. niyojr. ma tat. #iuem. talari&a. inata, mata, pulu. dididi. %UH(l. fruiban. lain. mjinoK- trniya. llll.K llillfftog. Xuaho. hutu. namo. lumut. -ko, -hi). 4a. -niumi. UdlJLl], chalan. tasL laii&il* asu. aehu, tUjio. nifen. hita. hame. tai^is. hula. maiifelo. napft. navvu susu. nior. ITHltL ni i iiu iti. teliti^n. mata. muka. i>n hi4 sa«l i kit. ; a pi. 1 ikau. ! in hit. f tmumk. . iya. i uhjk j ileii^ar. ! aku, kill ii. i niainok, 111 111uI. -k ii. kibu ; kaini. | liujan. jalati. tasi. hitiRil. asn p. bitu\\ ha in. tebu. nithu kiln, kami, Iannis, apa, ahtrin. kipak. kavu. | SUML (T.). : uiotf {T.). | patai fT.). ' ilium (T,). taiftgu (T.)< mala, ropa, 1 jiil 1 Jiil (P.). dilliol ( a]>oi ri\t. hisda (T.), Irtiifto (PJ, inaimk. si>^ (T.), ufo ri\), duS^oc (V.). Ilko. knt u, vainuk (!»,). iiniut (T.i. -ki». ta (V, I. -anio utan (T. ], flalall (V.). ilajrat-. laiigit, asuk (P+), bituint hut ii. tuliu. fi^ipin (T,) + kit A. kaml. tan^is. a rn'i+ luiu^in. pakpak (P.). kahoL su.su ($,). niti {K«). mate (N. % ). iiui. taHnjfa. mala, inata. fnlu (K.). itiiti (S,). all (S,). Pa (SJ+ liuitfo (SO- inaiiu (S.). in. Tillt (X. 1. Uitlffo (S j. a'u (H.L 'ulll (S,), iiHinu (S.). limu. to-kn f X. %.). In ta-tou. lo ma-tou. ua. ala. tai. bui^i, asu (S.). IVtu (S.). fatu tolo {S+). Iiifo ta-Um (S.). ITDl-tCHl (S.). tan^i (S.). aha i N. Z+). matau^i fS.). pakau (N\ rakaii (N, % ). (hituti tiitntx tttffikt' tltr /Wv/wrxim/, Ku^lish. Guam. Mala vsiiit ] 1)ki]i]>piues. 1'dI viiesla. Ashes. Had. Hell v. K'% Blaek. Holle. Bruise. Uay Karth. Fear. Foot. Fruit. Hair. Hand. Hot, House, Kilt. IJkIII imitf. Male, Man (person) Mcum. Mouth. Xight. Not. Nose, Parent. He. Rat. Riee (TinhulH^l), Kiver. Roof. Sail. apu. eliat. tiyan. rtaiijfkuln. atuhHiK, tolaiig. tolai. haane. tano. maanao, aden#. Uncgcha, ^apiui-ulo kanai. tuaipe. #uiua. putio. lamia. lahi. tautao. pulati. paeJiod puetT^e. ti. KUiin^'. suiua. hahue. ehaka. fill, nimIO^. at ul'. laya#. 1 )iahn. I jatiat. | tiyao. : In'sar. itam. tulan^. ti ti. hari. tanah, takut. kaki. hmi. rani but. tan%ati. punas, ruinah. hunnh. kilut. laki-laki. orang. buLait. tnuluL iruilaiii. bllkillL Iuatai (V.). tilat (V*), lalaki, lao (T.V I wan (T.). UtiM (V.). ben^ci (P,). tli (T.>- IhmK (T.) + Tiiatua (P.). babui (rl\). da^a (T.). pala L. I loiT (T.b a tup (V.)h laya^ (T.). lefulefu kino th ed., vol. 1U, p. 25(>, 18K3. ' JTliis remarkable statement is made l>y Guillemard, in Stanford's Compendium of Geography and Travel (new issue), Australasia, vol. 2, j>. 554,1894. 118 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM Philippines."® In the classification of the In4, 1902. THE MODERN INHABITANTS. of "santos," saint, becomes "manantos;" the dual of uparientesn becomes " puniarientes," two relatives of each other; and from the Spanish verb i! sentirv are derived the reduplicated form "xiesienta" and "unsiesienteha," "thou dost indeed feel," or "thou art truly feeling.'' The various races have amalgamated thoroughly. Among the prin- cipal families on the island are found the names of Anderson," Robert, Wilson, and Millechamp, as well as those of Torres, Palomo, Martinez, Cruz, Perez, llerrero, and others of Spanish and Mexican origin, names all prominent in the archives of the island. In these archives arc copies of official orders of the captain-general of the Philippines directing that all foreigners be sent away from Guam and, in reply, petitions from a number of worthy men stating that they had adopted this little island for their home and begging the captain-general that they might be allowed to remain with their wives and little ones. Some of them even went to Manila arid were granted permission to return, becoming useful members of the community and rendering- great assistance to the governor as interpreters, captains of the port, and pilots. Many of their dependents inherit their sterling qualities, but are true Chamorros in language, in manners, and in heart. As for the Caroline islanders, their entire colony has been sent to the German islands of the group. They never intermarried with the Chamorros. but retained their own language and customs, living like savages in small huts with only a few leaves spread upon the ground to serve as a floor and bed. subsisting on fish, wild y an is, and fruits, and resisting all attempts to christianize them. There are no records of people of South American origin having settled in Guam, but in the northern islands of the group the census of 19012, taken by the German authorities, shows that there are 15 persons of American origin, recorded as " Chilians, Peruvians, and Mexicans." CilYSK'Ali ClIAKAf'TKHISTICS. The natives of Guam are, as a rule, of good physique and pleasing appearance. Owing to their mixed blood their complexion varies from the white of a Caucasian to the brown of a Mala v. Most of them have 4 glossy black hair, which is either straight or slightly curly. It is worn short by the men and long by the women, either braided, coiled, or dressed after the styles prevailing in Manila. Dikuasks.—The remarkable freedom from disease of the aborigines at the time of the arrival of the Spaniards has already been noted/' Shortly afterward, however, a kind of leprosy made its appearance on the island, introduced very probably by Filipino convicts who were brought in UJKU from Manila to assist, together with soldiers from " Peseeixlents of si Scotchman who came to (itiiiiii with Freycinet; nee p. 31. ^ Garcia, Villa y Mart y rio dc Sanvitoros p. 11)7, 1683. 121) USEFUL PLAMTS OF OTTAM Mexico, in the "reduction" of the natives. Dampier, describing the natives of Guam in says: ' 1 Tin.' Natives of this Island sire strong-bodied, large-limb'd, and well-shap'd. They are Copper-coloured, like other huliaus: their hair is black ami long, their eyes meanly proportioned; they have pretty high Noses; their Lips art1 pretty full, and their teeth indifferent white. They are long vwaged, and stern of countenance; yet we found them to be affable and courteous They are many of them troubled with a kind of Leprosie. Thin distemper is very common at Mindanao: therefore I shall speak more of it in my next Chapter. They of (Uutm are otherwise very healthy, especially in the dry season: but in the wet season, which comes in Jtuu\ and holds till October, the air is more thick and unwholsome; which occasions Fevers: lmt the Rains are not violent nor lasting. For the Island lies so far Westerly from the i}>}>!/«> Islands, or any other Land, that the Westerly Winds do seldom blow so far; and when they do, they do not last long: hut the Kasterly Winds do constantly blow here, which are dry and healthy; and this island is found to be very healthful, as we were informed while we lay by it." In his description of the "sort of Leprosie" observed on the island of Guam and in Mindanao, Dampier says: This 1 Hat cm per runs with a dry Scurf all over their liodies, and causeth great itch- ing in those that have it, making them frequently scratch and scrub themselves, which rai.seth the outer skin in small whitish flakes, like the scales of little Fish, when they are raised on end with a Knife. This makes their skin extraordinary rough, and in some you shall see broad white spots in several parts of their Hotly. T judge such have had it, but are cured; for their skins were smooth, and T did not perceive them to scrub themselves: yet J have learnt from their own mouths that these spots were from this Distemper. Whether they use any means to cure themselves, or whether it goes away of it self, I know not: but I did not perceive that they made any great matter of it, for they did never refrain [from] any company for it; none of our People caught it of them, for we were afraid of it, and kept off.'' The disease described by Dumpier, though possibly one of the forms known* as "lepra," was certainly not Ltpm aiiaexthexhica. a later introduction, which is characterized by absence of sensibility of the surface, comparative smoothness of the skin, and ulceration and loss of the fingers and toes. The latter disease is not nearly so prevalent on the island as it was at the time of the visit of Frevcinet, and it is * constantly decreasing. One reason for t his may be the change from a fish diet to one almost entirely vegetable, with occasional indulgence ol beef, venison, pork, and fowls; as it is a well-known fact that a fish diet renders every symptom of the disease worse. During the inter- regnum which followed the seizure of the. island by the United States, all but one of the patients in the leper hospital at Asan escaped and were cared for by relatives In various parts of the island. A leper colony was established by Governor Scaton Schroedcr on the shore of * %■ Tumhuni Hay, and the few natives suffering from leprosy have been segregated there. They are attended by nurses and are treated by the naval medical officers stationed on the island. "" f —■— "Dampier, New Voyage, (1th ed., vol. I, pp. 1717. & Idem., p. 334. THE MODERN INHABITANTS, 121 Several eases of ichthvosis have been noted by our doctors, nil of I' t them congenital. Jn this disease the skin of the patient has the ap- pearance of being composed of small scales like those of tishes. Though tlie disease is apparently incurable, the patients do not appear to suiter and their general health is good. Among other skin diseases is that known in the Eastern Tropics as " dliobie itch(Tim-a cirrinatn). a kind of ringworm which, if unchecked, spreads over the skin in large areas. This was very common unions our own men. A good D ^ * 1 remedy for skin diseases is the "ringworm shrub" (Ilrt-jhtinf itiuhf). inlioduced into (fuam and the Philippines from Mexico, and called by the natives "acapulco." Another ex< eHent remedy is an ointment made of 4 per cent of chrysarobin with vaseline. Chrysarobin. known also as '"goa powder," is obtained from the longitudinal canals and inter spaces of the wood of Atuh'nf a Brazilian tree belong no- to the Leguminosae. The most prevalent disease among the natives is hereditary syphilis. During the tirst. years of the American occupation of the island no primary or secondary cases were observed. The most frequent symp- toms of this disease are ulcers and hard lumps on various parts of the body and destructive joint and bone lesions. It is not uncommon for a young man or woman, or even a little child, of apparently line phy- sique to be afflicted with an ulcer in the palate or nose, which often spreads over the face and sometimes destroys the eves. Syphilis, like leprosy, was probably introduced into Guam by diseased convicts and laborers, some of whom were Chinese, sent to the island from the Philippines at the request of some of the early governors. One governor's report, to which reference has already been made, describes the condition of some of the convict laborers sent to Guam, who were afflicted with scurvy and skin diseases and foul ulcers. After under- *- going medical treatment for a short time they were distributed over the island." It is probable that many others previously sent, of whose importation we have no record, were also diseased in like manner, and that little or no etl'ort was made on the part of the authorities to prevent the contagion from spreading. On the arrival of the Americans at (iuam. the natives Hocked by scores to our medical officers for treatment. In the, report of the Surgeon-General of the Navy for 10OO, attention is called to the extra ordinary success attending the treatment of hereditary syphilis, nearly every case of which responded immediately to potassium iodide or to mercury, administered either in large or in small doses. Another source of disease was the frequent visits of whaling vessels and the establishment on the island of a hospital for the treatment of a " LU'fzaron -1 enfermos, uiius escorbutarios y otros con lla^Hs v enfcniiinlndos eutani'iiH." (I)nn I'a bio Perez, letter to the captain-general of tin* liiilij>|>ine!s ined,, October 17, 1851.) 122 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM. diseased seamen. It was sometimes impossible for those in charge of the hospital to keep the patients under control, and their disorderly behavior caused much worry to the Spanish officials. Among the many wise and benevolent acts which characterized the administration of Governor Sehroeder was the establishment of a civil hospital. The corner stone was laid by Mrs. Sehroeder on the 1.0th of June, 1900, and the building was dedicated by the Reverend Father Jose Palomo." One of the principal causes of the stationary condition of the population, as shown by the census of the island, was the death of new-born infants and of women in childbirth. A school for the instruction of mid wives was accordingly established, and all women on the island employed in this capacity were obliged to undergo a course of instruction before receiving license to continue their profession. The doctors reported typhoid fever to be endemic. Diseases of the eye were not very common, though several cases of conjunctivitis and iritis were treated. Malaria is apparently absent, though mosquitoes abound. Among the parasitic diseases are tapeworm and lumbricoid worms. In one year 17 deaths from the latter were reported, and in the preceding year 5 cases of the former were successfully treated. Tuberculosis exists on the island, but is not widely spread. It is not strange that the early inhabitants complained that the Spaniards brought curses to their islands without bringing remedies for their cure. The last serious epidemic was that of smallpox brought from Manila in March, lS5(i, by the schooner h\ L. and lasting until the following November. More than two-fi fths of the popula- tion perished, and in some cases whole villages were wiped out of existence. In the summer of IttlW the Spanish transport Elcmio brought to the island a disease thought at first to be cerebro-spinal meningitis, but afterwards believed to be anterior poliomyelitis. In some respects it resembled beriberi, but it was not attended with dropsical symp- toms. The victims, all adults, were suddenly stricken when in appar- ently perfect health. Frequently death ensued in three or four days. If the victim survived, paralysis either in the arms or legs was sure to follow, and the muscles of the afflicted parts became atrophied.b The disease was chiefly confined to the village of Sumai, on the shore of the harbor of Apra. It would be interesting to know whether this epidemic could be traced to the importation of moldy or damaged rice, which in Japan and the Philippines is supposed to be the, cause of beriberi. a Report <>f the Secretary of the Navy for the year 1901, ji. Si!. ,J Alfred U. G run well, assistant surj^eun, U. S. Navy, in liej>ort of the Surgeon- (jeneral of the Navy fur 1900, pp. 224-227. Cor.*r. Nat. Ht*rb., Vol. IX Plate XIX. < 5 V CO a UJ > H < ■m z P ST i- > o ~n o c > o> o m GO 00 > Z m o O o < m ID m F1 O tn O O O o o 0 z c H —I 1 > H 0 1 THE MODERN INHABITANTS 125 and everybody knows how to prepare coconut leaves for thatching and pandanus leaves for lash in# together the parts of a house or rancho. Some of the natives are remarkably versatile, being called upon to practice various callings, as occasion may require. One of the Spanish governors, who elsewhere speaks somewhat disparagingly of the Chamorros, writes as follows: The late master armorer of the post, Dmi Vicente l'angelinan, worked with greater or less perfection an armorer, locksmith, blacksmith, wood carver, cabinet maker, car|>enter, silversmith, lathe turner. IK'wan well (itted to perform clerical work, having been employed an clerk in the Ireasurv, assisting with the local accounts as well with the college fund in cases of urgency; speaks and writes Spanish fairly well and speaks Knglish, and remaining after all these accomplishments a person of simple life and modest hearing. The successor and son-in-law of I>011 Vicente, the present armorer, also works as gunsmith, locksmith, blacksmith, silversmith, turner, carver, in layer, clock repairer, and tortoise-shell worker. He is also a thrifty rice grower, and attends personally to his plantations. One of the most interesting sights is to see him take a condemned musket and convert a portion of its barrel into a knife blade, welding in the steel spring for the edge and litting to it u handle of buffalo horn inlaid with mosaic designs of silver, mother-of-pearl, or tortoise shell. All of this he does with most primitive appliances. With equal skill and apparent pleasure in his work he converts an old piece of iron into a fosifio or scuffle hoe or into a plowpoint. The husband of one of Don Vicente's granddaughters is the principal silversmith of the island, lie makes spoons, forks, ladles, cups, or bowls well shaped and Hnelv finished, and he imitates models furnished him remarkably ■ ■ ? * well, melting up worn coin and silver pesos for his material. The principal cabinetmaker, a Filipino by birth, is also a rice planter. Me makes beautiful wardrobes of ililwood, carving .them in designs of his own invention and finishing them beautifully. Not many chairs arc made in Guam, as the natives prefer benches or settees. The ordinary tables, benches, and other furniture bear a close resemblance to the forms now popular in the United States known as " mission furniture." Canopies for beds and tops of ward- robes are often carved, and show Philippine influence, the forms resembling those used by the Malayan people. The beds are usually provided with woven bottoms of rattan, like our cane-bottom chairs. There are men in Guam who make these bottoms, but tliev get their r i- O "behuko." as they call the rattan, from the Philippines. Boards for the sides of houses and for Moors are sawed bv hand with large two-handled ripsaws, the logs being inclined against a raised platform, so that one man may stand on a stage above and the other on the ground. Serviceable carts are made with tough elastic USEFUL PLANTS OF CiUAM. shafts and with solid wooden wheels of Calophyllum wood, which are inclosed in iron tires usually made from old gun barrels. rT Leather of excellent quality is made from the hides of cattle and buf- falo and from deerskins. The principal tan bark used is that of I*Uhe- cofohituti a leguminous tree of Mexican origin. Shoes are com- monly made without heels, after the Philippine fashion, the uppers of yellow deerskin, ornamented with red leather, and the soles of cow skin or buffalo hide. Very good shoes are also made after European styles. Ordinarily while working on their farms the people wear sandals, for making which a piece of sole leather is kept on hand in each family. Each individual cuts sandals to the shape of his foot, as he may require them, securing them by thongs passing backward on each side of the foot from between the first and second toes. As a rule, the masonry work on the island, chiefly stone walls and the basements of houses, is substantial but crude. In squaring the stones and in laying them horizontal the mason frequently depends upon his eye, though he may have both square and level at home. The result is, as may well be imagined, that frequently the corners of buildings supposed to be square are by no means right angles, and stone steps and terraces intended to be horizontal are far from it. On having his attention called to such defects the workman may excuse himself by saying, ' Ay, senor, I am not a master mason. I didn't know you were so particular about having it square. I'll go home and get my level and square; or will you send your boy to borrow Don J uaii's I" The source of both the stone and the mortar used for building is chiefly coral rock. Coral fresh from the reef is not used, as it contains salt and remains moist for a long time, and the mortar it yields is also salty, with a tendency to remain soft and sticky. Coral hummocks for building are taken from the reef and allowed to weather for a long time, and the best of lime is burnt from coral rock and limestone of the ancient reefs composing the greater portion of the island. Preparation of food.—The principal food staples of the natives arc maize, rice, breadfruit, yams, taro, sweet potatoes, leguminous pods and seeds, and several species of Cucurbitaceae. They often eat fish of various kinds, venison, pork, and chicken, and less frequently beef. Wild ducks (vtwrwf oii.staletl) are highly esteemed. The sport of trawling under sail forbonito and other game tish has died out, and fish are caught only in tide pools and with cast nets along the beach. Most of the cooking is done in kitchens adjacent to the dwellings, raised like the latter from the ground and connected by means of a bridge or a solid terrace of masonry tilled in with earth, in the kitchen there is a raised shelf at the end opposite the direction of the prevailing wind covered with earth which is retained by raised slabs along the edge. Stoues are arranged in pairs at certain dis- G" V. N.f Hr h V.ii IX. Plate XXI Fig. 1.—A Mooeun Oven, Island of Guam. V 'A 1 - ■ * *^r- , ■ ' . '/ L w r Fig. 2.—Evaporating Salt from Sea Water. THE MODERN INHABITANTS 127 tances apart to rest the cooking utensils upon, high enough to admit of fagots nruler the pots, gridirons, and frying pans. The cooking of the present day is very much after the manner of that in Mexico. The excavated ovens of the aborigines are little used except on ranches, and baking is done in dome-shape ovens of masonry which were probably introduced from Mexico. (PI. XXI, fig. 1.) Bread and breadfruit are baked. Yams and taro are baked or boiled or first boiled and then baked in ashes. Venison and beef are fried or broiled, and tish is cooked in various ways. Coconut, oil. when fresh, is used in cooking and is a good substitute for lard and butter. Coconut custard, expressed from the grated meat of ripe coconuts, is used in various combinations, giving a pleasant rich flavor to the dishes into which it enters. Arrowroot of Tttcra pnt mttifida is used for certain sweetmeats, and preserves or dulces are made of soursops, citrons, and fruits of various kinds. Maize is made into a paste and baked in the form of tortillas, after the Mexican fashion. Tender leaves of taro and other greens are used in place of spinach and asparagus. Coffee and chocolate are ground upon the stone used for making tortillas. Bread of excellent quality is made from imported wheat flour, fer- menting coconut sap being used to leaven it. This sap, when boiled fresh, is converted into sweet syrup and brown sugar. When the fer- mentation is allowed to continue it yields vinegar of excellent quality. Salt is evaporated from sea water in iron kettles. (PI. XXI, fig. %) Nearly everv native is addicted to the use of tobacco and to the habit ** ^ of betel chewing. Fermenting tuba (coconut sap) is a refreshing drink like cider, and is the common beverage of laborers. Formerly a kind of rum called aguardiente, or aguavente," was distilled from it on the island. The distillation of this liquor is no longer permitted. The use of opium is unknown. SI HNTA I. AMI MOKAI, CUAHACTKItlNTUH. Though the natives of Guam are naturally intelligent and quick to learn, little has been done for their education, and many of them are illiterate. The college of San Juan de Letifin was founded by Queen Maria Anna of Austria, widow of Philip IV, who settled upon it an annual endowment of pesos. Through misappropriation and dishonesty the annual income of the college gradually dwindled to about 1,0*H) pesos. The greater part of this was absorbed by the rector, who was usually the priest stationed at Agana, and by the running expenses of the school, which were the subsistence and wages paid to janitor, porter, steward, doctor, and the lightingof the building. A head herdsman was employed with two assistants to look out for the cattle belonging to the school. All of these men were paid salaries, so that there remained for actual expenses of instruction only 1!>2 pesos a year, 1)8 pesos of which were paid to the head master, 4b' pesos 128 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM. to his assistant, and 4K pesos tor the minor expenses attending the education <)!' "poor children." The education dispensed was of the most elementary nature. At times it consisted of a course in "music and primary letters1" and in giving" to a few hoys sutlicient instruction to serve as acolytes for the priests, Many of the governors disapproved of the higher education of the natives. Don Francisco Villalobos suggested to the captain- general that the college he abolished and that the funds he applied to "general education, to repairs and ornaments of the churches, and to the improvement of government, buildings and priests" residences on the island/ He also recommended that the schoollioii.se be converted into an inn or guest house for the entertainment of strangers, and that the tixed income therefrom be applied to government purposes. The uupils, it was asserted, were injured rather than benefited by their eu cation and rendered unfit for future usefulness. On entering .(college they soon forgot the misery and poverty of their homes, and during their stay of five or six years became accustomed to good food, clothing, and lodging, without learning any trade by w hich they might afterwards earn a living and without forming habits of industry. The discipline was declared to be bad, and everything tended to make the students incompetent to earn their living, discontented with their lot, and, the more quick-witted among them, thorns in the side of the governor, who was often obliged to impose b 1 correctional punish- ments" upon them." Another governor, Don Felipe de la Corte, recommended that the education of the natives be limited to the merest rudiments, to avoid their acquiring a. superficial knowledge of the more advanced branches of learning, which would lead to pretensions on their part to be men of education. Such persons. In; declared, gave more trouble to the authorities than any other class and were a disturbing element among the natives. In spite of Don Felipe's recommendation the captain- general at Manila did not see lit to divert the fund from its original object. From these and other extracts from the archives it is easilv seen *_■ that the Spanish governors of the island of (!uam discouraged the higher education of the natives not because ihev thought them inca- pable of receiving it, but because they believed they would be more tractable if thev remained ignorant. SOCIAL INKTI'PI"T1 ONs AND (TSToMs. Marriage.-—The natives marry at a comparatively early age, and the young couple, though they may continue to live with the family of the bride or of the groom in the town residence, usual I v enter into ■Cj- % " Don Francisro Villalobos, letlrrs to tlu> captain-general of (lit; Philippine, ini'diUxl, November 1<>, 1831, an«l February tt, 18X3. THE MODERN INHABITANTS 129 possession of property which the parents of both have been gradually accumulating for their benefit. A would-be purchaser of a plantation of young coconuts or perhaps of some lumber observed lying under a house will probably meet with a refusal, the owner saying that he has cleared and planted the eocal for little Juan or Maria, or that he is accumulating a number of good posts so that Pedro may have a house of his own when he marries. Old bachelors and unmarried women arc not common in Guam. Most families have several chil- dren, differing in this respect from the Samoans, where there arc often only one or two, or where many of the women are barren. Hut before the American occupation the laws of the island did not per- mit divorce and remarriage, so that new alliances which might be formed by those who had separated could not be legalized. In con- sequence of this such un legalized alliances have been held up as examples of the shocking immorality of the island, whereas, in reality, in most cases observed bv the writer tliev were to all intents and pur- poses marriages in which the husband and wife were mutually faith- ful and the children in all cases well cured for. At the time of the American occupation prostitution was almost unknown on the island, though there were many cases of couples living together without hav- ing been married by the church or civil authorities. These alliances were looked down upon by the more respectable element, but as a rule illegitimacy was not considered a serious misfortune, and an unmarried mother was treated with pitying kindness by her neighbors. Relations hetwekn parents and children.—The carefulness of parents to provide for their children has already been referred to. There are perhaps few countries in the world where greater attention is paid to the establishing of a young couple in life, though of course in Guam their wants arc comparatively few on account of the simplicity of their surroundings and their mode of living. One of the "most striking features to a stranger is the conscientious way in which ille- gitimate children are provided for. While registrar of property on the island, the writer was struck in many cases by the earnest desire of fathers to secure legal titles for their illegitimate children to houses and plantations especially prepared for them, and the records show that some of the best estates on the island were the creation of unmar- ried parents for their children. On their part sons and daughters show the greatest respect and affection for their parents, recognizing their authority as long as thoy live. It is not unusual for a man or woman of 40 or f>0 years to ask permission of his parents before engag- ing in a business transaction, and the spectacle of old women, aban- doned and forgotten by their children, acting as water carriers, etc., so common in Samoa and among our Indian tribes, is unknown in Guam. Parents are tenderly eared for in their old ago, treated with deference even when in their dotage, and depart this life accompanied 1)77:5—05—w 130 rsKFUL PLANTS OF GUAM by the prayers of all their family, all of whom leave their occupations and come from the most distant parts of the island to be with them during their last moments. One of the most touching- examples of filial piety witnessed by the writer was the case of a middle-aged mar- ried man who had been sued by his sister for the possession of sonic property. He made a clear, manly, straightforward statement to the court, but when his old mother testified against him he burst into tears, saying he could not contradict her because she was his mother, though it was found afterwards that the old lady had been influenced by her daughter to testify falsely. Respect for the laws.—In referring to the law-abiding spirit of the natives Governor Schroeder writes as follows: I have had occasion at various times to note and to mention to the Department that many little actions on the part of the natives of the island indicate a friendly feeling for the American Government, its flag, and its representatives here. This feeling is quite unmistakable and will, I hope, Income well founded. * * * Jt is hoped that in time one prime difficulty will he removed, vi%, the dread by this peaceable and law-abiding people of complaining and testifying against those who maltreat them. To preserve law and order among the ] people themselves is a matter of no difficulty; the little company of [native] insular artillery, which forms the constabulary, although inefficiently armed, is an excellent body of respectful and reliable soldiers, with whose support alone there could be no hesitation in under- taking the government of the island." Feasts and cehkmoxies.—On the evening before a wedding, fan- dangos, or dancing parties, are given at the homes of both the bride arid groom. Refreshments are served and betel nuts and cigars arc passed to the guests. The guests attend both entertainments, going in parties from one house to the other. The music for dancing is furnished o either by a violin and guitar, an accordion, or a piano, if there be one. Waltzes and square dances are performed, and occasionally a Spanish "fandango." The wedding is solemnized in the church the next morning at early mass, and there is always a wedding breakfast, to which the family and special friends of the bride and groom arc invited. The usual church feasts are celebrated, especially those of Corpus Christi and of holy week. The ceremonies at funerals are very impressive. It is customary for all the relatives and friends of a dying person to assemble at the house, which is often too small to hold them. The custom of offering refreshments, betel nuts, and cigars recalls the death-bed scenes of the olden time described in the history of England and other European countries, when it was not unusual for thrifty persons in making their wills to ask that there should be no expendi- ture for spirits at their funeral. Though there is usually great * Schroeder, Seaton, commander, lT. S. Navy, Ucport of the (Governor of Guam, July S, 1901, in Report of the Secretary of the Navy lor the year 11)01, part 1, pp. 82-83. THE MODERN INHABITANTS. 131 demonstration of grief for the, dead, yet the family is soon comforted, firmly believing in the immortality of the soul and of the ultimate happiness of the departed. The body in accompanied to the church and to the cemetery by the men, who go on foot, the women remaining* at home. As a rule the coffin is carried by four bearers, four others walking behind them to relieve them. At the cemetery the body is either placed in a boveda, or vault, the entrance to which is closed f>\ a stone and sealed with mortar, or it is buried in consecrated ground. Usually the niche in the boveda is rented for a certain period of time, at the expiration of which the bones are removed and buried, Si'OETR and pastimes.—Sunday is observed by all as a holiday. Nearly everybody attends mass in the morning. Before the arrival of the Americans it was customary to have cockfights in the after- C7 noon, and the government received a regular income for its share of the receipts of the cockpit. Sunday cockfights were abolished by a general order of the governor, and thus a check was given to the passion of gambling, which with some of the natives amounted to a vice The natives have no other sports except hunting for deer with dogs and guns. The boys amuse themselves with various games of Philippine origin. Kiteflying is popular, especially in the trade-wind season. In this sport some of them are experts, causing their kites to fight one another in the air, like fighting cocks. INDt'KTllIAi, SYSTEM. Mannkh of securing livelihood.—The people of Guam arc essen- tially agricultural. There are few masters and few servants on the island. As a rule the farms are not too extensive to be cultivated by the family, all of whom, even the little children, lend a hand. Often the owners of neighboring farms work together in communal fashion, one day on A's corn, the next on D's, and so on, laughing, singing, and skylarking at their work, and stopping whenever they fee 1 so inclined to take a drink of tuba from a bamboo vessel hanging to a neighbor- ing coconut tree. Each does his share without constraint, nor will he indulge so freely in tuba as to incapacitate himself for work; for experience has taught the necessity of temperance, and everyone must- do his share if the services v.re to be reciprocal. In the evening they separate, each going to his own rancho to feed his bullock, pigs, and chickens. After a good supper they lie down for the night on a pandanus mat spread over an elastic platform of .split bamboo. None of the natives depends for his livelihood on his handiwork or on trade alone. There are men who can make shoes, tan leather, and cut stone for building purposes; but such a thing as a Chamorro shoemaker, tanner, stone mason, or merchant, who supports his family by his trade k unknown. In the midst of building ;i stone wall the man who has consented to help do the work will probably say; Kxcuse me, Senor, but I must go to my rancho for three or four days; the 132 USKKl'L PLANTS OF UUAM. weeds are getting ahead of my corn.'1 And when lime i.s needed, the native to whom one is directed may say: "After I have finished gathering my coconuts for copra I will get my boys to cut wood and gather limestone to make a kiln. Never fear, Senor, you shall have your lime within six weeks.*1 On one occasion a blacksmith was delayed two weeks in making a plow, owing to the fact that tho man from whom he got his charcoal had been so busy supplying visiting vessels with fruits and vegetables that he could not find time to burn it. Ahsenck of 1'ovkkty.—The result of this condition of society is that when a father dies the wife and children are not left destitute, as would be the case if they depended on the results of his handiwork alone. The crops continue to ripen and are gathered in due time by the family; the weeds and worms are kept out of the tobacco; the cotlee bushes bend each year under their weight of berries; the coco- nuts, us usual, yield their annual dividend. Indeed, in most cases the annual income in provisions is amply sufficient- to keep the family supplied with its simple clothing, some flour and rice brought by the traders from Japan or America to exchange for copra, and perhaps a few delicacies, a ribbon or two, or a kerchief to go over the head, and a new saint to place in the little alcove of the side room, where the light is always kept burning. Ahskxck OF wf.altii,—Very few of the natives have accumulated money or property of value. Some of them own fine coconut groves, rice fields, and coffee plantations, and a few own small herds of cattle and buffalo. At first sight it seems an impossibility that poverty should exist where food can be produced in such abundance; and indeed were it not for the frequent hurricanes which sweep the islands there would be little necessity for accumulating capital. In spite of the dearth of food which invariably follows hurricanes, the majority of natives arc not inclined to cultivate larger crops than are absolutely necessary for the immediate subsistence of their families. They say that corn and rice will become moldy and spoil, or will be infested by weevils if kept a long time, and that all their extra labor in planting and reaping will be lost. This demonstrates the necessity for capital, and capital not in perishable rice and corn, but in the shape of good indestructible and divisible money having intrinsic value. In this way surplus food could be converted into money at the end of a good harvest and reconverted into food (imported rice or flour or tinned meats) in times of scarcity. As it is, when crops are ruined and the natives see starvation staring them in the face, the traders will not furnish them with supplies in return for the superfluous rosaries and trinkets they have accepted in exchange for their copra and other marketable products, and they have to go to the woods for cycas nuts and wild yams in order to keep themselves alive until succor comes from abroad. THE MODERN INHABITANTS 133 Peonage.—Before the arrival of the Americans in Guam it was the practice of certain enterprising citizens of the island to encourage the natives to go into debt, advancing them goods or money for the use of their families or for the payment of funeral expenses and masses for the dead, in order to engage in advance as much copra as possible or to secure labor for their fields. As a rule very poor wages were paid; the employer by managing to make further advances from time to time increased rather than diminished the debt and kept the debtor in continuous servitude. A written contract was always drawn up before the first loan would be advanced, by means of which the debtor promised to work for his creditor until his indebtedness should be canceled." Shortly after the American occupation complaints were received by our officials that certain servants had "escaped," and atten- tion was called to the system by which improvident or unfortunate natives were virtually made slaves, having sold themselves into bond- age. By order of the governor all contracts binding natives to labor in consideration for money advanced to them were declared void and the natives were permitted to work where they could get the best price for their labor, and to pay their creditors in money. Barter, or exchange of produce for imported goods, was also forbidden; so that the natives were not obliged to accept articles of which they really had no need, but were paid in money, and thus might begin to accumu- late capital to serve them in time of necessity. Not only was this a l»enetit in itself, but it allowed them to spend their money where they could do so to the best advantage, whereas under the old order they were obliged to accept what the traders, to whom they had mortgaged their crops, chose to give them. Labor.—The natives of Guam have often been accused of laziness because they will not voluntarily raise large crops nor work as day laborers for others. Don Felipe de la Corte, one of the wisest and best of the Spanish governors, says, however, it does not follow because they did not cheerfully obey orders to plant excessively large crops for the benefit. of others that they are naturally indolent. Not- withstanding the fact that they had at times produced more food than could possibly be consumed, there was no provision for storing it, and when hurricanes laid waste their fields they found themselves as before, without resources, and consequently they thought it was better for them "to work little than to work in vain. Owing to this they are accused of laziness, which they are far from manifesting when they clearly see the good accomplished by their labor." Governor Schroedcr, in his oflicial report to the Navy Department, says: ■s In the study of this question [exploitation of the unoccupied public; land] account must be taken ed by the dearth of labor. While this seems to offer something of a barrier to material productiveness, it is a very wholesome trait, which it is to be hoped will hold its own against outside influences." Means of communication.—Transportation is effected by boats as well as by means of oxen, cows, and buffaloes. (PI. XXII.) Owing to the difficulties met with in crossing* the mountainous interior of the southern portion of the island, especially in the rainy season, when the roads are slippery and dangerous, transportation from the vicinity of lnalahan, on the east coast, to Agafia, on the west coast, is often car- ried on in boats, the small bay of Hahahyan, at the southern end of the island, being used as a landing place for that region. This bay can be entered only by boats of moderate size. The journey from Agana to Merizo is also much easier by sea than by land, and boats are used whenever articles of considerable bulk are to be transported between the two points. There are only three good roads on the island. The best is that leading from Punta Piti, the landing place of the port to Agana, the capital, which continues northward to Apurguan, the site of the late village of Maria Cristina, inhabited by Caroline Islanders. This fol- lows the west coast of the island throughout its entire extent and is almost level. Another road leads from the landing place at Apra, on the south shore of the harbor of San Luis, to the village of Agat, and from this road there is a third branching off to the village of Sumai, on the peninsula of Orote. There is a road across the island at its narrowest part, from Agana to Pago, which can be traversed only on foot or on the backs of ani- mals. During the administration of Don Pablo Perez, who made use of convict labor to carry on the public works of the island, this road was for the first time made passable for carts, which fact is duly recorded on a tablet in a small shed erected on the crest of a hill about halfway across the island. Now it is impossible for a cart to cross the island by means of this road, and in the rainy season parts of it are so boggy that it is almost impassable with pack animals. The road from Punta Piti to Agat, which passes around the margin of the harbor of San Luis, is so bad in places that it is frequently impassable on horseback. For crossing boggy places and passing muddy fords oxen and buffaloes are found to be much more efficient steeds than horses on account of their natural propensity for wading. From Agat to Merizo, the village at the southern extremity of the island, the road is interrupted in several places by abrupt headlands, which must either be rounded by entering the sea or crossed bv very steep " Governor Schroeder'e report, in Report of the Secretary of the Navy for the year 1**01, pp. 82-83. Con'r, Nat. H-t: V X Plate XXII :V< / ."\V,v , : h ^ ■ 5 \ * $ i s Yf k. '.ij FJ BO ADS OK THE ISLAND 135 p ths. From Merizo to Inalahan, around the southern end of the island, several marshy places intervene, ho that cart traffic between these villages is impossible. Going" northward along the cast coast, from Inalahan to Pago, the road encounters the mouths of several rivers, two of which must be crossed on rafts or "balsas," composed of several layers of large bamboos. There is a trail crossing the island from Inalahan to Apra, which in many places is precipitous and is slippery and dangerous where the soil is of heavy red clay devoid jf vegetation. Where this trail descends to cross a river the path has become so deeply worn that its vertical sides are as high as a horse's head. The road leading from Agana to the fine agricultural districts of Yigo, Santa Rosa, Mataguag, Mogfog, and Finaguuyog may be traversed by carts, but it is far from good. As Governor Schroeder has said in his official report * on the economic conditions in Guam, "Lack of good means of transportation is one of the chief drawbacks to the develop- ment of the island.1' In speaking of the most important agricultural and grazing region, which lies to the east ward and northward of Agana, Governor Schroeder expresses the opinion that good cart roads, capable of withstanding the heavy and frequent rains, would probably lead to the acquisition of more public land by private persons. Individual efforts [he says] should Ik1 encouraged fully us much as collective cooperation, affecting, as it does, the entire community, and to this end it is projx)sed to lay out one arterial route, tapping in general plan, the middle of the region, and build a good road there as soon as may be. The country being Hat, no difficulties should exist beyond having, in Home parts, to carry the material for roadbed and surface some distance. With this thoroughfare created in place of the present mis- erable bog^y trail, it is believed that the present and future owners e done by a shore-line road around the south end and up the west coast. In many part* this will require causeways to be built in the water around high project- ing points, which now have to be climbed; but as the water is very shallow this work should not be sis expensive as would first appear, and as the shore is protected from the sea by a barrier reef it would not l>e liable to injury by the sea except during hurricanes of unusual violence. A limited amount of attention could be profitably given to the present hull paths or trails across the mountainous interior of the island, but I am convinced that for the purpose of traffic on any useful scale direct routes over the mountains would best l>o eschewed in favor of the shore-line route. Each able-bodied native is required to contribute ten days each year to work on the roads of the island, or in lieu of this to pay a personal tax of $8, A tax of I per cent was levied on all real estate, but during «In Report of the Secretary of the Navy for the year 1901, part 1, pp. 82,83. USEFUL plants of git am. the past year, in consequence of the poor financial condition of the natives, half of this has been remitted. The proceeds of this tax go for the benefit of the schools and roads of the island, and the natives do not complain of the taxation. Present conditions.—From a letter recently received from one of the most intelligent and enterprising- of the residents of the island the information in the following three paragraphs is taken; Government employees receive salaries twenty times greater than under the administration of the Spaniards. Simple laborers receive more than a dollar a day (silver) and carpenters and masons $3 a day. Servants will not work for less wages than 20 pesos (silver) a month. Notwithstanding these high rates money is by no means plentiful in the island. Employees of the island government are paid from the island funds. In cases where work is performed for the naval author- ities they are paid from federal funds, but these cases are rare. The only money coming to the people from the outside, in addition to that paid in wages to servants and laundresses, is what they receive from visiting ships and officers stationed on the island for fruit, eggs, and fowls. No other money is brought to the island; for copra, the only article of export, is paid for in clothing, sugar, flour, rice, candles, and kerosene. On the other hand, the Japanese and American trading companies collect all the money of the island and send it home. In March, 1904, rice was $25 per sack; flour, #13 per barrel of 100 pounds; corn, 37£ cents a gaiita;" chickens, $1.25 apiece; eggs, 6£ cents each; meat, 25 cents a pound. The result is that the natives are compelled to depend more and more upon the island products for their subsistence. In the civil hospital the sick are cared for by medical officers of the Navy, and medicines are dispensed free of charge to all those need- ing them. A number of marriages have taken place between Ameri- cans employed by the government and native women. Most of these marriages have proved happy, but there are several cases in which American marines have abandoned their native wives and left the island at the expiration of the term of their enlistment. The natives are very anxious for the establishment of a civil government on the island, citizenship for themselves, and public schools for their chil- dren. A supply of pure drinking water is sorely needed in Agafia, where all the wells are polluted, and a system of sewers is necessary for the health of natives and officials. STATISTICS OK t'OMMKHCK, 1'OI'ULATION, ETC. Foreign commerce.—From the report published by the United States Treasury Department for the year ending June 30, 1!»03, the following information is taken: f * See Measures, p, 1;19. STATISTICS. 137 The principal import.* am 1 timber, cotton fabrics, flour, rice, sugar, kerosene, candles, and distilled spirits. The lumber conies principally from the United States; the cotton fabrics from Japan, the United States, the Caroline Islands (probably of German manufacture), and the Philippines; the flour from the United States and Japan; the rice from Hongkong and Japan; the sugar from the United States, Japan, and Hawaii; the kerosene from the United States and Japan; the majority of candles from Japan; and the distilled liquors from Hawaii, the United States, Japan, and the Philippines. The only export is copra, or dried coconut meat. Of this the greater part is shipped to Japan, the rest to the United States. Dur- ing the year 1903 money in the form of specie was sent from Guam to Japan amounting to $18,550. The amount sent to the United States is not recorded. Population of Guam.—A census of the island of Guam was taken in August, 1901, in obedience to the orders of Governor Sehroeder, with the following results: Table I.—Population according to villages. Villages, Agafia and its dependent villages Ajfttt (village proper) A gill (district of Suiimi).... Merizo (village proper) Meri/o (district 4il Umatag) Inalahan Total Males, Females* tt,21e> m 331 237 123 2G2 3, GIG 44 G -m 120 278 Total, M4:5 6% 5 Hi 2*9 5-iU 4 jm 5,110 y, G7G ] Notk,—In this taWlc lire included only the residents of the island, not those here temporarily, imr the Cnited States forces mid employees of the naval station. Tahlk II.—Population according to nationality. Subjects of the United States: Citizens of the island Citizens of the United States Total Foreignera: Spaniards Italian**. _. Japanese . Chinese... Total Resume: Sn^jeets of the rnited Stales Foreigners Total . Females. g (J VI 3 21 4,545 21 r>p m & ?A& ; 2 1 0 11 5,099 11 Total. *Mi30 ]\ % G44 1-1 2 is 'd 32 y,t44 32 5,110 &,l*7t> 188 USKFUL PLANTS OF GUAM. Taut,is HI. — Ptipulathat trifh rrfrmttr h> phtce <4 itirth. I'laer of birth. i i Millie, Females. Total. Island of Guam (Uher inlands of the gtcMJp rhilip;iines rnited States Hawaiian Islands Uther countries Total 4t m If) fHi r> u :to fl, 079 7 y 7 ■i ti u, i* *->-v (ft IL1 ■j a; 4,, r>tiio i a, t»7t> Tahle I\\—KiJucaiUmtd xtaiiMlvs. Apprnxi- Mules, Females. Totnl« male per reuL Knowing Imw to read and writ*? .. Able thread and tosi^u name*. Able to read only Ably to sitfn nuim* only Absolutely Illiterate {over 7 years old) Total number above the utfe of 7 years .. Number of ehildren younger than 7 years 2/liYA ■W Uft fl 511 ;tp Am Urn; Total population 1,230 tfO lt77-r> I it yer eent of the males mid 24 per cent of the females who have passed the u^e of 7 years are absolutely illiterate. Population of thk kkmaimkg islands of the group.—Only seven of the northern islands now known as the "German Mariannes," are inhabited. The population is divided as follows, according to a census taken in April, 11)02:" Rota (or Luta) 4!I0 Tinhm tkij Saipan 1,631 Sarigan (or Sariguan) 8 Alamu^in 8 Pdjtan . A«rigan 137 32 Tot ul 2,401 This population inhabits 62(> square kilometers, so that the people are distributed according to the proportion of 3.S to each square kilo- meter. According to nationality the population is divided as follows: Native Chainorros and Caroline lw- 1 ando is _ Malayans Japanese 2, :i'u * t + > JK Chilians, Peruvians, and Mexicans. Spaniards Germans 15 3 H i STANUAUns OF MEAHURE. Land is measured in Guam according to the metric system, 1 hectare being equal to 2,471 acres. «Fitxner, Rudolph, "Die Bevulkerung der doutsdien Siidaeekoloiiien," in Glolms, vol. 84, p. 21. (July 9, 1903.) UNITS OF MEASURE. 139 The measurements of weight and capacity are those formerly used in the Philippines. They are gradually being replaced by the metric system. I am indebted to Mr. Louis A. Fischer, of the United States Bureau of Standards, for correcting the following tables. Linear meaittny'. 1 braza = 1.672 meters = 2 varas =05.82 inches. 1 vara =836.00 »iillimeters= 3 pies =32.9 inches. 1 pie —278.70 millimeters=12 pulgadas=10.97 inches. 1 pulgada= 23.22 millimeters=12 linens = ,91 inch. Measures of rapacity. ])KY MEAKCItK. 1 kaban or cavan =25 gantas =09.90 liters=2.75 XJ. S. bushels=11 pocks. 1 ganta = 8 ehupaa = 3.99 liters= .44 U. S. peck — 3.52 quarts. 1 cliupa = 4 apatanes— .499 liter = .44 U. S. quart = .88 pint. Liquid mctmwe. 1 tinaha—16 gantas =63.84 liters=14.02 gallons. 1 ganta = 8 ehiipa8= 3.99 liters = 3.52 quarts. 1 chupa = 3 i-opas = .499 liter = .88 pint. Men?, tt ivn of nci/jh l. 1 quintal = 4 arrobas =46.012 kilograms=101.44 pounds. 1 arroba =25 librae =11.503 kilograms = 25.36 pounds. 1 libra — 2 mareos = .460 kilogram = 16.23 ounces. 1 mareo = 8 onzas = .230 kilogram = 8.12 ounces. 1 onza =16adarmes =28.758 grams = 1.02 ounces. 1 picul —10 chinantas=62.550 kilograms=137.9 pounds. 1 chinaiita=10 catew = 6.255 kilograms = 13.79 pounds. 1 catty =16taels = .626 kilogram = 1,38 pounds. 1 tael = =39,094 grams = 1,38 ounces. A kaban of cacao weighs 38.6 kilograms. A kaban of rice weighs 60.272 kilograms. AGRICULTURE OF THE ISLAND. SOILS." The strand.—The beaches are composed of fine coral sand and are especially well adapted to coconut plantations. Specimens of this soil examined by the Bureau of Soils, United States Department of Agriculture, were found to contain considerable organic matter, though not of such a nature as to be readily decomposed, and for this reason it might be well to apply manure to it. Considerable organic matter is constantly being added to the stretches of beach in the form of decaying vegetation and animal matter from fragments of fresh coral and shellfish cast up by the sea and dispersed by the wind. From prehistoric times extensive coconut groves have been continuously growing along the west coast of the island without apparent exhaus- I am indebted to Mr. Milton Whitney, chief of the Bureau of Moils, for much of the following information. 140 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM. turn of the soil. On the oast const, which is exposed almost constantly to still' winds from the eastward, no coconut groves occur, and almost the only tree found growing near the waters edge is the Polynesian iron wood, Casuarina ef/ut'stjt{fo/ia. At a short distance from the beach, however, in places more sheltered from the wind, tine coconuts are produced. Bananas, plantains, eggplants, peanuts, garden vegeta- bles, and several kinds of fruit trees are grown by the natives along the beach, and great breadfruit trees and mangoes are also found growing in what appears to be nearly pure sand. Near Agana great stretches of sandy beach arc covered with beds of seaside daffodils {Pancratium. Uttoralr), and the outer strand is carpeted with the goats-foot convol- vulus {Ipotnoeu and several leguminous plants. These must all contribute humus to the soil and serve to increase its fertility. Marshes.—Marshes of sufficient elevation to admit of drainage are planted in rice. Where the water is stagnant and the soil is sour rice can not be grown. Several attempts have been made to cultivate the large swamp, or "cienaga,'' near Agana, but they have not as yet proved successful. This swamp is but a foot or two above the level of high tide. It was once a lagoon and from its general level a few hillocks rise like islands, which are covered with coconuts and shrub- bery. Patches of the cienaga are cleared each year of the reeds which cover it (Trieboon) and are planted in taro, and in a number of places along the margin are groves of cocoanuts. Near Matan-hanoin, at the upper end of the cienaga are small plantations of cacao and thrifty abaka, or "manila hemp" plants. The latter grow without care and are not utilized. Swamp land is plowed with the aid of buffaloes. It is divided by low mud banks into fields of moderate size. It contains considerable organic matter from the rice stalks, which are turned under after the crop has been harvested. In the southern portion of the island there are a number of low, damp tracts of land at the mouths of streams. The soil covering them is deep and black, and has evidently been deposited by slowly-flowing currents. Where this land has been allowed to lie idle it becomes solidified like adobe, and in the dry season is crossed in every diroc- tion by deep cracks. Such an area may bo seen in a tract on the west side of the Maso River, near Topungan, which was formerly the prop- erty of the Sociedad Agricola de la Ooncepeion, With proper irriga- tion there is no reason why it should not be made to yield good returns. Other low-lying tracts are planted in sugar cane, but this industry has nearly died out in Guam. Fine tillable tracts lie near the mouths of the Asan, Sasa, Laguas, Aguada, Guatali, and Atantano rivers, and on the east side of the island near Inalahan. Inthriok VALLEYS.—In low-lying interior valleys, sheltered from the winds which constantly sweep the island, are a number of fertile tracts. On the east side of the island the vallev of the Talofofo Kiver . ■'>1 ■ ^-n.. VnL IX. Platu XXIIL o z I- z. < CL a: O 5 < <3 \- J-y W tr O U_ < X < -1 Q SOILS 141 is especially rich. During the rainy season it is for the most part flooded, but in December it becomes sufficiently dry to admit of cul- tivation, and yields a harvest of corn at a time when corn can not be grown on higher and drier land. In the northern part of the island the regions known as Santa Rosa, Mataguag, and Yigo arc famous for the excellence of their products. These regions have been less cultivated than those in this center and south of the island, owing to the fact that there are no sources of water supply for man or animals with the exception of one or two small streams in the immediate vicinity of Mataguag and Santa Rosa, where the platform of porous coralliferous limestone is pierced by volcanic outcrops. An analysis of the best soils of this part of the island shows that they consist largely of heavy reddish clay, and are comparatively rich in nitrates. Where the land is uncultivated it is covered with forest growth. When the forest is cleared (IM. XXIII) it is first planted in land taro, bananas, and plantains, and when the stumps are burned and the land sufficiently clean coconuts, cacao, and coffee are planted. Oranges of excellent quality arc produced in the Yigo and Santa Rosa districts, and in sheltered places fine cacao is successfully grown. The coffee of these districts is also of excellent quality. The determination of the water soluble plant food constituents in these soils, which was made by the Bureau of Soils, United States Department of Agricul- ture, shows that they compare very favorably with tropical soils in general. All are relatively high in lime, due to their coral origin. The amounts of potassium in the samples examined are large as com- pared with the soils of the United States, and the large amount of nitrates in the Yigo and Mataguag soils is especially noteworthy, characterizing them as very productive. Tiirc mksa.—The northern half of the island consists almost entirely of a raised platform of coralliferous limestone called the "mesa'' or " mescta.'' Its surface is covered with a laver of soil often on I v a few inches in depth, of a reddish color from the presence of oxide of iron in the decomposing coral of which it largely consists. Beneath the superficial layer the subsoil is of rotten coral, and beneath this is a solid mass of the hard coral composing the ancient reef, cemented together by carbonate of lime formed by the action of water upon the oxidized surface limestone. Where the me seta lias been cultivated for a long time its productive power is small, and the natives declare it to be "cansada/' or tired. Much of the mesa produces excellent tobacco, sweet potatoes, and maize, though no effort is apparently made to fer- tilize it artificially . Abandoned tracts on the mesa soon become over- 4 grown with scrubby bushes, including cassia, indigo, sappan wood, and other leguminous plants. The natives understand the economy of allowing them to lie fallow for a period of time sufficient for the undergrowth to form a thicket, and in selecting a tract for planting 142 HSKKUL PLANTS Of GUAM. they arc guided by the richness of the growth of hushes, which they are careful to hum upon the site. The leguminous shrubs undoubt- edly net as nitrogen store I'd. Peanuts could he cultivated with advan- tage for this purpose, and would be useful as a erop to alternate with maize and tobacco. Savannas.—On the higher parts of the island there arc stretches of land almost hare or covered with .sword grass, called "neti" (Xip/ta- tjrostixfloridufa), a few weedy labiates, and a sprinkling of iron wood trees The boundary between the savannas and the wooded region is very sharply marked. All savannas are characterized by absence of drainage. The soil is a red clay, which becomes sticky and paint-like when wet, so that during the rainy season the roads across the savannas in the southern portion of the island become dangerously slippery and impassable. An analysis of savanna soil showed it to be almost devoid of organic matter, free from gravel arid coarse sand, and consisting almost entirely of clay and silt. Although it is rather low in nitrates it is possible that this deficiency might be remedied by cultivation and the application of manure. Though the amount of water-soluble phosphate contained by it is lower than in the soils examined from other parts of the island, yet, accord- ing to the report of the Bureau of Soils, it is as large as that in many productive soils of the United States, and it is<|uite possible that some savanna grass good for forage may be found to replace the coarse, sharp-leaved neti, which is of little economic value except for thatching. Cahcajo, ok (iuavel.—The subsoil of the mesa and the cliffs forming the sides of the plateau consist in many places almost entirely of coral gravel. This is excellent road material and the streets of Agana arc formed of it. When first removed it is soft and crumbling, but it becomes hard and compact on exposure to the air. It consists largely of calcium carbonate. Similar material is used in the Philippines for road building, but it does not stand heavy travel for a long time and must be renewed at intervals. According to the report of the Bureau of Soils, material of this kind gradually decomposes into a red clay exceedingly high in iron compounds, and when organic material is present frequently becomes converted into black waxy fertile soils resembling, in many respects, the adobe soils of the southwestern United States. INDKiUNOl'H AND HJ'ONTANROIW ECONOMIC I'LANTS. Among the plants growing without cultivation on the island are (Jymtt circinalis, the nuts or seeds of which furnish the natives with food in times of famine; the wild fertile breadfruit (Art'Mvirjtm amunimix), having edible chestnut-like, seeds; wild viims {DifMcoyrt? xphifwt), which in places form impenetrable thickets; the betel-nut palm (A/'ecu cafJtMu), which is abundant in some of the rich valleys in AGRICULTURE. 143 the southern part, of the island; aiul PurHl tih'acu.-ittn, which furnishes the natives with cordage. Besides these a number of plants of minor importance have escaped from cultivation and arc spreading over the island, such as the guava, the Indlock's heart, the orange berry, Pithc- etdohhttii dah't\ which yields line tan bark, and Biancnvu sappon, which is important as a dye wood. (VLTIVATEI> POO It AM) S't'tMI'LAXT PLANTS. Garden plants.--In addition to their small farms nearly all the natives of Guam have a town house. Adjacent to many of these are gardens in which grow perennial eggplants, red peppers, bananas, plantains, various kinds of beans, squashes, gourds, watermelons, melons, peanuts, tomatoes of a small and inferior kind, balsam pears, mustard, and perhaps yams and a few vines of betel pepper. Among the fruit trees in gardens the most common are lemons, limes, the sugar apple, and the soursop. Pomegranates are grown more for orna- ment than for use, although a very refreshing drink is made from the acidulous pulp surrounding their seed. In some of the gardens giant taro (Alocasia) is grown for the sake of its leaves, which are used instead of paper for wrapping up meat and lish. Banana and plantain leaves deprived of their stiff midrib are used for the same purpose, and for cordage strings are stripped from their stem, or the leaves of the textile Pan da mis are used, a plant of which is sometimes grown in the garden for convenience. Radishes, onions, garlic, and lettuce are sometimes planted, but they do not thrive. (See under (ianlcnx in catalogue. Ckkkalh,—The onlv cereals cultivated in Guam are rice and maize. The natives cultivated rice in considerable quantities before the dis- covery. It was among the supplies furnished to Magellan and Legazpi. The Dutch navigators, who came after them in Uioo and 1(>2L, complained that the bales were increased in weight by the addi- tion of sand and stones. These bales weighed on an average from 7(1 to 80 pounds. At present not sufficient rice is grown on the island for the use of the natives, though there are several localities well suited for its cul- ture. The methods followed are very much like those of the Filipinos. Buffaloes arc used for plowing. The plow is of wood with an iron point, usually fashioned by the blacksmith of Guam out of an old gun barrel. It has but one handle. Many of the best rice growers on the island within recent years have been Filipinos. At present rice is imported from Japan, Manila, and the United States. This would not be necessary if a litt le greater effort were made on the part of the planters. As a rule, they plant only enough for their own use and do not lay by a surplus. The result is that when the crop is ruined by a hurricane or a drought, which not infrequently happens, there is a 144 UHKKUL PLANTS OF GUAM. dearth of rice on the island. One reason for the small size of the cropa is the difficulty of obtaining labor. Nearly everybody has a ranch of his own, and prefers* to reap all the benefits of his own labor rather than to share them with an employer. Maize was introduced from Mexico at a very early date/' and soon became the principal food staple of the early missionaries and the soldiers sent to assist thein in the conquest of the islands. With maize came the Mexican nictate and mano, a low inclined stone slab supported on three legs on which tortillas are prepared, arid a stone rolling pin, cylindrical in shape with the ends slightly tapering. Maize is now the most important crop. On the higher land it is planted at the beginning of the rainy season. In the lowland, as in the valley of the Talofofo River, it is planted at the beginning of the dry season. As soon as it is harvested it is shelled and spread out on mats in the streets to dry in the sun. Then it is stored in earthen jars as a protection against dampness and against rats and weevils. In places where the soil is deep enough the land is prepared for maize by plowing. On the higher land the weeds and hushes are cleared, dried, spread over the field, and luirncd. This process serves to kill many weeds and at the same time to fertilize the land. Theonlv instrument of cultivation used in such places is the fosifio, or scuffle hoe, which consists of a wide transverse blade, placed T-like on the end of a long slender handle, the stem of the T being a hollow socket into which the end of the handle tits tightly. This is thrust ahead of the laborer, and serves to clear away bushes and to cut the weeds. After the corn is once planted, the surface is easily kept clear of weeds with the fosifio, the natives usually covering at one thrust a space of (! feet in length and the width of the blade. The use of this implement is universal. Even the women are adepts, and tiny fosmos are made for the little children. Edible roots.—Among the edible roots of the island are taro (Calndtum voloemm) and yams {Dioscona spp,), both of which are cultivated by the natives and arc a resource for them during the periods of famine, which usually follow hurricanes. Taro is cultivated either in swamps (PI. XXIV) or in newly cleared ground. Certain varieties, the best of which has purplish stems and is called Visayan taro, u sunin visaya," are grown on hillsides and are of line consistency and flavor. The closely allied Alocasta indwa and A. tuaerorrhhn mi PI. XXVII), called " lemae" or *'rima" by the natives, and the well-known plantain {Mum para- dUhwd). Of the plantain there are several varieties. The fruit differs from that of the banana in being starchy instead of sweet, and it must be cooked before eating. When baked it has somewhat the taste and consistency of a potato, but is inferior to it in flavor. As both the breadfruit and plantain are seedless they must be prop- agated by suckers. This is readily done with both plants. They both grow with little care and produce abundantly in Guam. As the breadfruit is in season only during certain months of the year, some of the natives lay in a store of it for the rest of the year by slicing it and drying or toasting it in ovens, making a kind of biscuit of it which they call " biscocho de lemae." If kept dry this will last indefinitely and may be eaten either without further preparation or cooked in various ways. It is tine food for taking on a journey, as it is light and conveniently carried. Squashes and pumpkins are grown, but they do not occupy a promi- nent place in the economy of the natives. The nuts of the Cyats ctrchmUx, called "fadan" by the Chamorros and " federiko" by the Filipinos, yield a nutritious starch. As these nuts are poisonous in their crude condition, there has been considerable prejudice against them on the part of some of the Spanish governors of the island. In other countries, however, a tine sago, or arrowroot, is made from them, which is declared to be superior to that made from the pith of sago palms. It is remarkable that the "Polynesian chestnut" {Bocoa edidi#), so widely spread over the Pacific, is not included in the Guam flora. Tree fruits. The principal fruits arc oranges, bananas, mangoes (PL XXVIII), and sugar apples {Annona squmnmom), all of which arc of tine quality. In the vicinity of Agat and the harbor of San Luis de 9773—05 10 146 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM Apra there arc inferior varieties of oranges, but in the districts of Santa Rosa and Yigo, in the northern part of the island, and in Yofia, on the eastern coast, the oranges are excellent. Lemons and limes produce continuously in great quantities all the year round. Among the introduced Annonaceae the sour sop (/I. m ttri- cata) is used for making jellies and preserves, and the bullock's heart (A. reticuhtta) is eaten as a fruit, but it is inferior to the sugar apple above mentioned. Citrons, pomelos, shaddocks, and bergamots are abundant. Averrhoa ca.raiubola, improperly called "bilimbinos" by the natives of Guam and the Filipinos, bears a translucent oblong fruit with the cross section of a five-pointed star, which has a pleasant acidulous flavor. Guavas grow spontaneously and produce abundantly. Little use is made of the fruit, however, owing to the scarcity of sugar on the island. Among introduced trees are the cashew (Ana- cardium occidental*', PI. XXIX) and the tamarind (Tamarindm indh'tt, 1*1. LXVT), neither of which have spread upon the island, but which are found only near villages or on the sites of ranches either in cultivation or abandoned. Coffee and cacao.—Coffee and cacao have been introduced and thrive well in Guam. Coffee receives little care. It will grow in various situations and in almost any soil, and yields abundant harvests. Often most of the houses of a village, as at Sinahaiia, arc seen sur- rounded by coffee bushes, and the fresh seeds sprout spontaneously beneath the parent plant or if thrown upon the surface of the soil in a shady place. There are no large plantations in the island, each family planting enough only for its own consumption. The berries arc gathered, pulped, and hulled by hand. The cultivation of cacao is more difficult. The plants are very tender. They have a long taproot which is easily broken, and the plants do not bear transplanting well. They are very sensative to violent winds, and must be planted in sheltered valleys. Both coffee and cacao must be protected from the sun when very young. The use of shade trees is not necessary in Guam, though, in starting a cacao or coffee plantation, the intervening space between the rows of plants is usually planted in bananas, which yield fruit and at the same time serve to protect the tender young plants from the sun. Narcotics.—The principal narcotics cultivated on the island are the betel palm and the betel pepper, which grew on the island before the discovery, and tobacco, which was introduced by the Spaniards from America. The betel palm, although frequently planted by the natives, also grows spontaneously. Thousands of young plants may be seen in the rich valleys of the southern part of the island where seeds have fallen from the palms. The betel pepper is a vine with glossy green leaves closely resembling the common black pepper {Piper a 'tyruni). It occurs only in a state of cultivation, but requires little care, the Cor.'r. M-tt. Ht'rh.. /"I !X Plate XXVIII. i iT *>sf a? 4 srl Mango Tree 1 Mangiff.ra indicaj in Full Fruit C' ?'V K:ir. H► ■ b. VN IX. Plate XXIX. CASHtiw . Anacardium occidentals. Fol'aue. and Half-grown Fruit. NATuttAi. SIZE. OIL-YIELDING PLANTS. 147 natives propagating it very easily from cuttings and allowing it to creep upon stone walls and to climb over trees. (See Plates XXXV and LXIII.) Toddy, or tuba, is a fermented drink made from the sap of the coconut. Before the arrival of the Filipinos brought by the early Spaniards to assist in the conquest- of the islands the use of tuba was unknown. Until the arrival of the Americans an inferior brandy was distilled from fermented tuba, but its manufacture has been prohibited. Nearly every family on the island lias its tobacco patch, each raising barely enough for its own consumption. The seeds are germinated in nurseries and transplanted to spots near the plantations, where they are kept shaded by canopies of muslin, and then are set out in fields, each plant shaded by the segment of a coconut leaf. All hands assist in its cultivation—parents, children, and grandparents—and it requires constant attention and no little effort in fighting against weeds and tobacco worms to make the crop a success. Oil-yielding plants. —The coconut is the principal source from which the natives derive oil. Coconut oil is used for cooking, light- ing, and anointing. In taking the place of lard fresh coconut oil imparts an agreeable flavor to many articles of diet. Nearly every house on the island has its patron saint enshrined in a niche or side room, with a light of coconut oil burning before it. The oil is con- tained in a goblet half filled with water, which keeps the glass cool. The wick is supported on a float. Oil used for massaging the body (a custom which Guam shares with many Pacilic islands) and for anointing the hair is often perfumed with flowers of various kinds (p. 210). Dried coconut meat, or "copra,*1 is exported from the island. Most of it is used for oil which enters into the manufacture of candles and soaps, and is an ingredient of a number of medicines. Among other oil yielding plants are the castor bean the physic nut (Jntroph in Hawaii and "lama ^ in Samoa, derives its name from the custom of the ancient Polynesians ■ 4 of stringing the roasted kernels on the rib of a coconut leaflet, the tip of which is set on fire and burns like a candle, the flame consuming the oily kernels as it descends. At all luaus, or native feasts, in the Hawaiian Islands, chopped kukui kernels mixed with seaweed form an indispensable dish, which takes the place of a relish. In many tropical countries illuminating and lubricating oils are made from the castor bean and the physic nut, and both" of these oils are important medicines. An oil like that derived from the almond mav be obtained from the 4 nuts of Terminalia cutajypu. The seeds of Mochija- mvrlnja are the 148 VSKFUli PLANTS OF GUAM. source of the ben oil of commerce, which is much prized as a lubricant by watch makers and is sometimes used in the West Indies as a salad oil, Dilo oil is derived from the fruit of ValopJnjlfiuit inophylluw, and peanuts and sesame are well known oil-yielding plants. An acrid, oily liquid called "cardol*' has been derived from the shells of cashew nuts {Annvardt.nm. oveidentnL). It is used to varnish furni- ture and books as a protection against white ants and other pests. These oils are not prepared by the natives of Guam. TKXT1LK AMI! THATCH l'LANTN, Fiber plants.—Among the monocotyledons yielding fiber are the coconut {Ciww ntwiferti), from the husks of which is derived the coir which is twisted and braided into cords and sennit; the pineapple {Ananas atuiJHix), the leaves of which yield a beautiful, fine, silky fiber, which the natives of Guam twist into thread for making the finer fish nets; the abaka, or manila hemp (Mtum te.iiilix), introduced from the Philippines, and growing without care on the part of the natives, but not utilized by them on account of the labor and skill necessary to extract its fiber; and a species of Agave, called lirio de palo," evidently introduced from Mexico, the leaves of which yield an excellent fiber, which in Guam is utilized only for wrapping cigars. In addition to these, a palm called "cabo negro" has been introduced from the Philippines. This species, which is known to commerce as the " gomuto," is S(«j*uirwi -phumtux. Its stem when young is entirely covered with sheaths of fallen leaves and black, horsehair-like fibers, which issue in great abundance from their margins. As the tree increases in age these drop off, leaving a columnar stem or trunk. In the Malay Archipelago the thickest fibers are used by the natives as styles for writing on leaves of other palms. The finest fibers are known in Eastern commerce as gomuto or ejoo fiber, and arc much used for making strong cordage, particularly for cables and standing rigging of vessels, whence the name "cabo negro," or "black rope" is given it in the Philippines. The ropes made of this fiber are not pliable enough for running rigging or for fine cordage. The fibers need no preparation but spinning or twisting. Cabo negro ropes are said to be more durable than any other kind when subjected to repeated wet- ting. At the base of the leaves there is a woolly material suitable for calking the seams of vessels. The species grows well in Guam, but on account of the abundance of other fibers it is not utilized by the natives. Among the dicotyledons the principal fiber plants belong to the Malvaceae, Tiliaceae, lTrticaceae, and Moraceae. The chief of all is Paviti f a tree widely spread over the tropical regions of the world, from the inner bark of which ropes and twine are twisted. Its use for this purpose is so extensive in Guaiu that there is scarcely a Cc*v. Mit. Hi-'n. : X Plate XXX. Cvr FEE N FULL B1.00V. KIliER PLANTS* 149 family which dors not possess a rope-making apparatus similar to the simpler forms of those used in rope walks elsewhere. On the east coast of Guam, in traveling* from Pago to the southern extremity of the island, it is necessary to cross the mouths of several rivers. Iialsas, composed of several layers of bamboo, are used for this purpose. The cables by means of which they a re pulled across are made from the fiber of Pariti tiliacvum. Though this Hbcr is not easily worn out in its natural condition, its strength and durability are increased by the application of tar, such as that used on board ship. Among other members of the mallow family are several species of Sida, called uescobilla" by the natives. They grow without cultivation on the island, in waste places and along the roadsides. They yield a good, strong fiber, but on account of the abundance of other material the natives do not use it. Allied to those in general appearance and use are several species of Tiliaceae, including Trhimfetta procu//t7)ens, which is called "masigsig" by the natives, allied to the species which produce the jute of commerce, so extensively used in the manufacture of gunny sacks, matting, and carpets. They are not, however, utilized in Guam. The principal member of the tTrticaceae, or Nettle family, is the celebrated rhea fiber plant {llwhim-riti, ienacixshtui). In Guam it grows to the height of a shrub or small tree, though in many other parts of the world it is herbaceous. Though allied to the nettles in appearance and inllorescence, it is not armed with stinging hairs. The closely related lioehnteria win a, which yields the China "grass cloth" fiber, is a plant of temperate regions, the lower surface of the leaves being covered with white down, like felt. The leaves of the Guam plant, though pale beneath, arc not coated with felt. This plant, though of great importance in other parts of the world and growing in Guam ran My and without care, is in this island not utilized at all, except for medicine. The last species I shall mention is the principal member of the Moraceae, the breadfruit tree {Affinwrpttx vomnuoux). In addition to its importance as yielding the principal staple of food, excellent wood, fodder for animals, and a gum suitable for paying the seams of canoes and for use as a medium in mixing paints, it yields a tough leathery bark, which in the olden times was made by the natives into aprons or breech cloths. Tapa cloth, which is made from it in other islands of the Pacific, was apparently not made by the aboriginal inhabitants of Guam. The paper mulberry, 1 (fhou^onrttu) /wy>///7/v7v/.v, the tapa plant so widelv spread throughout Polynesia, does not occur in Guam. I L " f Mat and hat wants. At least four species of pandanus occur in Guam, two of which, called "pahong1* and kafo" by the natives, are widely spread in the forests, and furnish food to the fruit-eating bats 150 USEFUL PLANTS OF HIT AM. and wild rats. The third species furnishes leaves which, when young iind hinder, are cooked with vegetables as a flavor!ng. The fourth spe- cies is called ^aggag."' Its leaves are remarkably strong- and pliable. They are used for lashing together the parts of a house or hut and for string; and when divided into narrow ribbons they are braided into hats, sleeping mats, mats upon which corn and other seed arc dried, and bags for holding corn and rice. Only one sex of this plant occurs in Guam. It is propagated by cuttings, limbs when cut off taking root readily in almost any kind of soil. The leaves of the other spe- cies are inferior and arc scarcely at all used. A coarse kind of mat is made by weaving or wattling the stems of a reed which grows in marshy places {Triehoon roxhurghii)* called " kar- riso" by the natives. These mats are often used to cover the walls of lightly constructed houses and are sometimes coated with a kind of c la v. fe.- Thatoii pi,ants.—The majority of houses in Guam are thatched with coconut leaves, but those of the 1 tetter class with the leaves of Xyjxt frutwanx, an interesting trunkless palm introduced from the Philip- pines, which has established itself at the mouth of every stream of importance in the island. When there is a dearth of coconuts and nipa, sword-grass, or " ncti^ (Xi]>ha{jrostix jl<>rivn\{/•r id bristles attached to their achenes, and marsh plants with seeds which readily adhere to the feet 152 USKtTL l'LANTH OF GUAM. or feathers of birds. These peculiarities undoubtedly account for the wide dissemination of many of the weeds. Many of the marsh birds and shore birds visiting Guam are migratory, and it is very probable that they have brought with them seeds or fruits from other regions. It is pleasant to note the absence of the troublesome sensitive plant (Miwma pudlcu) and the Lantuna cam am from the flora of Guam. Other shrubby plants of wide distribution occur in Guam, however, especially the guava, the two common species of indigo, Leucaena If/atwu, and several American species of Cassia. Nearly all the com- posites on the island are introduced weeds, belonging to the genera Ver- nonia, Elephantopus, Adenostemma, Ageratum, Eclipta, Glossogyne, and Synedrella. ANIMAI. 1'ERTS. The most serious injury to growing crops is caused by the deer, which overrun the island. They often destroy whole fields of corn, garden patches, and tender young coconut plants, approaching villages by night and eating watermelons, squashes, and other succu- lent fruits on the vines. Rats occur in great numbers and attack many vegetable products, especially corn and cacao, and Hying foxes cause considerable damage to certain fruits. Weevils get into the gathered corn and rice, which must be kept in earthen jars well closed as a protection against them: termites destroy living trees as well as dead wood; and tobacco patches are infested with the larvae of a sphinx moth. Few garden patches are inclosed by hedges or fences, so that serious injury is often caused by hogs and cattle running at large. Horses and cows are especially fond of the foliage of the breadfruit, and will injure young trees if unprotected. Among the staple food plants there arc fewer diseases and insect pests than in most tropical countries. I'IjAXT XA.MKS. Classes of names.—The common names of (iuam plants may be classified under three heads: First, vernacular names applied to plants which grew in the island before the discovery, such as "far" (rice), "pugua" (betel nut); second, East Indian and American names of plants which have been introduced since the discovery, such as "mafigga" (mango), "kamote" (sweet potato); and a third class including names applied by the natives to plants brought to the island either from other parts of the Pacific or from more remote regions, as "baston de Sun Jose'1 (St. Joseph's stall), applied to Ttetxhi t^rmrnafi^ the uti,v or "ki," of Polynesia, and "cadena de amorv (chain of love), applied to the Mexican Antiyonuu Uptopux on account of its racemes of rose- colored heart-like flowers. OltHJIN OF IT.AXT8 1XI)ICATK1> ItV TUR1H VMUXACl'LAK NAMKS. It is easy to trace the names of most of the plants introduced since the. VERNACULAR NAMES OF I'LANTS. discovery. In most cases they are identical with the common name applied to them in the regions from which I hey have heen directly obtained, or have heen somewhat modified to correspond with the genius of the language spoken by the natives of their new environment. Of greater interest to the student of ethnology and of the origin of cultivated plants is a comparison of the common names of plants dis- seminated in prehistoric times throughout the entire range of their cultivation. From such a comparison it has been possible to determine the origin of a number of the more common food staples, such as sugar cane, the coconut, the winged yam {Dioxcoi'ea (data), the common names of which are etvmologicallv identical from the eastern limits of % o *■ Polynesia throughout the islands of the Pacific, the Philippine Islands, and the Malay Archipelago. Some names extend even to the continent of Asia and to the island of Madagascar, on the edge of Africa. That most of these plants have been spread through human agency is evi- dent from the fact that they do not grow spontaneously, but need the help of man for their propagation. Some of them even, such as the banana, plantain, breadfruit, sugar cane, yams, and taro, seldom pro- duce seed and are propagated asexually by means of cuttings, off- shoots, or tubers. In addition to garden products a number of trees bear the same or similar names in many groups of islands, such as Harrinyionhi KjmnmH* h)Uia1j{j>uj17. Ilerrera's llistoria general de los hechos de los Caste llanos en las islas i tierra firme del mar oceano " I urn iiidchtml to Dr. Ainswortli It* Spoffon] lor reiuling llu* proof of tho following notvF unris van Spil - berghen, who touched at Guam January 23, ICIO, is given in Miroir Oost. et West Indical, published in French at Amsterdam in 1021. Nassau Fleet.- -The account of the visit of this fleet in 1025 is given in the Journael van de Nassausche Vloot, Amsterdam, 1 (>20. Cowley.—The account of the pirates Cow ley and Eaton's visit to Guam in March, 1085, is published in Dampier's Voyages, vol. 4. Dami'IER.—The account of Dampier's visit to Guam in 108(1 is given in A New Voyage Hound the World, by Capt. William Dam pier, vol. 1. Woodes Rogers.—The account of the visit of this celebrated free- booter to Guam in 1710 is given in Woodes Rogers' Narrative. Anson.—No book ever met with more favorable reception than Lord Anson's Voyage Round the World, which, though printed under the name of his chaplain, Richard Walter, was composed by Benjamin Robbing, under the inspection of Anson himself. During his visit to the group, in 1742, Anson gleaned much interesting information regarding the island of Guam, its inhabitants, and its products. His geographical, hydrographic, and botanical descriptions arc remarkably accurate and exceedingly interesting, though his picture of the island of Tinian is perhaps a little too highly colored. rSKFirt. PLANTS OF GUAM De PaV, which visited Guam in 1819, was written by Freycinet himself, the botany by Gau- dichaud, and the zoology by Quov and Gaimard. Sec Voyage autour du monde entrepris par ordre du Hoi, execute sur les corvettes de S. M. TUraiiie et la Physiciennc, Dumont D'Uhvilltc.—The accounts of Dumont d'Urville's two vis- its to the island, in 182S as commanding ollicer of the Aatrohibe and in 18X9 in command of the Astrolabe and Zcivv, are given in the narra- tives of the two expeditions, Voyage de decouvertes de KAstroIabe, Paris, 1830, and Voyage «iu Polo Sud et dans I Oceanie sur les cor- vettes l"Astrolabe et la Zelee, Paris, 1841-1854. DESCltl l'TION. Among the most important works describing the island of Guam may be mentioned Dampier s Voyages and Freyci net's Narrative, to which references have already been made, and the following works: Don Felipe de la Corte's Memoria descriptiva e historica de las Islas Marianas, Madrid, 1875; Jslas Marianas: Viaje de la corbctadeguena Narvaex desde Manila a dichas islas, por Don Eugenio Sanchez y Zayas, Teniente de Navio, in Anuario de la Direccion de llidrogratia, 18(15; and Islas Marianas, por Francisco Olive y Garcia, Teniente Coronel, ex-Gobernador Politico Militar, Manila, 1887. A description of the island was also given in a paper by the author published in the Ameri- can Anthropologist, n. s., vol. 4, 190%, and afterwards republished in the Report of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution for 190:>. See also the description of Alexander Agassiz in his coral reefs of the Tropical Pacific, 1903. LITERATI'KK. HISTORY. The most important historical work relating to the island is Garcia's Vitla v martvrio dc cl venerable Padre Diego Luis de Sanvitorcs (see ■■■ below). This work was dedieated by tlio author to the Kxcelentisima Sefiora Dona Maria dc Guadalupe, Duchess of Aveyro y Ma<|ueda, Duchess of A rows, si nee it was by her generosity that its publication was rendered possible. It is made up almost entirely from the annual reports of the Jesuit missionaries living on the island of Guam and was published very shortly after the events it records. It forms the basis of all subsequent histories. In the year 1700 there appeared at Paris a little book entitled " His toire des isles Marianes, nouvcllemeiit converties a la religion Clue tienne; et de la mort glorieuse des premiers missionaires qui y out preehe la Foj*," par le Pore Charles le Gobien, de la Compagnie de Jesus. The greater part of this work is almost a literal translation of the preceding, though in the introduction the name of Padre Garcia is not mentioned. Pere le Gobien continued the narrative from l(i.xi to 1694. In conformity with the decrees of Pope Urban VIII, and of other sovereign pontiffs, Pere le Gobien protests at the beginning of the work that he does not pretend to attribute the title of saint, apostle, or martyr to the apostolic men of whom he speaks in the his- tory. In his work he has used on several occasions simple statements of Padre Garcia as themes for elaborate variations, giving speeches of natives in the form of direct discourse and sometimes exaggerating in a most misleading manner, as in his account of the sensations of the natives of Guam when first beholding fire." In Burueys Chronological History of the Discoveries in the South Sea or Pacific Ocean, to which reference has already been made, there is a resume of the principal works referring to the Marianne Islands. Hurney's work is most interesting and is characterized bv a broad humanity and sympathy for the simple natives of the islands of which he writes and hatred for injustice and oppression. Don Luis de Ibafiez y Garcia, in his Historia de las Islas Marianas. 1886, repeats the historical information given by Pere le Gobien. His account of the social institutions, religion, and superstitions of the aboriginal inhabitants (chap. 10, p. 73), has nothing to do with the natives of Guam, who were ignorant of the gods, the bloody sacrifices, and disgusting practices of which he speaks. He tells of crocodiles, hogs, and other animals, which were unknown in Guam, and relates myths which he had evidently gleaned from some of the Philippine tribes. "See pp. 99,100, above. 158 IJKKFUL PLANTS OF (tilAM. LANGUAGE. A grammar of the language of Guam, of which three party have already appeared, is now in process of publication in the American Anthropologist. See "The Clianiorro language of Guam/' by William Edwin Satford, in vols. 5, 6, and 7 (1903-5) of that journal. See also the "Christian Doctrine" entitled ''Devocion a San Fran- cisco de Borja, patron de Rota," etc., by Padre Aniceto Ibanex del Carmen, agustino reeoleto y antiguo cura y vicario en Marianas. In tliis little work the creed, prayers, and instructions are printed in Span- ish and Chamorro in parallel columns. A small Spanish-Chaniorro dictionary by the same author was published in Manila in 1865, also a text book for teaching Spanish grammar to the children of the Mari- anne Islands. This work is entitled " Gramdfiea ChTA N H AL LITERATI! KK. ir>y del Castillo's Florc do la Polynesie franyaise; Doctor Guppv's Solomon Islands and their Native; Warburg, Boitnige zur Kenntniss dm* papuan ischen Flora (Engler's Jahrb., vol. 13, ISlfO). In addition to these may be mentioned the publications of results of the scientific expeditions of Malaspina, Romanzofl', Freycinet, and Dumontd'Urville, already referred to, and the botany of the (_'hl>; pin. 194-198, 232, 233, Jig. 4. Cambridge, 1903. Agkktltcral and Botanical I'tujctinn, Journals, and Reviews. Agricultural Bulletin of the Straits and Federated Malay States. Singapore, 1891 to date. Anna!en de l'lnstitut colonial de Marseille. Macon, France, 18!*3 to date. Bulletin agricole de la Martinique. St. Pierre, Martinique. Bulletin ^eonomique de l'lndo-Chine. Hanoi, French Indo-China. Bulletin de la Society d'Ktudes eoloniales. Brussels, 1894 to date. Bulletin of the Botanical Department, Jamaica. Kingston, Jamaica, 1887-1902. From Jan., 1903, title reads Bull, of the Hept. of Agr., Jamaica. Journal d'agriculture tropicale. Paris, 1901-date. Kew Bulletin of Miscellaneous Information. London, 1887 to date. The Plant World. Washington, D. C., I HOT to date. Revue des cultures colon iales. Paris, 1897 to date. I Vr Tropenpflanzer. Berlin, 1897 to date. Tropical Agriculturist. Colombo, Ceylon, 1881 to date. West Indian Bulletin. Barbados, West Indies, 1899 to date. A(;KicrLTrRAL Socikty ok Jai'ax. Useful plants of Japan. Tokyo, 1895. Ahhkn, George P. Compilation of notes on the most important timber-tree species of the Philippine Islands. Forestry bureau, Manila, P. I., 1901. Aiikus', Georce P. Special report of ("apt. George P. A hern, Ninth U. S. Infantry, in charge of forestry bureau, Philippine Islands, from April, 1900, to July 30, 1901. Government. Printing Ofliee, Washington, 1901. A MAT ui Sax Fiupo, Piktho. Ifiograflu dei viaggiatori italiani, p. 520. \lessandro Malaspina, 1754-1809. Roma, 1881. BIBLIOGRAPHY 101 Andes, Louis E. Vegetable fats and oils. Translated by Charles Salter. London, 1897. Axson, Geoiu;b. A voyage round the world in the years 1740-1744. Compiled * * * by Richard Walter (pseud.). London, 1748. (Guam, pp. 337-389.) Aka<;o, Jacques. Narrative of a voyage round the world. Translated from the French. 2v.ini. London, 1X2%. Bailey, L. H. Cyclopedia of American horticulture. New York, 1900-1902. Bakek, J. G. Flora of Mauritius and the Seychelles. London, 1877. Baltet, Ciiari.es. L'art de greffer. Paris, 1892. Banks, Charles S. A preliminary report on inject* of the cacao. Report of the Philippine Commission, 1903. Part 2, ]>. 597, Washington, 1904. Baron, R. Notes on the economic plants of Madagascar. Kew Bull, of Misc. Inf., 1890, pp. 203 et seq. Baum, II. E. The breadfruit, by Henry E. Buuin, together with a biographical sketch of the author by W. 1% Safford. Reprinted from the Plant World, vols. (i and 7, 1903-4. Washington, II. L. McQueen. 1904. Belt, Thomas. The naturalist in Nicaragua. London, 1874. Berth am, G. Flora hongkongensis, with supplement. London, 18(il-1872. BERTH AM, G. Flora australiensis. London, 18(53-1878. Betcife, E. Vegetationskizze der Marschalls Inseln. Wittniaek's Garten zeitung, v. 3, pp. 133-134. 1884. Blair, Helen, and Romehthon, J a m ks Alkxanhkr. The Philippine Islands, 1493- 1903. Official documents, narratives of missionaries, and historical works. The original sources of our knowledge of the islands and their inhabitants. Cleveland, Ohio, 1903. Blanco, Maxukl. Flora de Filipinas. ed. 1, Manila, 1837. Gran edicion . . . bajo la direction cientffica del P. Fr. A. Naves, text, 4 v., pis., 2 v. Manila, 1877-1880. Bl a shale, Walter C. A description of some Chinese vegetable food materials and their nutritive and economic value, U. S. Dept. of Agr., Office of Experiment Stations, Bull. No. 08, 18^*9. Bonavia, Emanitel. The cultivated oranges and lemons of India and Ceylon. 2 v., text and pis. London, 1890. Bradford, R. B. Report of the Chief of the Bureau of Equipment, Cnited States Navy, for 1902. In Report of the Secretary of the Navy for 1902. Brewer, William II. Geological survey of California. Botany, v. 2, 1880. BrBhl, ,T. W. Die Pflanzen-Alkaloide Braunschweig. 1900. Burney, James, A chronological history of the discoveries in the South Sea or Pacific Ocean. London, 1803-1817. Vol. 1 contains narratives of the Loaisa expedition and of that under Legazpi. Cavanilles, Josek. Description do las plantas que Don Josef Cavanilles demostro en las Leccioues publicas del a no 1801, precedida de los principios elementalea de la botsinica. Madrid en la Imprenta Real, aim 1802. Ckamisso, Adhlisert. Chamisso's gesammelte Werke, in 4 Biinden, mit biogra- phischer Einleituug, herausgegeben von Max Koch. Dritter Band: Reise uni die Welt. ErsterTeil: Tagebuch. Vierter Band: Reise um die Welt. Zweiter Teil: Bemerkungen und Anaichten. Stuttgart. Verlag der I. G. Cotta'schen Buch hand lung. Chamisso, Adelhekti s, et SciiLEcnTENi»AL, Diedericcs. De plantia in expedition*; speculatoriii Rouianxothana observatis, etc. Linntea Bde. 1 to 10. Berlin, 182(5 to 1836. Ciiapmax, A. W. Flora of the Southern States. 2. ed. New York, 1883. Choris, Lous. Voyage pittoresque autour du monde, avec des portraits des sauvages d'Am£riqne, d'Asie, d'Afrique . . . F°. Paris, Didot, 1822, 9773—05 11 162 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM. Codrixfjton, R. H. The Melanesians. Studies in their anthropology and folk-lore. Oxford, 1891, Collins, G. N, The mango in Porto Rico. U. S. Dept. of Agr., Bureau of Plant Industry, Bull. No. 28. Washington, 1903. Colmeiko, Miguel. La botilnica y los botiinicos de la peninsula hispano-lusitana. Madrid, 1858. Coni'ei'Cion, Juan i>e i.a, Ilistoria General de Philipinas. (Vol. VII contains a map of Guam and one of Saipan.) 1788-1892. Cook, 0. F. Shade in coffee culture. S. Dept. of Agr., Division of Botany, Bull. No. 25. Washington, 1901. Cook, O. F. A synopsis of the palms of Porto Rico. Bull. Torr. Botanical Club, v. 28, p. 528. (Octol>er, 1891.) Cook, O. F. Agriculture in the tropical islands of the United State*. Yearbook, U. S. Dept. of Agr., for 1901. Washington, 1901. Cook, (). F. The American origin of agriculture. Popular Science Monthly, Octo- ber, 1902, pp. 492 et se< i. Cook, O. F. Origin and distribution of the cocoa palm. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb., vol. 7, no. 2. Washington, 1902. Cook, O. F. The culture of the Central American rubber tree. IT. S. Dept. of Agr., Bureau of Plant Industry, Bull. No. 49. Washington, 1903. Cook, O. F. Report on the habits of the Kelep, or Guatemalan cotton-boll weevil ant. U. S. Dept. of Agr., Bureau of Entomology, Bull. No. 49, 1904. Cook, 0. F., and Collins, G. N. Economic plants of Porto Rico. Contr, U. K. Nat. Herb., vol. 8, pt. 2. Washington, 1903. Coulter, John M. Plant structures. New York, 1900. Coulter, John M., and Chamberlain, C. J. Morphology of spprmatophytes. New York, 1901. Coville, Fkkoekick V. Some additions to our vegetable dietary. Yearbook, U. S. Dept. of Agr. for 1895, p. 205. Cow LEY, Cait. —. Voyage around the glolte. Dampier's voyages, v. 4. London, 1729. Cbozet, . Nouveau voyage «\ la Mer du Slid, commence souk lea ordres de Marion. Paris, 1783. Dampiek, William, Captain, Royal Navy. A new voyage round the world. 0. ed. cor. London, 1717. 4 v. Dana, Jam km I). (Jorals and coral islands. New York, 1872. Darwin, C. A naturalist's voyage. 1845. Darwin C. On the action of sea water on the germination of seeds. Jour. Linn. Sot;. Lond., v. 1, pp. 130-140, 1857. Darwin, C. Power of movement in plants. New York, 1895. Darwin, C. The effects of cross and self fertilization in the vegetable kingdom. New York, 1877. De Canikh.lk, Ali'honhe. Origin of cultivated plants. New York, 1885. Dm Candollk, Ali'iionse. Gtfoyraphie botanique raisonnec, oil Exposition des faits principaux et de lois coneernant. la distribution gcographique des plantes de l'6poque actuelle. 2 v. Paris, 1855. Delfino, Feukrico. Rapporti tra inset ti e tra nettarii estranuziali in alcune piante. Soc. ital. di Sci. nat., atti 18, p. t»3, 1875. Dewar, J. C'umm in< i. Voyage of the Xt/ama. R. N. Y. 0., London, 1892. DoncE, C. R. Catalogue of the useful fibre plants of the world. U. S. Dept. Agr., Fibre Invest. Rep. No. 9, 1897. Drake del Castillo, Em mantel. Flore de la Polynesie Franyaise. Paris, 1892. Drdry, Hekeh. The useful plants of India. Madras, 1858. Dumont d'Crvillh, J. Voyage de decouvertes de // A.0. BIBLIOGRAPHY 103 r>CMON*T i>'Uryille, J. Voyage an Pule Sud el dans 1 'Oceanic sur tea corvettes I? AairftUthc et Ln Z< Ht. Paris, 1841-1854. Drxs, li. P. Flo re phanerogamique des Antilles* Fran<;aises. Annales de l'lnstitut colonial de Marseille, 1897. DrviiL, J. W. T. The vitality and germination of weeds. D. S. Dept. of Ayr., I5ur. Plant Industry, Bull. 58, 1904. I>yhowski, J. Traite pratique de cultures tropieales par J. Pvbowski. Paris, 1902. Ellis, William. Polynesian researches during a residence of nearly eight years in the Society and Sandwich islands. 4 v. London, 1859. Kndliciirr, Stei1 hex. Bemerkungen iit>er die Flora derXudseeinseln. Annalen des Wiener Museums der Xaturgescbichte, v. I., pp. 129-186, 1836. K.vc;i,i:i{ & Piiantl. Die Natiirliclien lMlati/.enfarnilien. I^ipzig, 1887-1901. Esciischoi.tz, Joiiaxn* Fwicnkicir. Ilistoire naturelle d'nn voyage autour du monde, fait avec le Capitaine de Kotzebne, 1823-1826. Moscou, Soc. imt., Bull. 1, 1829, pp. 19-24. Featiibrman, A. Social history of the races of mankind. London, 1885-1891. ' V ■ Firmin<;er, T. A. C. Manual of gardening for Bengal and upper India. Ed. 4. Calcutta, 1890. Fitznkk, llrnoi.i'H. Die Beviilkerung der deutsehen Sudseekuloiiien. n. Voyage an tour tin monde entrepris par ordre du roi, execute sur lea corvettes de S. M. // I Iranie et Lu f'itt/xlrirtine pendant les annees, 1817, 1818, 1819 et 1820. Paris, 1825. Partie historique et nautique redigde par M. de Freyeinet. Garcia, Francisco. Yida y martyrio del Venerable Padre Diego Luis de Sauvi- tores de la Oompanfa de Jeaus, primer apostol de las islas I\I:u ianas, y siK-esos dc cstas islam desde el ailo de 1668. asta el de 1681. Madrid, KiSX. Gasi'aii du San Autstin. CoiKjuista de las Philipinas. Madrid, 1698. GAiTiuciiAcn-BKAi i'iu-, Cuahi.hs. Botanique du voyage autour du monde, fait par ordre du roi sur les corvettes fJ Uranie et Iai I'hifsicienuc pendant les an nee* 1817-20 par M. Louis Frevcinet. Paris, 1826. (iAUi»iriiAt'i)-BnAiTPKK, Oh akleh. Biographical sketch. See Pascal let. Gies, William J. On the nutritive value and some of the economic uses of the cocoanut. Jour. X. Y. Hot. Garden, v. 3, p. 169, 1892. Sre rc. Cruiiica tie la orden de n. p. s. Augustin en las provincial de la Nueva Espana, on quatro edades, desde el ano de 1533 liastael de 1592. Mex- ico City, 1624. Grihehacji, A. H. K. Flora of the British West Indian Islands. London, 1864. Gblsbbacii, A. H. R. Die geograpliische Yerbreitung der Pflanzen-Westindicns. Gottingen, 1865. 164 USE IT L PLANTS OF GUAM Grisehach, A. II. R. Die Vegetation dor Erde nach ihrer klimatiaehen Anordnung. Leipzig 1872. Guam SritVEY Board. Report to the Secretary of the Navy, July 25, 1901, Wash- ington, 1902. (This hoard was appointed to make detailed surveys and investi- gations and to report on the improvements of the harbor of San Luis de April. Among the maps published with the report is one of the harbor of San Luis de Apra and one of the shore line and road from Piti to Agafia.) Guillhmin, ,T. B. A. Zephrytis taitensis. Enumeration des pi antes decouvertes par lea voyageurs dans les isles de la Societe, principaleinent dans eel It; de Taiti. Ann. d. Sci. nat. de Paris, II, Botan., tome 6, p. 297, ISJW?; tome 7, pp. 177, 241, 349. 1837. Gl'Pi'Y, H. B. The dispersal of plants as illustrated by the flora of the Keeling or Cocos Islands. Trans. Victoria Inst., v. 24. 1890-!(1. Gri'cv, II. B. Fruits from the crops of pigeons. Jour. & 1'roc. Hoy. Kor., New South Wales, v. 17, p. 22(1. 1 883. Guim'y, H. B. The gizzard contents of some oceanic; birds. Nature, v. 26, p. 12, 1882. Si'i' Prcs'l and Novo y Go!son. IIahtkrt, Ernest. On the birds of the Marianne islands. Novitates zoologies?, v. 5, 1898. Hkmkley, W. B. I. Report on the present state of knowledge of various insular floras, etc. II. Report on the botany of the Bermudas and various islands of the Atlantic and Southern oceans. III, IV. Report on the botany of Juan Fernan- dez, the southeastern Moluccas, and the Admiralty Islands. Appendix: On the dispersal of plants by ocean currents and birds. In Report of the scientific result* of the voyage of II. M. S. Chullaigtr during the years 1873-1870. Botany, v. I, 1885. IIbits',b, Gustave, Les plantes alimentaires des pays chauds et des colonies. Paris, 1899. IIkitzk, (iustave. Les Plantcs industrielles. Ed. 3. Paris, 1895. Hicks, G. H. Oil-producing seeds. Yearbook, IT. 8. Dept. of Agr., Washington, 1895, p. 185. Hillehkand, Wm. Flora of the Hawaiian Islands. London, New York, and Heidel- berg, 1888. Homhron, Jacql'es Bernard. See Laseguo, Antoine. Hooker, J. IX Handbook of the New Zealand flora. London, 1864-1867. Hooker, J. D. Insular floras. Gardeners' Chronicle, 1867, pp. 27, 51. Hooker, J. I). Flora of British India. 7 v. London, 1872-1897. Hooker, W. J., and Wai.ker-Arnott, G. A. The botany of Captain Beechey's voyage. London, 1841. IiiaSez del Carmen, Amchto. Diccionario espanol-ehamorrn que dediea :i las escuelas marianas el \ Fr. Aniceto Ibdfiez del Carmen, cura parroco tie Agafia. Manila, 1805. IbaSez del Carmen, Aniceto. Gramatica chamorra <|iie, traducido literalmente de 1% que escribio D. Luis Mata y A ran jo, dedica a las escuelas de Marianas con el fin de que log nifios aprendan el eastellano el P. Fr. Aniceto Ibaiiez del Carmen, cura p&rroco de Agafia. A no 1804. Manila, 18(w. IbaSez del Carmen, Aniceto. Devocion a San Francisco de Iiorja, patron de Rota: eaplicacion de los santos sacramentos y modo de rccibirlos dignamente: devo- BIliLIOGBAPHY 166 IbaSez del Carmen, Anicbto—Continued. cion it San Din law el I wen ladrnn, Patron de Mrrizo, y doctrina esplicada. Kscrito por el Padre Fr. Aniceto IMfiez del Carmen, Agustino Reeoleto &c. Manila, 1887. TbaSez v Garcia, Lns i>e. Hietoria de las islas Marianas. Granada, 1880. Jkeno, S. Untersnchungen uber die Kntwickelung der Geschleehtsorgane und den Vi>rgang der liefruchtung !>ei Ct/nix rewltUtt. Jahrbiicber fur wissenschaftliclu Botanik, v. '.12, Heft 4, p. 557, 1898. Irish, II. (% A revision of the genus Capsicum. Ninth Ann. Rep. Missouri Botan- ical Garden, p. 53, 1898. Jaoor, F. Reisen in den Philippinen. Merlin, 1873. Jumki.i.k, IIknki. Leg cultures coloniales. Plantes alimentaires. Paris, 1901. Planter industrielles et medicinalcs, Paris, 1901. Ji'xoiii'H.v, F. Java, seine Gestalt, Ptlanzendecke and innere Bauart. Leipzig, 1852. Keate, Gbor«e. An account of the Pelew Islands situated in the western Pacilic Ocean. Ed. 2. London, 1788. Kerxer vox Marilatn, Axton. Ptlanzenleben. 2 v. Leipzig, 1890-91. Kernku von Makilatn, Axton. Die Kchutzniittel der Bliithen gegen unberufene Giiste, Wien, 1876. Kilmer, F. B. The story of the pa paw. Amur. Jour. Pharmacy, \. 75, pp. 272, :m, 1901. Kirkwooi>, J. K, and Gibs, AV. J. Chemical studies of the cocoannt, with some note* on the changes during germination. Bull. Torrey Hot. Club, v. 29, pp. 821 ff., 1902. Kiktikah, K. li. Poisonous plants of Bombay. Jour. Bombay Nat. llist. Soc., v. 15, p. 5(5, 190%. Kittutz, F. H. v. Vier und zwanzig Vegetationsansichten von Kustenlandern und Inseln des stillen Oceans. Siegen und Wiesbaden, 1844. Kotzkwk, Otto vox. Voyage of discovery into the South Sea and Behring's Straits, for the purpose of exploring a northeast passage, in the years 1815-1818, in the ship Rxrirh. Translated by H. K. Lloyd. % v. London, 1821. Ki'nkki., A. J. Handbucb der Toxikologie. Jena, 1899-1901. KrxT/E, Otto. Die Schutzniittel der Pflanzen gegen Thiereund Wetterungunwt und die Frage vuni salzfreien Urmeer. Leipzig, Arthur Felix, 1877. Kraz, Sclpiz. Forest flora of British Burinah. Calcutta, 1877. La Bili.ari>ikkk, J. G. Sertuni austro-caledonicum. Paris, 1824-25. La Couth, Feui-k du. Memoria doseriptiva e historica de las I alas Marianas. Bolethi del Ministerio de I'ltramar, 1875. Madrid, Imprenta National, 1875. La Gravikkk, Jean Pierre Kdmoxd Jckik.v de. Voyage en Chine et dans les lnera et archipels de cet Empire. Pendant les aimeey 1847, 1848, 1849, 1850. Paris, 1854. La Pekouse, Juan Francois de Galaiji'. Voyage round the world during the years 1785, 1780, 1787, and 1788, by La Pt'rouse. London, 1807. Laseui'e, Antoine. botiinitjiie de M. Benjamin Delesaert. Paris, 1845. Lb Gobi ex, Charles, Histoire den isles Marianes. Paris, 1700. Lesson, A. See Dumont d' Urville. Lixducv, John, and Moore, Thomas. The treasury of botany. New impression. London, New York, and Bombay, 1899. Listok, >S. Cocoa butter in the Netherlands. U. S. Consular Report, October 15, 1902. Luerssen, Cur. Die Fame der Siimoa-lnmeln, in Schenek und Luerssen's Mitthei- lungen aus der Botanik, v. 1, p. .'{45. Leipzig, 1874. Luehsken, Cult. Filices GneffeanM'—lieitrag zur Kenntniss der Farnilora der Vili . Samoa-, Tonga-, und Ellice's Inscln. Ibid., p. 57. 166 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM. Lyon, William S. The cocoanut with reference to its products and cultivation in the Philippines, Kur. of Agr. (Philippines), Hull. No. 8. Manila, 1903. Maiden, Joseph Henuy. Thy useful nat ive plants of Australia. London and Sydney, 1889. MalanJ'ina, Alessaxdiio. AVr Novo v Colson. Makciik, Alkked. Itapport g«^neral sur une mission aux iles Mariannes. Archives den missions, 181)1. Makciik, Alfred. Mon voyage atix lies Mariannes. Societe do geographicde Mar- seille, v. 14, pp. 22-30, 1890. Makciie, A untie i). Note de voyage sur lew ties Mariannes. Societe de geographic eomnierciale de Havre, Bull., v. 15, pp. 49-01, 05-96, 1898-99. Mem-ado, Ii;nacio de. Libro de medieinas de esta tierra y declaraciones de las virtudes de lew arboles v plantas que estan en estas islas Filipinas. Uonipuesto por el P. Predicador Fr. Ignacio de Mercado, Filipense del orden deSan Agustin. Blanco's Flora de Filipinaa, vol. 4, 1880. MERRILL, Kl.mkk D. A dictionary of the plant names of the Philippine Islands. Manila, 1903. MaRTKNH, F. K. Notices (botaniques) Hur les iles Carolinef. (Luetke, Voyage, v. 3.) Paris, 1830. MitfUKL, F. A. W, Flora Indue Bataviie. 3 v. in 4. Amsterdam, 1855-1859. Micii'EL, F. A. W. Systema Piperaeearum. Rotterdam, 1843-44. Monteho v Vidal, Jo.se. K1 Archipielago Filipino y law Marianas, Carolinas y Palaos. Madrid, 1880. Mono A, Antonio de. Svoesos de Ian Was Philipinas. Mexico, 1009. Moseley, II. X. Notes of a naturalist on the Chullemjer. London, 1870. Moseley, II, N Note.s on plants collected and observed on the Admiralty Islands. Jour. Linn. Soc. I^ond., v. 15, p. 73, 1870. Moseley, II. X. Notes on the varioon plant# made use of jis food and as imple- ments, clothing, etc., by the natives of the Admiralty Inlands. Jour. Linn. Soc. Lond., v. 15, 1870. Mueller, Ferdinand von. Select extratropical plants. Melbourne, 1891. Murillo Velarde, Pedro. Historiade la provinciade Philipinas, de la Companiade Jesvs, desde el afio 1016 hasta 1716. Libro 4. Manila, 1749. Naudin, Char].eh. Melastomacearuin quae in Museo Paris continentur inonogr. des- cript. tentamen. Ann, sei. nat., III, v. 12-18. Nacmaxn, F. C. Ueber den VegetatioiiHcharakterder Inwlrules Nen-Britannischen Arehipels und der Insel Bougainville. Tangier's Jahrb., v. 0, p. 422, 1885. Nee, Lns. Del abaci! (Muaa textUis). Anal, de ciencia* naturales, v. 4. Madrid, July,1801. NEE, Li is. Del buyo {Piper hetle). Ibid., v. 0. October. 1803. Nee, Li is. See nho Cavanilles and Novo y (bison. Neish, James. Leuscher'8 method of preparing banana flour. Jour. Jamaica Agr. Hoc., v. 7, p. 439, 1903. Nh'iiolln, II. A. A. A text-book of tropical agriculture. London, 1897. Novo y Colson, Pedro dk. La vnelto al mundo por las corbetas Ik'stottlnerlti y Afrn'itld r\ mando del Capitan de Navfo Don Alejandro Malaspina, desde 17MH a 1794. Publieado eon una introduction en 1885 por el Teniente de Navfo Dun Pedro de Novo y Colson. Madrid, 1885. Olive y (Jakcia, Francisco. Islas Marianas, Manila, 1887. d'Okhkiny, Alcide. Sur lea especes du genre Victoria. Ann. sci, nat., II, v. 13, p. 55, 1840, Or den a mpsen, J. B yd rage tot de Kennis van Nelict r tzedamch L. Utrecht, 1902. Oi sT A LET, E. A. IjC>b mammiferes et hat oiseaux dew lies Mariannes. Xotivellew archives du Munciim d'histoire naturelle de Paris, 111, v. 7, 8, 1895, 1890. BIBLIOGRAPHY 167 pAofes, Pierre Marie Francois de. Travels round the world in the years 1767, 1768,1769,1770,1771. Translator! from tin* French. 3 v., 8°. London, 1791-92, P.w;is (P.M. F. de). Nouveau voyage autourdn mondeen 1788-90. 3 v. Paris, 1797. Pascallet, E. Notice biographique sur M. Gaudichand-Jieaupre. Paris, 1844. Perez, Paulo. Official letters to the captain-general of the Philippines. In the (SuaiiL Archives (MSS.). pKiAKKriTA, Francesco Antonio. Priiiio viaggio intorno al globo terracqneo, Milano, 1800. Pittiek, H. Priniitia; Flume Costaricensis, vol. 2 and X. San Jose de Costa Rica, 1898 to 1901. PirriBB, II. Manual de agricultura tropical, por 11, A. A1 ford Nichulls. (Transla- tion. ) San Jose de Costa Rica, 1901. Por let, Geoj«;es. I^e livre du Colon. Paris, 1899. I*owKi.i,, Thomas. On various Ha moan plants and their vernacular namew. See- nian's Jour. of Pot., v. 6, pp. 278, 342, 35.1, 1868. Pratt, Georoe. Dram mar and dictionary of the Samoan language. Fd. it. Lon- don, 1893. Presl, Karel P. Reliquiw Haenkeanje, sen deacriptioncs et icones plantarum, tjuas in America meridionali et boreali, in insulaa Phiiipplnis et Marianis col- Icgit Thaddauin Haeiike. Prague, IXj5-lS3U. Qi-oy, Jean Rknk Constant, and Gaimakd, Joseph Paul. Notice sur les mammi- feres et les oiseaux des iles Timor, Rawak, lioni, Vaigiou, Guam, Rota et Tinian. Ami. sci. nat., v. <>, pp. 138-150,1S25. Qi'ov, Jean Renk Constant, and < Jatm ahd, Joseph Pacl. Srendon, 1863. Roc Kits, Woo i) ics. Woodes Rogers'a narrative. London, 1712. Roi.f, R. A. On the flora of the Philippine Islands and its probable derivation. Jour. Linn. Hoc. Bot., v. 21. Roxjuroh, William. Flora indica; or description of Indian plants. 3 v. Wadeheck, Richard. Die Kulturgewtichse der deutschen Kolonien und ihre Erzeug- nisse. Jena, 1899. Saffokd. W. K. Guam and its people. Am. Anthr., n. a., v. 4, p. 707. 1902. 8AFFORD, AV. E. Extracts from the note-book of a naturalist on the island of Guam. The Plant World, v. 4, 5, 6, AVasbington, 1902-1904. Sapford, W. E. The birds of the Marianne Islands and their vernacular names. The Osprey, a. s., v. 1, 1902. K afford, AV. E. The Chamorro language of Guam. Am. Anthr., v. 5, (5, and 7,1903-5. Sanchez y Zayah, Echenio. I si as Marianas. Viaje de la corbet a de guerra N&rraez desde Manila A diehas islaa. Anuario de la Direceion dc hidrograffa, pt. 4, p. 230, 1865. Sauvalle, Francisco Adolfo. Flora, cubana. 1873. Scherzer, Karl von. Narrative of the circumnavigation of the globe by the Aus- trian frigate Nomra. London, 1861-1863. Scuimpkr, A. F. AV. Die iudo-malayische Strandflora. Jena, 1891. Sciiimper, A. F. AV. Piianscen-Geographie auf physiologischer Grundlage. 1898. Sciiroedek, Skaton. Report of the governor of Guam for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1901. Report of the Secretary of the Navy for the year 1901, pp. 81 ff. USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM. Schulze, T,. F. M. Fiihrer auf Java. Leipzig, 1KX). Schumann, K. iukI Holijux<;, M. Die Flora von Kaiser-AViihelmsland. Berlin, 1889. Sciu'Mann, K. MuHaceae. Engler's Das Pfianzenreich, J. Heft, v. 4, p. 45. Leip- zig, 1900. Schumann*, K. Die Flora der deutsclun ost-asiatischen Sclmtzgebietc. Engler'a Jahrb., v. 9, pp. 18(V-22:i, 1887. Sciir>iaxx( Kaki., und LAfTEKHACii, Kaki.. Die Flora der deutsehcn Kchutzgcbiete in der Siidsee. Leipzig, 1901. Seale, Alvin. Report of a -mission to Guam. Occasional papers of the Bernice L'auahi Bishop Museum of Polynesian Ethnology and Natural History, v. 1, No. I}. Director's Report for 1900. Honolulu, 1901. Skuire, A. Lew plantes utiles do Senegal. Paris, 1899, Secretary of this [U.S.] Navy. Trans-Pacilie submarine telegraph cable survey. In Annual Rejxtrt for 1900, pp. 299-1*02. Seoretakv oir the [U. S.] Navy. Report of Guam survey board to the Secretary of the Navy, July 25, 1901. Washington, 1902. Sekmann, B. Flora vitieusis. London, 1805-1873. Seemann, 15. Flora of the Isthmus of Panama, in the Botany o£ the. Voyage of IT. M. S. Herald. London, 1852 to 1857. Semlkk, Heinricii. Die tropisehe Agrikult.nr. 2 v. Wismar, 1897-1900. Semper, Carl. Die Philippinen mid ihre Bewohner. Wiirzburg, 1869. 8rmper, Carl. Die Palau Inseln im Stil leu Ocean. Ijeipzig, 1873. Siiortt, John. A monograph on the cocoanut palm, or Coco# mteifem. Madras, 1888. Simonds, P. L. Tropical agriculture. London and New York, 1877. Skinner, Robeht P. Copra products of Marseilles. II. S. Consular report, October 18, 1902. Sloank, Hans. An account of four sorts of strange Ik;hiih, frequently cast on shoar on the Orkney Isles. Phil. Trans. Royal Sue. of London, v. 19, p. 298, IH96. Smith, Frederick Fortek. Contributions toward the materia medica and natural history of China. Shanghai and London, 1871. Solms-Lacisach. Monograph ia Paiulanacearum. Linnrca, v. 2, 1878. Si'on, E. and F. X. Spoils' encyclopedia of the industrial arts, manufactures, and raw commercial products; edited by Charles U. Warn ford Lock. London, 1882. Ktajm,, Kknst, Pfianzen mid Schnecken; eine hiologischo Sludie iiberdie Sclmtz- mittel der Pflanzen gcgen Sehneekenfrass. Jenaische Zeitschrift fur Nuturwie- senschaft urid Medicine, v. 22, pp. 040-£5(i, 1888. Stair, J. B. Old Samoa. London, 1897. STitAsHUiMiEU, Noll, Scimmi'hk, mid Schenck, Lehrbueh der Botanik. Jena, 1898. Tciiihatciiefk, P. de. lies oceanitjues. vegetation 7, 1903. Tkacy, S. M. ^Mississippi Bull. No. 39, 1896. Tracy, W. W., jr. A list of American varieties of peppers. U. S. Dept. of Agr., Bur. PI. Ind. Bull. No. ti, 1902. Tlt&iKAR, Euvvaho. The Maori-Polynesian comparativi- dictionary. Wellington, New Zealand, 1891. Tkeuh, M. Notice sur la nouvclle Flore de Krakatau. Amialesdu Jardin Iiotanujue de Buitenzorg, v. 7, 1888. BIBLIOGRAPHY 109 Trimen, Henry. A handbook of the flora of Ceylon. 5 v. London, 1803-1900. TntPix, P. J. F. Observations sur les biforineH, organes nouveaux situcs nitre ies . vesicules du tissti eel lulu ire des feuilles . . . dew Aroi'dees. Ann. des Sci. Nat., II, v. 6, p. 5, pi. 1-5, 1836. United States Dispexsatoky. By Dr. George B. Wood and Dr. Franklin Bache. Ed. 18, thoroughly revised and largely rewritten by II. C. Wood, M. I)., LL. IX; Joseph P. Remington, Ph. M., F. C. S., and Samuel P. Sad tier, Ph. J)., F. C, S. Philadelphia, 1899. United Status 11 yj>ro(^k.\pittc Office. Meteorological records (hourly) taken at the U. 8. naval station, island of Guam (MSS.). Urban, Iuxath'h. Symbolic Antillanie sen fundamenta llonu India* Occidental. 1898 to date. Vabiunv, H. inc. L'6tudc de M. Guppy. Revue scientifiqtie, March 28, 1891. Villalobos, Francisco Ramon i>e. Official letters to the captain-general of the Philippines. Guam Archives (MSS.). Wallace, A. R, The Malay Archipelago. New York, 1869. Wallace, A. R. Island life, or the phenomena and causes of insular faunas and floras. New York, 1881. Wallace, A. It. Tropical nature, and other essays. London, 1878. Wallack, James. A description of the Orkney Inlands. 1693. Waubckc, O. Beitriigc zur Keimtniss der papuanischen Flora. Kngler's Jahrb., v, 13, 1890-91. Warhijh<;, O. Pandanaceae. Fuller's Pflanzenreich, v. 4, p. 9. Leipzig, 1900. Wakhuiw;, (>. Uelter Verbreitung, Svstematik imd Verwerthung der polynesischen Steiimuss-Palrnen. Berichte der Deutschen-botanischcn Gesellschaft, v. 14, p. 133, 1890. Wakiu ho, O. Das Pflanzenkleid und dieNutzpflarzen von Nou-Guinea. Bibliothek der Landerkunde 5/0, Krieger, U-, New Guinea; pp. 36-72. Warming, K. Okologinche Pftanzengeographie. German edition. Berlin, 1890. Watt, Gkoiuik. A dictionary of the economic products of India. Calcutta, 188;">- 1893. Wehhkk, IIehijeut J. S pe rmatogcnesis and fecundation of Zamia. U. S. Dept. o£ Agr., Bureau of Plant Industry, Bull. No. 2, 1901. Weber, It. A. Raphidey the cause of the acridity of certain plants. Jour. Amer. (/hem. Soc., Septeml>er, 1891, p. 215. Wiesner, Jem's. Die Rohstoffe des Pflanzenreiches. 2 v. Leipzig, 1900-1903. Wight, K. I cones plantariun Indite Oriental La, or figures of Indian plants. Madras, 1840-56. Wildemas, Tv OK. Melia Azedarach. Revue des cultures colon iales, v. 13, p. 75, 1903. Wildkman, K i»e. Les pi antes tropical es de grande culture. Brussels, 1902. Wiley, H. W. The manufacture o£ starch from potatoes and cassava. I'. N. Dept. of Agr., Division of Chemistry, Bull. No. 58, 1900. Wiucv, H. W. Crystals of oxalate of lime in plants. Science, July 24, 1903. Williams, D. On the farina of Tacca jrimuitijidti. Pharm. Jour, and Trans., v. 0, p. 383, 1846-47. Winklek, E. Real Lex ikon. 2 v. Leipzig, 1840, 1842. Winton, A. L. The anatomy of the fruit of Co cos nurifera. Amer. Jour. Sci., IV, v. 12, p. 265, 1901. Woiiltmann, F. Pflanzung und Sicdhmg auf Samoa. Erkundungsberieht von Prof. Dr. F. Wtihltmann, Kaiserlicher Gcheimer Regiernngsrat an das Kolonial- Wirtschaftliche Komitee zu Berlin. Beihefte zum TropenpHanzer. Berlin, Jan., 1904. DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE OF PLANTS. In the following catalogue the Guam names and those of the Hawaiian and Sainoan Islands are taken chiefly from the manuscript notes of the author. His list of the vernacular names of the plants growing in Guam is supplemented by the lists of several Spanish governors of the island in official reports to the captain-general of the Philippines, copies of which were found in the archives of Agana, and also by the names cited by Chamisso and Gaudichaud in the reports of the botany of the expeditions to which they were attached. The list of Hawaiian names is supplemented by a number taken from Hillebrand1s Flora of the Hawaiian Islands, and that of the Satnoan names from Rev. Thomas Powell's list of Sainoan plants and their vernacular names published in Seemann s Journal of Botany, IMS, and Rev. George Pratt's Grammar and Dictionary of the Samoan Language, 1893. The Philip- pine names have been taken from Pad re Blanco's Flora de Filipinos and Padre Mercado's Libro de Medicinas, supplemented by Mr. Merrill s Dictionary of the Plant Names of the Philippine Islands, 1JH)3; the Fijian names from Seemann s Flora Vitiensis; the Tahitian names from Drake del Castillo's Flo re de la Polynesie Fram/aise; the Mexican names from I.)r. Kdward Palmer's manuscript notes and from Dr. Jose Ramirez's Sinonomia vulgar y cientilica de las Plantas Mexieanas, 1W)2; the Panama names from Seemann's Flora of the Isthmus of Panama, published in the Botany of the Voyage of the Herald, 1852 to 1857; and the Porto Rico names from Cook and Collinses Economic plants of Porto Rico, supplemented by the lirst part of Urban s Flora Portorieensis, in Symbolae Antillanae, 1903. The Guam names are pronounced in general according to the conti- nental method, the vowels having more or less resemblance to those of the German and Italian languages, and the consonants being like those of the English. It must be observed, however, that g is always hard, as in the English word "go," except in the combination ng; h is always aspirated, even at the end of a syllable, very much like the German ch in uach" ("ahgao," the name of a tree, is pronounced "ahh-gao"); n is like the Spanish letter in the word "canon," or ni in the English word "onion;" ng is like ng in the Knglish word "song" (not like ng in "linger"); y is always a consonant, pro- nounced like the English letter j ("hayo" or "hayu" (wood), corre- sponding to the Malayan "kayu," is pronounced "hajyu"). The Chamorro vowels e and i are frequently confused by the natives, as in the name for taro, "sune" or "suni;"1 and the same is true of u 170 Nat. Hmb., Vol. IX, Plate XXXI. % *. * r' r Ik The Coral-bead Vine 1Abrus abrus1. Foliage and Open Pods. Showing Seeds. Natural Size. PRONUNCIATION OK GUAM NAMES 171 and o, as may be seen in the name for sugar cane, written "tupu" by some authorities and "tupo" by other*. The diphthong ai pronounced like the English i is also frequently confused with ae, the name foi bread fruit being written either 44 lemae" or " lemai." The circumflex accent placed over a vowel indicates that it is pronounced gutturally. For a more complete account of the language of the island the reader is referred to The Chamorro Language of Guam, by William Edwin n fj ' v Salford. Reprinted from the American Anthropologist, new series, vols. f>, 6, and 7. LiH)4, and 11)05. In Samoan names the apostrophe (') before a vowel or between vowels marks the position of an original Polynesian k, and is indicated in speaking by a break in the continuity of the vowel sound. Thus the Tongan "kavar uu-tht/ntJnnn) and " muka," an adjective applied to tender young leaves, become in Samoan " ava ' and "mu'a;'' and the Tongan "faki,'" signifying ""to break off fruit from a bunch,becomes in Samoa "fa'i,"* the name for 1,4 banana." Except where otherwise indicated in the text, the matter given under references," including the critical notes, is the work of Mr. W. V. Wight, and the authorship of the new names is therefore to be accredited to him. Aaban or A&bang ((inani), A species of Kugenia, Mir hard, close-grained* durable wood of which is much ust^l in construction on the island of Guam. Abaca or Abakd (Philippines), See Aftitw h .rtilix. Abas (Guam). Local name, derived from the Spanish "guayabiij" fur the guava guajara), Abelmoschus esculentus. Okka. Onnu. family Malvaceae. Local names.—n (Louisiana); Guingambo (Porto liico); iiuingombo (Mexico); Quimbombo (Spanish); f)aju (Panama). An annual plant, indigenous to the West Indies, but introduced in cultivation into all tropical and subtropical countries. Stems hairy; leaves alternate, cordate, toothed, .H to 5-lohcd, scabrous on both sides, on Ion# petioles; pedicels axillary, shorter than the petiole; calyx surrounded by an involucel of 9 to 12 linear decidu- ous leaver; petals yellow, with reddish claws; capsule oblong-lanceolate, hairy, 5-celled; cells many-seeded. The young green mucilaginous capsules are used for thickening soup and are pickled like capers, Like many other Malvaceae, the plant yields a strong, silky fiber, and this is used in certain parts of India in the manufacture of cordage, sacking, and paper. See Otmt, under (fttrdens. Kefkkkxces: AMuttMrhit# eHcitlmtux (L.) Moench, Meth. 017. 1794. I/ibtxrtfft L Sp. PL 2: 175ii* Abrus abrus* Coral-hkao vims. Platk xxxl Family Irabaceae, Local namks,—IColaleshalom-tano (Guam); Sagasaga {Philippines); Matamata- mosu (Samoa); Pepitio (Tahiti); Perouia (Porto liico); Wild licorice (India); Indian licorice (Australia;; Crabs-eye seeds (West Indies); Jequirity (Brazil 172 USEFUL PLANTS OF OI'AM. A twining vino with alternate, abruptly pinnate loaves; leaflets small, linear-oval, obtuse at apex and base, in X to 20 pairs; flowers pale purple to white, in axillary racemes; legumes oblong, compressed, containing 4 to 0 hard, glossy, scarlet seeds market! with a black spot- Very common in thickets throughout the island. Like many other leguminous plants it is very sensitive to changes in the intensity of light, the leaflets hanging down vertically at night, as though asleep, and rising with the dawn. These move- ments are also caused in a measure by the overclouding and clearing of the sky. When ripe the pods burst open, displaying the pretty, bright-colored seeds, which are very conspicuous in the tangled undergrowth of the forest.. The plant is of wide distribution in the Tropics. It has evidently been introduced into Guam, where the native name "kolales " (also applied to A(h'nantherapmonhui) is the Chamorro pronun- ciation of the Spanish "corales," signifying strings of corals or beads. f< Ilalom-tano" signifies " in-land "—that is to say, "growing in the forest "—an adjective specifying many plant* to distinguish them from allied species growing in cultivation or on the seashore. In India the seeds are used by jewelers and druggists as weights, each seed weigh- ing almost exactly one grain. The plant derived its former specific name "preca- torius" from the fact that rosaries are made of the seeds. The Germans call them " Paternostererbse." In many tropical countries they are made into necklaces, bracelets, and other ornaments. The seeds, known in pharmacy as jequirity beans, contain two proteid poisons, which are almost identical in their physiological and toxic properties with those found in snakes' venom, though less powerful in their effects." In India the seeds are ground to powder in a mortar, into which the natives dip the points of their daggers, and the wounds inflicted by daggers thus prepared cause death. When a small quantity of the powdered seeds is introduced beneath the skin fatal results follow; less than 2 grains of the powder administered in this way to cattle cause death within 48 hours. One of these poisons, called "abrin," is a tox-albumen. It is easily decomposed by heat, and in Egypt the seeds are sometimes cooked and eaten when food is scarce, though they are very bard and indigestible. The root has been used as a substitute for licorice. Rkkkhunces: /I Arm abrita (L.) (fhjc'me ahrux L. Sp. PI. 2:753.1753. Ahrus precalorius L. fiyst, ed, 12. 472.1767. Abrua preeatorius. Same as vlAms abrun. Abubo (Guam). See .1 rg/ireia (iliayjoli'i. Abutilon indieum. Indian mallow. Family Malvaceae. Local na.mks.—Malbas, Matbas, Malva (Guam); Cuacuacohau, Tabing, Yam- pong (Philippines). A low shrub with soft velvety leaves and orange-colored flowers, introduced into Guam and now common in waste places. Leaves cordate, somewhat lobed, unequally toothed or entire; calyx 5-cleft, without a leafy involucel; pedicels longer than thf petioles, jointed near the flower; capsules truncate, carpels 11 to 20, acute, truncate or shortly beaked. The plant is of wide tropical distribution. It yields a fairly good fiber, which might lie used for cordage. Its leaves contain mucilage, and are used in India in the same manner as those of the marsh mallow in Europe. The seeds are laxative, and in India the root is used as a remedy in leprosy. Inferences: Ahuiihm indiciun (L.) Sweet, Ilort. Brit. 54. 1826. Sid 11 in dicii L. Cent. PI. 2fi. 175(5; Amoen. A cad. 4: 324.1759. "►See Kunkei, A. J., llandbuch der Toxikologie, p. liKH. DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE. 173 Acacia farnesiana. Sweet acacia. Family Mimosaeeae. Lot Ai, n.vmes.-—Aromi) (Guam, Philippines, and Spanish America); Black Thorn (British West Indies); Ojmponax (southern United States); Iluisaehe (Texas); Classic (France). A shrub or small tree bearing yellow globular heads of fragrant flowers, and bipin- nate leaves. Pinnae 4 to 8 pairs; leaflets small, narrow-linear, 10 to 25 pairs; peduncles 2 or 3 in the older axils; pods almost cylindrical, indehiscent, at length turgid and pulpy. The leaves are peculiarly sensitive to changes of weather. When a cloud obscures the sun the opposite leaflets close together and so remain until the aky brightens. They also close at night, the plant appearing to sleep until the sun rises*. The petioles have gtipulary thorns, with a gland al>ove the base and another usually between the uppermost pinnae. This species is widely distributed in the Tropics and in warm temperate regions. It has established itself in Egypt, India, Australia, Hawaii, the Philippines, and tropical Africa. It is common in the West Indies, and is spread from the Gulf region of the United States to the Pampas of Uruguay and Argentina. It yields a gum similar to that of the closely allied Anicitt which the natives of Guam sometimes use in the same way as the gum arabic. In south- ern France it is grown for perfumery, its flowers being known in commerce as cassie flowers. In Hawaii and on the Central American coast its perfume is often borne by the land breeze to vessels more than a mile from the shore. In some parts of India the bark ami the pods, called ''babla," are used as dyest tiffs and for tanning. Its hard, rose-colored wood is of considerable value. Rhkkkkncek: Arncia famemma (L.) Willd. Sp, PI. 4': 1083. 1805. Juriusirnin L. Sp. PI. 1:521. 1753. Acacia glauca. Same as Leiwu'uu glauca. Acacia, hedge. See Lmraenn ghtma. Acacia leucocephala. Same as Leuciwna tjkiuca. Acalypha in die a. Indian m kkciry. Fam i 1 y Ku phor 1 >iaceae. Local xames.—Bugos (Philippines); Mookto-joori (Bengal). A low, herbaceous, nettle-like weed growing in waste places and in crevices of stone walls, easily distinguished by the cup-shaped involucre which surrounds the small greenish flowers. Leaves ovate-cordate, 3-ncrvcd, acuminate, serrated, on long petioles; spikes axillary, male flowers above, female below ; stamens 8 to 16, styles 3, capsules of 3 carpels, each one-seeded. In India the root of this plant bruised in hot water is used as a cathartic and a decoction of its leaves as a laxative. The leaves mixed with salt are applied exter- nally in scabies. Kekkrknces: Acalypha >vcr of small images of saints very cleverly carved from pith, evidently obtained from this or an allied plant. Refekenceh: Acscfiynottimc indica L. Sp. PI. 2:713.1753. Afzelia bijuga. Same as IhUiu hijuga. Ag& (Guam). The ripe fruit of plantains and bananas. Agaliya (Guam). See Rich in* oitnnitnix. Agar-agar (Ceylon). See Alg;v: (Imcihiriu fonji rcuUiia. Agatelang or Agatilon (Guam). See Eugenia spp. Agati grandiflora. Platk vi. Family Fabaceae. Local, names.—Katurai (Guam); Caturai, Katudai, Gsiuay-gauay (Philippines). A small introduced tree, bearing large edible, white, papilionaceous flowers and long sickle-shaped pods. leaves long, narrow, and abruptly pinnate, with very numerous, linear-oblong, obtuse, mucronate leaflets; calyx shallowly 2-lipped; corolla 7.5 to 10 cm. in length; pod 30 cm. or more long, with thickened sutures. Frequently planted near the houses of the natives and along the roadsides. The flowers and green pods are eaten as a salad or potherb. They are said to be laxative. The bark is astringent and is used in India as a remedy in smallpox. The leaves and young shoots are sometimes gathered as fodder for cattle. Rkkerencus; Aguti gmiitlijlora (L.) Desv. Journ, Bot. 1:120. 1813. ftohinia gnnxiifforfi L. Sp. PI. 2:722.1753. AfM'infiiOHU'ne gnuxlijlfirn Sp. Pl.-ed. 2. 2: lOliO. 17(>3, tSesbuii tft'a 11 (/ijlornti Puir. Kneyc. 7:127. 1S0G, 176 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM. Agave vivipara. Maguey, Family Amaryllidaceae. Locai, names.—Lirio tie Palo (Guam); Maguay, Maguey (Philippines); Teo- metl (Mexico). An Agave of Mexican origin, now spread in the Philippines and India, bearing bulbs which sprout before falling to the ground. It haw been introduced into Guam, where it is called by the natives the "tree lily." The leaves resemble those of Agar*' but have few spines on the margin. The flower scape grows to the height of 4.5 meters. From the leaves the natives get a fiber with which they wrap their cigars. In the Philippines it is sometimes used for making violin strings," and in India it is used for cordage and twine. liliKEREXCES: Agave riripitra L. Kp. PI. 1: ,123. 1753. ' Agboy (Philippines). See Mum tenth frandom. Ag-eratum conyzoides. Goatweed. Family Asteraceae. A low, weedy, pubescent composite with terminal corymbs of blue or white flowers forming small discoid heads. Leaves ovate, on hispid petioles, obtuse, cre- nate, truncate or cordate at the base. It is of American origin, but is now widely spread throughout the Pacific and has found its way to many tropical countries. It yields a vegetable proximate principle known as "coumarin," which is also found in the allied genus Kupatoriuni. Kefekenceh : Ayemlum contjzoiden L. Sp. PI. 2: 839. 175:?. Aggag, Aggak, or Akgak (Guam). See Pmultinaceae and J'midanus tectoriiis. Agho (Philippines). See Leucocna ylmtca. Agoho (Philippines). See Gcumarhui cfjuixetifolia, Ageom or Apson ((iuam). Vernacular name, signifying "sour," applied to 0.mlis rorniculata, and (improperly) to Meihomki trijiom. This confusion of two plants under one name may be compared with that incase of the name shamrock among the Irish, which is sometimes applied to an Oxalis, sometimes to a Trifolium. The resemblance in both cases is chiefly 111 the trifoliolate leaves. Aguanak (Guam). The name of a tree not identified, mentioned by Governor Olive y Garcia in report to the Captain-General of the Philippines as yielding strong wood used in the construction of houses. Aguardiente (Spanish). See Cocox nucifera. Ahgao or Ajgao ((iuam). See I'rcnnin gnudichaudiL Ahgap (Guam). Same as Ahgao. Ahonholi (Guam). See Sesuniui/i orimtals. Ahos ((iuam). See AM ton sutirturt. Aizoaceae. Caiu'et-weko family. The only representative of this family in Guam is (he seaside purslane, Si'nuvium portulaea.it run). Ajl (Spanish). See (hpsUrum »mrtnm. Alcaparro (Spanish). See ('ftpptiris markina. Aleurites moluccana. Candlkntt tnek. Family Euphorbiaeeae, Local namks.—Lumbang, Raguar (Guam); Liuuhaiig, Oiipili (Philippini's t: Kukui (Hawaii); Lama (Samoa); liaguar (Caroline Islands); Akhrot (Bengal). A handsome tree with spreading branches, alternate, lobed, pubescent leaven of a pale color, rounded or cordate at the base, with two glands at the top of the petiole. Flowers pniall, white, in terminal lax cymes; fruit fleshy, coriaceous, globose, with 4 shallow furrows; seeds one or two, rugose, gibbous. The candlenut. tree is widely spread over Polynesia, a great part of Malaysia, and the Philippine Islands. It is remarkable that it has not established itself in Guam. Only a few specimens grow on the island, which are called either by the Philippine name "lumbang," or the Caroline Island name "raguar." The natives say the nuts were brought here from the Caroline Islands. They have not come into use in Guam. Throughout Polynesia the nuts, strung on eocoanut-leaflet ribs, served the natives for candles to light their houses. In Hawaii they are masted, chopped up, mixed with seaweed, and served at native feasts as a relish. They yield an oil which is very fluid, of an aml>er color, without smell, insoluble in alcohol, readily saponifiable, and quickly drying. This oil is a mild cathartic, acting in the same manner as castor oil, but causing no nausea nor griping, and having the further advantage of a nutty flavor and of being more prompt in its effects. (Journ. de Pharin. 5ie ser., vol. 24, p. 2^K. 185:*.) References: Altai rifss ino/nroiita (L.) Willd. Sp. Pi. 41:590. 1805. J'tfruptw moluvcuttu ISp. PI. 2:100(5. 1753. Aleurites triloba. Same as .1. mohtccana. Alfalfa. See Medicngn xulivrt. Algae, Skawbeds. Local namks.—Lunmt (Guam, Malay Archipelago); Lumot (Philippines); Lirnu (Samoa, Hawaii); Rimu (Tahiti, Mangaia). Among the edible seaweeds growing on the shores of Guam are the gelatinous firncilnria confer roidtx (L.) J. Ag. and the peppery (Xmlerpa cl a rife ft (Turn.) Ag. The first, called in Guam by the Philippine name " gulaman," is gathered by the natives and bleached in the sun. It is used for making jellies and blancmange in the 9773—05 12 178 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM same way as the Irish moss or carrageen (Chuudriix crixjtnx). The natives cook it with milk or with water, adding to it the juice of fruits t growing in the sea are Rhizodinitm tortnoxum m Ag., allied to Cladophora, (\itdrrjvt elarifem, already mentioned aw a favorite condiment of the South Sea Islanders, i'aidcrjxt. jtfumaris (Forsk.) Ag. and Otulrrfui fn >iehu>tiiAg. The latter have creeping stems resembling those of flowering plants in general appearance, with colorless rhizoids and branched fronds abounding in chlorophvl. One of the most interesting and graceful species is the widely spread / tri/opxix phi mosu < i rev., the minute thai Ins of which, though branching like a feather, consists of a single cell. Its branches suit- divide into miniature leaf-like processes, and are finally separated from the original eel I by transverse walls. The gametes, by means of which it is reproduced, both male and female, are provided with movable cilia. Of a very different habit is ffalhiH'dtt papyntmt intrlmta Ag., which resembles a miniature cactus (Opunti;i\ with broad flattened joints. Growing on the coral reef is the common " peacock's tail," Padhui jmwmia (L.), a brown alga with thin, papery, fan-shaped fronds marked by concentric zones; and with it Treycinet. collected a second species, Padinn ct>m- mcrmmii Bory., which also occurs on the shores of Japan and of Florida. Associated with the algtc are several flowering plants, including I'otumogeto/i n ataw and P. zizii, growing in the Agana River; IluhtphUa vralift, growing in hrackish marshes; and the grass-like Halodnle " «nicrrix, like a miniature Zostera, growing in t he sea. " 31 widen, Useful Plants Australia, p. 1HK9. DKSCRIFTIVK CATAH>GUE. 179 Algodon (Spams li) or Atgodon (Guam}. See (ronxi/piitm burbndeme, Algodon de Manila (Guam). See Ccilxt jn'rilnudru. Algodoncillo (Porto Rico). Sec Awhputs curassavira. Algodonero (Spanish). See (iotwfi/thntt ALhucema (Cuba), See Mrxuxphufruin piTtinutum. Aligbangon (p|>inew). See <'unnnrlitut liciii/lt/drit.tix and Commdhm inidijforu. Alimodias (Philippines). See Coh laert/iitd-johi. Alipata (Philippines). See Kmn'ntriit rrwn. Tlie cultivation of this plant, though many tinier attempteil, has never been suc- cessful on the island of Guam. Allium cepa. ( )\k>n. Family Liliaceae. Local names,—Seboyass (Iinam): Cebolla (Spanish); Geboya, La^ona (Philip- pines). Onions are frequently planted in (iuam, but they do not thrive well. Only very filial I lmlbs are produced, but these are much relished by the natives. RliKKKKNCKK: Allium cepti L. Sp. PL 1: 'UMt. I75X. Allium sativum. Gaulic. LocAi, namks.—Alios (Guam); Ajo (Spanish); liawang, Ganda(Philippines), Garlic is cultivated perhaps more extensively than onions, though the conditions oil tin: island are scarcely more favorable to it than to them. It is a favorite ingre- dient in many dishes of the Chamorros. References: Allium x'tfiriun L. Sp. PL 1: ^1)6. 1753. Almendra (Spanish). The fruit of Term had in miappa. Almendro (Spanish)- See Ternthxdia fitt/tpjm. Almond, Indian. Set? Ttrr/iinalhi eutajqm. Almond, Java. See Canarivm indinnu. Almond, Malabar. See Term'malia vaUtjipn. Aloalo-sina (Samoa). See Mumxenda frondowt. Aloalo-tai (Samoa). See <1lfrodt>ndr t a ri >. Fa mi I y A rat -eae. Local namks.—Piga (Guam); Riga (Philippines); Via, Dranu (Fiji); Apr, Ta'amu (Samoa). This great arum, which is closely allied to, if not identical with, the following species, is so acrid that its juice will blister the skin. It differs from the common taro (("alodium fulorasia) in having a trunk as well as corm, which is edible. It is a huge plant, growing in marshy places, with very large ovate-cordate, bright-green leaves and an inflorescence consisting of a convolute spathe inclosing a spadix which bears female flowers (ovaries) at its base, male flowers (stamens) higher up, and neutral organs in the interval, and ends in a thickened Iwirren portion called the appendage. The appendage is marked with reticulated furrows, which distinguish this genus from Caladiutn, in which the appendage is smooth. The flowers have a disagreeable odor. In Guam there are several varieties of Alocasia recognized, which may be referred either to this or to the following species, three of which are called "piga." Two other allied varieties arc called "papao," and a third is called " baba." 180 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM. The natives eat piga only in times of scarcity of food. The fleshy trunks must be thoroughly roasted to destroy their acridity. (See p. 69.) References: Alocttsm ittdica (Lour. 1 Schott, Oestr. Bot. AVochenbl. 4: 410. 1854. Ant in indicum. Lour. Fl. Cochin. 2: 53(>. 1790. Alocasia macrorrhiza. Giant taho, Acrid taro. Local namks.—Piga(Guam); Higa ^ Philippines); Ape,Ta'amu (Samoa); Kape (Rarotonga, Faster Island); Apt* (Tahiti); Apii, Ape (Hawaii). Similar to the preceding, hilt with sagittate ovate leaves, the hroadly ovate obtuse basal lobes or auricles distinct to the petiole, the stout nerves prominent altove and below, the midrib very broad and conspicuous; flowers with pale greenish yellow spathes, emitting a strong, disagreeable odor; appendix at the end of spadix obtuse, reticulate; berries at base of spadix red when ripe. Very acrid, but, like the preceding species, a food staple in times of scarcity. The Polynesian name of this plant iy in the Philippines applied to the common taro (Caladium colocaskt). See p. 153. References: Alocasia macrorrhiza (L.) Schott in Schott & Fndl. Melet. 1H. viacrorrhizum L. Sp. PI. 2:9ti5.17n3. Alom or alum ((Jtiani). See Jichintut sp. Aletophila haenkei. Sec Tnc fenw. Alverja (Spanish). See Pixnm salirum. Amahadyan or amahayan ((iuam). See linp.hrwiria. tcnacisshna. Amaranth, edible. See Annsrunthnx olcrawus, Amaranthaceae. A m a ha ntfi i-*a m i t,y. This family is represented in (iuam l»y the cultivated (l<»t<}>hre>tn /jloho?" ami the following species of Amaranthus: Amaranthus oleraceus. Edihlk amahantii. Family Amaranthaceae. Local names.—IIalom (Philippines); Bledos blancos (Spanish). A glabrous, succulent, weedy plant, growing in waste places, arid cultivated as a pot herb in India, China, and other places in the Tropics. Leaves long-pet ioled, ovate, oblong, or rounded; flowers small, green, growing in axillary clusters and terminal spikes; sepals 3, linear oblong, stamens 2 or 3; fruit an ovoid utricle, or bladder-like pericarp containing 1 seed, not bursting ojmjii. First collected in (iuam by Gaudi- clmud. The young and tender shoots are cooked like spinach. References: Amarfutthu# ohrracmut L. Sp. PI. ed. 2. 3:1403. 17(?li. Amaranthus spinosus. Spiny i ii. \vkki>. Lor aIj names.—Kuletes, Kih tes (Guam, Philippines); (jtuelite (Mexico); Zepi- nard piquant, Fpmard rouge (French Antilles). A glabrous weed with rigid sti pillar spines at each node of the stein. Stems stout, rigid, sometimes red; leaves long-petioled, ovate, rhombic, or rhombic-lanceolate; flowers in axillary clusters and in long spikes, stamens 5, sepals n, equaling the aw tied bracts; utricle thin, wrinkled, splitting open transversely, the top opening like a lid. This plant is of wide tropical distribution. When young it is often used as a pot herb, but it is not cultivated. REFERENCES: A?nar(inthm ftjthiwuH L. Sp. PI. 2: 1753. Amaranthus viridis. (Iktex picweed. Local names.—Kuletes, Kiletes (Guam, Philippines); Kaea mata (Tahiti). A glabrous weed resembling the preceding, but without seines ontheslem. Leaves witli long i>etioles, tip rounded or notched, base truncate or cuueate; Mower clustery DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE 181 very small, green, in axillary and terminal panicled slender spikes; bracts usually shorter than the X sepals and utricle; stamens 2 or ;■{; utricle acute, indehiscent. This is the species must commonly cultivated in India, The tender succulent tops oi the young stems and branches are rooked as a substitute for asparagus. The various forms growing wild in < luam are not much esteemed, but, like asparagus, would doubtless be improved by cultivation. Widely spread in the Tropics, growing as a weed in waste places, not cultivated in Guam, but like the preceding species used as a |H>t herb when young and tender. References: Amaranthttx rirtdh L, Hp. PI. ed. -. 2: 1405. 1 Amargosa (Spanish), See Muviortlint rhmtidift. Amaryllidaceae. Amaryllis family. Tikis family is re [presented in Guam by the indigenous Crinttm axiaticnm; by 1Iypo:rin a urea, which grows upon the savannas; and by the introduced tuberose (Poliantiies fuhrrom), the pretty pink-ilnwered Atamoseo roS€tit and the white spid. 44. 17Sfi_ Lumiophila xerruta Gaudich, Hot. Freyc, Voy, 448. /. 57* J. ltf2t>. Ambulia indica* bocAL names.—Gege, Guegue (Guam); Inata (Philippines). A low, glabrous, aromatic plant growing in swamps and on the edges of rice lields. The leaves may be either all whorled and pinnat.itid, 6 to 19 mm. long, or in wetter places there may be a few emersed opposite entire ones at the top of the stem and numerous multiiid ones at ifei base; flowers axillary, solitary, pedicel led, rarely sub- racemose, the pedicels longer than the calyx; calyx 5-parter reddish color, astringent when green, but when thoroughly ri]>e pleasantly acid and edible. The nut is oily and its shell very acrid. When roasted it is edible, the kernel acquiring a pleasant milky flavor. In roasting, the eyes and face should not be exposed to the caustic fumes which rise from the shell. A yellowish oil of a sweet flavor mav f v be expressed from the kernel. The trunk and branches on being abrade# 1 yield a transparent gum obnoxious to Insects. An acrid oily liquid derived from the shell is used to protect books and furniture from the attacks of injects, and in the Andaman Inlands to preserve fishing lines. This tree, which is of great economic importance in tropical America, is not much esteemed by the natives of Guam* They sometimes eat the fruit and roast the nuts, but neither can be called a food staple of the island. Although introduced more than a century ago, it has not spread upon the island and in found only near the houses of natives, where it has been planted, or on the sites of abandoned ranches. Rkfekences: Ariacunlium Dcridenfuh L, Sp. 1*1. 1; S8& 1753. Anagalide azul (Spanish). See QmimHina henfjhith*n$i& and fnihlijlora. Ananas (Spanish). See Anamw auanav. Ananas ananas. Pineapple. Family Bronieliaceae. Local names,—Pifla ((iuam, Philippines); Pifta, Ananas (Spanish); Matzatli (Mexico). A plant with rigid sword-shaped leaves, having the edges armed with spines, and bearing the well-known fruit. The flowers have a (S-eleft perianth, with t\ stamens band 1 style. The ripe head consists of the thickened rue his, in which the flesh erries are iml>edded, and the fieshv | persistent bracts. The plant produces asingely Contr. Nat. Herb., Vol. IX Plate XXXII. Angiopteris evecta. Natural Size. DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE. 183 shaft 60 to 120 em. high. On the top of the head, or pineapple, a rosette of stiff leaves is borne. The name stalk does not hear a second time, hut a new shoot may arise and hear another. The species is propagated from the suckers or by removing the crown and planting it in sand. This should he done during the rainy season. The adventitious sprouts of the stump of the fruit will also yield a growth of young plants if the stump he planted and kept moist. In Guam pineapples of excellent quality are produced. When once established the plants continue to reproduce for years, though frequent replanting and change of soil is recommended. Patches of pineapples are often found growing on the sites of abandoned ranches. The first ripens in May and June. The leaf yields a line silky liber, which in the Philippine Islam Is is woven into beautiful gauzv fabrics. In (iuam it is twisted by hand and made into the liner " h1 k- kinds of ca^t netH for fishing Sometimes single fibers are used l>v the natives In lieu of thread for sewing or for wrapping cigars. References: Ananas ananan (L,) Karnt, I)untscli. PL 4(>H, 1880-1888, an Atnma^a anaruts. Bromelut ananas L, Sp. PI. 1: 28/i. 175:1. Ananas mtirnx Stthult. Syst. 7'*: 128H, 1N30. Ananassa sativa. Same as Auana* annnttx. Anaoso (Samoa). Set; (ruilawfiha rrhta. Andropogon acicularis. Same iis Anflrupttijtm tirimlahw. Andropogon aciculatus. Awxkd kk Aiind raks. Familv Poareae. Local namks.—Amores secos (Philippines, Guam); Piipii (Hawaii). A grass with spikelets occurring in pairs, at each node of a jointed hairy rachis, one sessile and perfect, the other with a pedicel; stem creeping and branching below, leaves short, sheaths terete, panicle very narrow, callus very long, acicular. Collected in Guam by Gaudiehaud. Common on the island and furnishing good pasture, but disagreeable on account of its adherent awns. It is widely spread in Polynesia, Australia, India, and China. In the Philippines the straw is used for making hats and mats. Rkfhkknchs: Andmpogitu acicxlatnx Itetz. Obs. 5: 22. 17K(J. Andropogon chloridiformis. Same as Diimria i-hlur'uiiformis. Andropogon nardus. Licmon-orass. Local naiiks.—Juuquillo oloroso (Spanish J; Tanglad (Philippines). A fragrant, lemon-scented grass, xiid to have been introduced into Guam from the Caroline Islands. In Guam the natives plant it near their houses, where it grows in tufts to the height of 90 to 120 cut. It yields an essential oil, which is used in perfumery, and is known as "oil of verbena" or "citronella." It is also applied externally as a stimulant in rheumatic affections. In India a sort of tea is made of the fresh young leaves, and the white center of the succulent stems is used to impart a flavor to curries. The grass is too coarse to be eaten by cattle except when young. References: Andropoijon inirdnx L. Sp. PI. 2:1040. 1753. AngUao (Guam ). See (jreu'ta multiword. Angiopteris evecta. Giant kehn. Plate xxxii. Family Marattiaceae. Local namks.—Xase, Fa'angnse (Samoa). A fern-like plant with enormous fronds and a fleshy stem 1 to 2 meters high, growing in damp situations. It is distinguished by having the sporangia inclosed in capsules, 184 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM. which open by a slit down the side. Leaves 2t< > f> meters long, mostly bipinnate, with swollen "rachises; leaflets 10 to XI) cm. long, 1.5 to 4 cm. wide, the margin entire or slightly toothed. Thin specie# is common on many Polynesian islands. It grows in the Philippines, India, Japan, Madagascar, and Queensland. It is easily propagated by the fleshy scales at the base of each frond, each scale containing at least two dormant buds. In (Samoa the name by which the natives distinguish it in also applied 1o MnraUia fraxinea, an allied sptx-ies with the saint? habit, nf growth. References : Am/toplertH c.recia (Forst.) Hoffin. (Join. Goett. 12: 29. t. 5. (ex Luerssen in Schenek & Luerssen, Mittheihingen ails der Hotanik 1:257.1874. Poli/podknn ert'vimn Fond. Prod. HI. 17Sf>. Ango (Samoa). See Curcuma lovga. Anilao (Guam). See Oreivkt mufti flora. Anilis (Guam). See Indigofera an'U and I. tiuctoria. Anis hinojo (Philippines, Guam). See FomiciUmnJoenirulum. Annatto. See Bixa orelfana. Annona muricata. Houksop. Plate xxxin. Family Annonaceae. Local names.—Laguand (Guam); Guan^bano (Philippines, Mexico, Peru). A small tree bearing large oblong or conical, dark green fruit having a rough spiny skin and filled with soft white juicy acid pulp. The leaves are elliptical, pointed, glossy above and rusty beneath, becoming glabrous; young growth scurfy-pudescent; flower with six petals, the three outer ones acute, greenish, the three inner ones more conspicuous, obtuse, yellow or red; pistils many, each with one erect ovule, uniting to form the fleshy fruit or syncarpium. In Guam this species is not so commonly cultivated as the sugar apple (J. wptamoxa). It has a pleasant acid flavor. The natives make jelly of it and preserve the fruit. In the "Rant Indies it is used for flavoring ice cream and puddings. It, is of American origin and was introduced into Guam at least a century ago. The vernacular name, hujiuind, is probably derived from I^i (twandbana, the Spanish-American name of the fruit. References: Anruma muricata L. Sp, PI. 1: f)3f>. 1753. Annona reticulata. Bci.lock's it hart. CVstahd-aiti.u. Local namks.—Anonaa (Guam, Philippines); Corazon (Porto Rico). A tree of American origin, 4 to 8 meters high, bearing a smooth, heart-shaped fruit with small depressions on the surface, yellowish before maturity and often becoming a deep red at length, which gives to it its appropriate English name. Leaves lanceolate or oblong and pointed, glabrous above and rough, at length becom- ing smooth beneath; flowers with the three exterior petals oblong-linear and keeled on the inside, acute, greenish, with purple spots at the base; inner [ketals minute; pistils many, united into the fleshy syncarpium (multiple fruit). In Guam this species has established itself more fully than the others of the genus. It is found growing wild in the woods and along roadsides. The fruit is long in ripening, the plant yielding but one crop a year, while ripe fruit of the sour-sop and sugar-apple can be found during most months of the year. The flavor of the fruit of Annona reticulata growing in Guam is not nearly so good as that of the other species. It is sweet but insipid, and the pulp has a tallow-like consistency. The natives do not esteem it highly, but it ia a favorite food of the "fanihi," or fruit- eating bat of the island (Pteropus ke.raudreui). Refkkences: Annoua rcticulutH L. Hp. 1*1. 1: ">'!7. 175.'?. Co--.tr. Nat. Hch . v-i. x Plate XXXIII. The Sounson A*jn in^ viuhicata-. Flowers and Fruit. Slightly Reduced, C ■ i n tr. N 1t. H - ■ r :■). V ■'. ! X Plate XXXIV. Th£ Sljgah A^ple. uR Sa'eetsop ■Annuna squamosa . FoUAGc and Fruit, Natural 5izt. DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE. 185 Annona squamosa. Sitoak-apple. Sweetsop. Plate xxxiv. Local namks,—A tin (Guam, Philippines); Annona blanca (Mexico); Ata (Hindu); Sweetsop (Hritish Went Indies). A shrub or small tree of American origin, the fruit of which is tuberculate, eaeh carj>el forming a protuberance, egg shai>ed or of the form of an artichoke or a short pine rone, 7,5 to 10 em, in diameter; yellowish green, frequently covered with a whitish or glaucous bluish bloom; pulp very sweet, creamy yellow and custard-like, inclosing smooth black or dark-brown weeds, and of an agreeable flavor; leaves thin, glaucous, oblong-ovate, very sparsely hairy on both sides, but often becoming smooth, (lowers with the three outer petals oblong-linear and blunt, keeled on the inner side, greenish; pistils many, united to form the fleshy fruit. This is the favorite custard apple of the natives of Guam. It is found planted by nearly every house. It docs not grow wild like A. reticidatu. It loses ita leaves in the dry season, putting forth flowers and leaves when the first rains fall, and bearing a succession of crops of fruit during most months of the yean The fruit becomes very soft when ripe, often bursting open on the tree, when it is greedily eaten by ants. These insects do not attack it as long as the surface remains unbroken. It is eaten uncooked, the soursop {A. vniric(Uu) being the only secies utilized by the natives for jelly and preserves. The best of the Aniionas, Annona cherhnoHai a fruit very highly esteemed in South America, docs not grow in Guam. Attempts to introduce it into Java and many other tropical countries have met with failure. Annonacoae. OrsTAitn-APPLK kamilv. This family, which includes the "pawpaw" triloha) of the United Slates, is represented in Guam by the ilangilang tree (Ca/utwjiutu vdoratiun) and the above species of Annona. Kekerhncks: AtutatiM xfjuamowt L. Sp, PL 1: ;"%S7. 175%, Anonas (Guam)- See Awututt rfficuhitit* Antidote lily* See Crhtum Antigonon leptopus. Mexican cickkpkk. Fami 1 y Poly geautiful hedges are made of it. In the Hope Gardens in the island of Jamaica it is used as a wind-break for the nursery/' In Guam it is planted near many of the natives' houses, associated with species of Panax, Graptophyllum, Phyllaurea, and a dark purple Rrantheinum. References: Aralia guilfoylci Cogn. & March. PL Ornem, 2: 1874 (ex Ind, Kew.)- Aralia tripixinata .Blanco, Same as Panax fruticomm. Araliaceae. Auama family. No indigenous Araliaceae occur in Guam, The family is represented on the island by several ornamental shrubs brought from the Philippines and commonly planted "See Bulk liotan. Dept. Jamaica, IN9f>, p. 47. C11 r■ tr N.it Hrrb., Vi■". IX. Plate XXXV. Bltel-nuf Palms ' ARECA cathecu\ DESCK[PTIVE CATALOGUE. 187 near the houses of tin- natives. Among them are ArttHa Xothojmmu- .fruti- tfimm, ami Xo(.hoi»titttx rnrhfrafum. Ararao, ArariS, Araru (Philippines). Reo Murftntti arMulhianit. Arbol del fuego (Philippines, Guam). Sec fhiortir ret/in, Ardisia. Shi 110 as Jconnnt. Areca cathecu. Hktki.xi't. 1'i.ath \ v x v. Family Phoenicaoeae. Local xamks.—Pngua (Guam): I Via (Panda l: Puah, Puali (Amboina); Puak, Poak (Ceylon); lion (I )nl< t1 of York I slain 1, Solomon Group); Rue (Now Britain); Boa(llali); liua{lVlew Inlands); Poiiga, liunga, Luyos (Philippines); Gna, Gooa (Bengal); Pinang (Modern Malay). A palm introduced into Guam in prehistoric limes, but not indigenous on the island, and planted by the natives for the sake of its aromatic seeds, which are gen- erally called "betel mitH.'7 The trunk is tall and slender and ringed; leaves glabrous, pinnate, the segments narrowly lanceolate, acuminate, plicate, with margins recurved at the base, the upper ones confluent and bilid or truncate and many-parted; rachis 3-sided, the upper face acute, the back convex, the base and petiole concave; sheaths elongated; spadix with spreading branches at length pendent; spathes sev- eral, papery, the lowest complete, the upper ones bract-like; flowers white and very fragrant; fruit a one-seeded, orange-colored drupe or nut about the size of a small hen's egg, with outer fibrous husk, astringent, pungent, and aromatic, with a flavor and consistency somewhat like that of a nutmeg. It hangs in long bunches below the dark-green leaves. In Guam this species is found in abundance growing in damp woods and along 1 he margins of streams. The nut is held in great esteem by the natives, who chew it together with the leaf of the betel pepper ( Pijn r hrtlr ), a plant having properties akin to those of PijHt im'thtjMirum, the fatm plant of Polynesia. The nut is divided and a piece of it is wrapped in the pepper leaf, together with a pinch of quicklime. It imparts a red color to the saliva, so that the lips and teeth appear to be covered with blood and in time become blackened. It injures the teeth and sometimes almost destroys them. Children begin to chew it at an early age. Old men and women are frequently seen with their teeth reduced from its habitual use to mere blackened snags. The odor im[«irted by it to the breath is aromatic and not disagreeable unless tol>acco be mixed with it, a custom practiced by some natives, but not a common one. The nut is called either " pugua," or by its Taga- log name "boiiga;" the leaf is called "pupulu," or bv the Visayan name "buyo," and the packet made up for chewing is called "mamao." In Guam betel chewing is a matter of etiquette at all wedding assemblies, fandan- gos, and funerals. Nuts deprived of their fibrous envelopes, fresh pepper leaves, and quicklime, together with cigars, are passed around to the assembled guests. According to Jahus, arccaine, the active principle of the areca nut, is a powerful agent for destroying tapeworms, resembling in its action pelletierine, an aromatic, oily alkaloid obtained from the hark of the pomegranate. Like nicotine it is poison- ous, half a grain sufficing to kill a rabbit in a few moments. It influences the respi- ration as well as the heart, causes tetanic convulsions, and has an extraordinary influence in increasing intestinal peristalsis. Locally applied or when given internally it contracts the pupils." In India the not has long been used as a vermifuge, the dose being a teaspoonful of the freshly grated kernel. Throughout the Malay Archi- pelago the nut is of great commercial importance. Refkrencks: Awa I'dthcu L. Sp. PI. 2:1189.1753. (Often written Areca caiecttu.) a See Alkaloide der Arekanuss, in Briihl'a Pfiauzen-Alkaloide, p. 33, 1900. 188 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM Arecaceae. Talm family. Among the palms growing in Guam are Areca cathmf, Sagntrm piunuttf«, fbco# nuciferu, yiff mi J'mtiivt?is, the recently introduced Corlorncots >nnic<(nni) and I'hocuir dncUttifera, and a small, slender-stemmed palm with pinnate leaves called " pal ma brava." Arfenga aaccharifera. Same as Sagtimtx pimxUns, Arg-yreia tiliaefolia. Linden-leaved mouxino-oi.ohy. Family Oonvolvulaceae. Local najiks.—Alalag, A bubo (tiuam) ; Bululacao {Philippines) ; Pilikai (Hawaii). A stout, climbing morning-glory with pale purple (lowers, woody stem, and cor- date *;r reniform leaven. (Corolla large, funnel-shaped; style single, bearing 2 globose stigmas; fruit a leathery capsule, not bursting open like that of an Ipomoea; sepals coriaceous, silky-pubescent; young shoots caneseent; leaves glabrate with age, er. The (lowers do not wither like many morning-glories, but remain open all day. The natives call them "abubo," a different name from that applied to the plant itself. The children string them on strings and sticks, and are very fond of them as ornaments. The species is found in India and the Philippines. It has been introduced into the Hawaiian Islands, where it has escaped from cultivation and established itself. References: Argyreia tilktcfftHa (Desr.) Wight, Ic. 4*: 12. I. J3/iS. IHiiO. ConrolniluH lilUtrfolim Desr. in Lam. Fnevc. 3: 544. 17S9. Rivea (Uiticfoliti Choisy, Mem. Roc. Phys. Genev. 6: 407. 1833. Arimay (Philippines). See Jioehmeria fmanixximu. Aristolochia elegans. Family Aristolocli iaceae. A pretty flowering species cultivated in a few gardens of Guam. Slender and glabrous, the flowers borne on the pendulous young wood; leaves long-stalked, renifonn-cordate, with wide sinus and rounded basal lobes, the rib obtuse; flowers solitary, long-stalked, the tube yellow-green, the flaring limb cordate-circular, purple and white blotched, white on the exterior, the eve vellow. * " V w Introduced into Guam by the chief of staff of the last Spanish governor, Don Juan Marina. Rkfehences: Aristolochia rtei/uns Mast. Gard. Chron. It. 34: 301. 1885. Arnotto or Arnatto. See Him nrrHnnn, Aromo. See .1 rnrlu Jarutniitita. Aroilgay (Philippines). See Moringa moringa. Aroru, Aruru ((iuam). See STtmmht nrnwUnncea. Arrowroot, East Indian. See Turra Arrowroot, Polynesian. See Tacca pimiotifula, Artemisia vulgaris. Mi*<;wokt. "Wormwood. Family Asteraceae. Loca h na m es.—H ierba de Santa Maria, Yerba de San ta Maria (Guam, Ph il i ppi nes). A composite with aromatic, pinnatifld leaves, the lower jietioled, the upper sessile, dark green on upper surface, white beneath; flowers in small discoid greenish heads arranged in panicled spikes, involucre oblong, bell-shaped. Planted in gardens and pots by the natives, who use it medicinally. Kkfehencks: A rfrmixia rii/t/a nx L. Sp. I'I. 2:K4N. 17o3. C^ntr Nit, H"-rh Vi*| 1 X Plate XXXVI The FERTILE Bheaofruit Autoca^pus communis , Showing Male an;i Female Inflorescences. Immature Fruit, and Leaf Bfiact. SmiHaY Rrnucrn. " , h fc,_ ' 1 r DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE. 189 Artocarpus commuHie. Breadkrcit. Platkh vii, xxvii, xxxvi. Family Moraceae. Local namks.—Seedless variety: Lcrnae, Lemai, I/may, Hi ma (tiuam); Rima, Colo, Kolo (Philippines); ' I'lu (Saturn, Hawaii); IT to (Fiji). Arbol del pan (Spanish). Seeded variety: Pufrdujj, Do^do^ ((iuairi); H read nut (Burma!; Tipolo, Antipolo (Philippines); 'Ulu-ma'a (Samoa); Uto-sore (Fiji); Bulia (Solomon Inlands). A handsome tree, with viscid, milky juice, broad-lobed or digitate leaver, ami gently curving Limbs, bearing the celebrated breadfruit. This fruit is oval or spheroid ill shape, about the size of a child's head ur of a melon. It is fnrmcd by the female flowers, which are very numerous, and are grouped in a prickly head upon a spongy receptacle. In the fertile typical form the fruit is covered with short hard projec- tions, but in the cultivated breadfruit, which is seedless, it is much smoother and reticulated. The male flowers grow in dense, yellow, club-shaped catkins. The leaves are very large, leathery, ovate, wedge-shaped and entire at the base, the upper part 3 to 9-lobed or pinnatifid, dark green and glossy, and paler beneath. The fruit is at first green, becoming brownish when imperfectly ripe ami yellow when fully so. It contains a somewhat fibrous pulp, pure white at first, but becoming yellow at maturity. It is attached to the small branches of the tree bv a short, thick stalk, V ■ ami hangs either singly ur in clusters of two or three together. It is eaten before it becomes ripe, while the pulp is still white and mealy, of a consistency intermediate between newbread ami sweet potatoes. In iiuani it was formerly cooked after the manner of most Pacific island aborigines, by means of heated stones in a hole in the earth, layers of the atones, breadfruit, and green leaves alternating. It is still sometimes cooked in this way on ranches; but the usual way of cooking it is to boil it or to bake it in ovens; or it in cut in slices and fried like potatoes. The last method is the one usually preferred by foreigners. The fruit baked or boiled is rather tasteless by itself, but with salt and butter or with gravy it Iw a palatable as well a# a nutritious article ol diet. Ovens were introduced into Guam by the Mexican soldiers who were brought by the Spaniards to assist in the <( reduction " of the natives. They are of masonry and of the typical dome shajH1 of the ovens so common in Mexico, A kind ol biscuit is made by slicing the fruit into moderately thin sections after having cooked it, and drying the slices either in the mm or in ovens. Thus prepared it will last from one breadfruit season to another. The dried slices may be eaten either jus they are or Masted, or ground up and cooked in various wavs. The Caroline Islanders, a colonv of whom lived until recent!v on * • * the island of (iuam, follow a custom widely spread in the Pacific of preserving bread- fruit in pits, where it ferments and is converted into a mass resembling new cheese, in which state it gives forth a very disagreeable odor. The fermented paste is made into cakes and baked, and is then palatable and nutritious. This method of pre- serving breadfruit is also followed by the Sanmans, who call the cakes ma#i/3 a name now applied by them to ship biscuit and crackers. In Rarotonga the fer- mented paste is called £L mai," The tree yields other products of economic value, such as native cloth or tapa, from the fibrous inner bark of young trees and branches, and a kind ot glue and calking material obtained from the viscid milky juice, which exudes copiously from incisions made in the ptem. "Bark cloth is no longer made in (luam. It is recorded that dur- ing an interval of eleven years, when no ship visited the island and there was a scarcity of woven fabrics, a number of women made petticoats from the breadfruit bark. In Pigafetta's account of the discovery of the group by Magellan he says; "The women also go naked, except that they cover their nature with a thin bark, pliable like paper, which grows between the tree and the hark of the palm. ' Now the paper mulberry tin; most common tapa-eloth plant of the Pacific islands, does not grow in (iuam. There is no palm to which Pigafetta's description could apply, and it is quite probable that the "thin hark, pliable like 190 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM. paper, growing between the tree and the hark" was that of the breadfruit, though it may possibly have been that of the niniu, or banyan. Besides using the latex in calking boats, the natives of (iuam 11 ml it, when fresh and viscid, an excellent medium for mixing paint, and it is a good sizing for white- wash. The usual pigments were a red ferruginous earth and lampblack made by burning coeoanut shells. The Caroline Islanders still use it with various pigments for painting their canoes, and it resists the action of water pretty well, though for this purpose it is inferior to oil. The wood is of tine yellow color. It is not very hard, but it has the virtue of resisting the white ant, and if kept dry it. is durable. In Guam it is used for cup- boards, shelving, furniture, and for partitions between rooms. It is also used for canoes, but as these are not well eared for by the natives and moisture injures the wood, they do not last very long. In Samoa the framework of the roofs of all the best houses is made of the curved liiul>s of the breadfruit, beautifully rounded and scarped together and wrapped at the joints with coconut sennit. Thigtlny, the "breadnut," or seeded variety of the breadfruit, grows everywhere in (iuam—in the woods, on rocky cliffs, and in low, sandy soil. It is the chief source of timber and of gum, the seedless leniae being too valuable as a fruit tree to lie used generally for these articles. The fruit of the dugdug is inferior to that of the leniae, than which it is softer and more sweetish, It is seldom eaten, but its seeds, called "nangka" (the name in the Philippines for iutiyrl/ofia, the "jack-fruit"), are rich in oil and are relished by the natives They are eaten roasted or boiled and are much like chestnuts. SAmue, being sterile, is propagated from the shoots which spring up around the base of the trunk. They readily take root. The dugdug is grown from the seed, though it. occurs in such abundance on the island that it is not much planted. There are a number of varieties of breadfruit recognized by the natives, The species grows so readily that it might prove profitable to plant it for the manufacture of starch or "arrowroot" from the fruit. Horses and cattle are very fond of the leaves and bark, so that young trees must be protected from them. When pasture is scarce breadfruit leaves are gathered and fed to stock; and the fruit is .so abundant that it is fed to cattle, horses, and pigs. The breadfruit season begins in June and lasts for about live months. This accounts for the fact that Pigafetta and several other early navigators who visited (iuain during the time of the year when it was out of season fail to mention it among the fruits which they obtained from the islanders. Magellan visited the island in March, Legaspi in January, and the Nassau fleet also in January. In the narrative of 1 he latter expedition the cultivation of rice is mentioned (see tjuotation under Ort/:a mitirtt), and a food staple so important as breadfruit would surely have been men- tioned had it come within the notice of the Dutch. The first to record the lircadfruit as a food staple of the Marianne Islands was Dam pier, who has given the following accurate description of it in his New Voyage Round the World: The Bread-fruit (as we call it) grows on a large Tree, as big and as high as our largest Apple-Trees. It hath a spreading head full of hranches, and dark leaves. The fruit grows on the boughs like Apples: Jt is as hig as a Penny-loaf, when Wheat is at five shillings the Bushel. It is of a round shape, and hat h a thick tough rind. When the fruit is ripe, it is yellow and soft; and the taste is sweet and pleasant. The Natives of this Island use it for I bead: they gather it when full grown, while it is green and hard; then they bake it in an Oven, which scorcheth the rind and makes it black: but they scrape off the outside black crust, and there remains a ten- der thin crust, and the inside is soft, tender and white, like Ihe crumb of a Penny Loaf. There is neither seed nor stone in the inside, but. all is of a pure substance like Bread: it must he eaten new, for if it is kept above *24 hours, it becomes dry, and eats harsh and choaky; but'tis very pleasant before it is too stale. This fruit lasts in season 8 mouths in the year; during which time the Natives eat no othyr PKSCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE 191 sort of food of Broad kind. I did never see of this Fruit, any where but here. The Natives told us, that, there is plenty of this Fruitgrowing on the rest of the l^adrone Islands; and I did never hear of anv of it anv where else." / A, W Kkkkkkntbs: Artoc«r]>itx rontnmiiiK Forat. Char. Gen. 102.177(5. Artocarjmx iuciMi \f. Suppl. 411. 17S1. Artocarpus incisa. Same, as Artontrjmx nnunantix. Arum, Egyptian (Italy). See Cnhulium. mhcutUr, in Guam ealled "suni." Arundo bambos. See under Humhos. Arundo tecta. Same as Trichoou ro.rlnn'ijltii. Arungay (Philippines). See Moriityu mornx/a. Aruru (Guam). See Mtirtntbt artui'fitxirt it, Asaua (Samoa). See dkichenitt (fwhoiama. Asclepiadaceae. Mn,KwKi:n family. This family is represented in Guai.i by I >t.<. Family Aaclepiadaceae. Local xamkn.—-Asuncion (Guam); Rokide Francia (Philippines); Algodoncillo (Porto Ilico); Wild ipecac (Hawaii) Blood flower (Jamaica); Chocholloxin (Maya of Mexico). A handsome milkweed, with orange-scarlet flowers, growing erect in solitary, lateral umbel*. leaves opposite, oblong-lanceolule, tapering at both ends; stem somewhat downy, wimple, sometime* a little branched, growing from 30 to WO cm. high. The plant is of American origin, but has found its way to almost all tropical coun- tries. It in very common in Guam, growing in open fields which were formerly cultivated. Its root possesses emetic properties, and the expressed juice of its leaves is used as a remedy for intestinal wormy. Refkkencks: Asrlepi'i* airaw'irica 1.. Sp. PI. 1: 12If). ]75:{. Ash Pumpkin (Cevlon). See lieninctmi cm'/Vm. Asisio (Philippines). See I'htfsaliH . ptmixilica. See I'Yni*. Asplenium. See Ft us. Asplenium cultratum Gaud. Same as Atpfmiurn fofaifnnt. See Firlx!<')rin)n vixcfjs)imt Afjrvahuu ivmyzoidcx, Fclipht (iIImi, S/i'iurtwesrenx, Sinnuidi/oi/Iin hijfortt, Arlfmixi/t ritlt/ttrix ("hierbade Santa Maria" ), Si/no.lrdlu nod i floret, (Jlornxjune tenuifoiiu, and Chrysanthemum imiicutit (" manzanilla "). " See also Bantu, Tin; Bread fruit, reprinted from The Plant World, vols. Band 7. Washington, llHM. 192 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM. Asthma herb. See Euphorbia piluHfera. Asuncion (Guam). See Asclejriait ciirasmvica. Ata (Hindu), See Annona squamosa. Atamosco rosea. Zkpiiyr lily. Family Amaryllidaceae. Local namks.—Nardo (Guam); Fairy lilv (United States). A bulbous plant of tropical American origin, with solitary 6-parted rose-colored flowers. Bulb globose, 7.6 to 10 cm. thick; leaves linear, contemporaneous with the flower; perianth regular, about 2.r> cm. long and 4 cm. broad; spat be 2-15 d at the tip; anthers versatile; ovary stalked, ovules many, superimposed; seeds black, flat; stigma 3-fid. A beautiful flower, cultivated widely. I found it escaped, growing in the Pla%a de Magallanes, Agafia, and transplanted it to my garden, where it. bloomed monthly. References: Atamosco n>mt (Limit.) Greene, l'itt. 3:188. 1897. Zephi/ranthes rotten Lindl. Bot. Keg. 10: t. S21. 1824. Atbahakat (tinam). See Oc'tmiim banifintui and O. atuum. Ateate (Samoa). See Stemmadonlia bijiont. Atgodon (Guam). See Gossffpium arborcum nm\ ouiided maize. In Peru it is called "niazamorra." Atoto (Tahiti). See Euphorbia ototo. Auricularia auricula-judae. See under Fuvgi. 'Aute (Samoa). See Ifibixcu# roxa-xiiH'ttvix. 'Ava-pui (Samoa). See Zlnziber zvrnmbet, Averrhoa carambola. Cakamhoi.a. Pi.atk xxx vii. Family Oxalidaceae. LocAL xAMics.—Hilimbines (Guam); Carambola, Ba!imbiiig (Philippine*}; Coro-, mandel gooseberry (India); Kumurunga (Bengal). A small tree bearing ail oval, angular, translucent, edible fruit. Leaves alternate, odd-pinnate, with 4 or 5 pairs of leaflets; leaflets alternate, ovate-acuminate, entire, stalked; flowers fragrant, small, ribes-like, rose-purple or magenta, growing in crowded dusters, which give to the tree a showy appearance when iti full bloom; racemes growing from the bark of young and old branches (ruulilioral), or from the axils of the leaves; petals 5; stamens usually 10, only 5 of them with anthers. The fruit has a thin, yellow, smooth skin. It. is longitudinally rihbed or angled, so that a cross section has the shape of a three, four, or five-angled star. 'It contains a clear watery pulp, astringent when green and tasting like sorrel or green gooseberries, but pleasantly acid when ripe, or even sweet, with an agreeable fruity flavor, and a strong perfume like that of a quince. Tin; leaves and younger branches arc irritable, clos- ing and drooping somewhat like those of the sensitive mimosas and oxalids when the tree is shaken or suddenly shocked. The leaves are affected by light very much like those of many acacias, which close and apparently go to sleep when the sun disappears and awake when it shines again. The tree is readily propagated from the seed. It is long-lived and a constant bearer. In Guam it produces several crops a year. It grows near dwellings, on the sites of abandoned ranches, and by roadsides, but it is not abundant. The natives make preserves of it, but these are somewhat C N.it Hi-'h.. v.t . .X. Plate XXXVII. Averrhqa carambolAh Inflorescence and Foliage, Natural Size, f . DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE* 193 tough. When strained the pulp yields a fine jolly. Foreigners are warned against eating the uncooked fruit, the natives declaring that it will cauett hiccoughs. Tarts made of it have very much the flavor of rhubarb. The natives do not appear to value the fruit very highly, but this may be owing to the scarcity of sugar, a large proportion of which in necessary for making jelly and preserves, and to the abun- dance of other fruits equally good or better. In India the unripe fruit is used in dyeing, the acid acting probably aw a mordant. The juice removes iron rust from linen. The dried fruit is antiscorbutic and, together with the leaves and root, is used as a remedy in fevers. i The tree was introduced into Guam many years ago. Gaudichaud mentions it, together with the allied Air.rrhott hifimbi a species in which the clustered, caulifloral, pendant fruit in smaller and not angled, and the leaves have smaller and more numerous leaflets. The latter s|tecies is no longer found on the island; it ha* probably died out since Gaudichaud's visit. JIkkekknckk: Averrhoti rarboln L, Sp, PI. 1: 4l!S, ]7~>-5. Awned beard grass. See AiidrojKHjon aHctilohm. Azafran (Spanish). See Iw/gif. Azucena (Guam). Sec I'afiaitffnx inhrroxa. Baba (Guam). A plant l)elonging to the Arum family, with heart-shaped leaves 2 to 2.5 meters long and reddish stems; probably a species of Alncasia, Bacao, Bacauan, or Bakawan (Philippines). See flhizopfiuralaucronidu and Hr vi- gil iem gymnorhizn. Bacopa monniera. Water hyskoi*. Family Sen>ph11 lariaceae. Local namks.—Graciola (Cuba). A small, creeping, glabrous plant with rather thick, entire leaves and a pale blue or nearly white flower growing in moist situations. Leaves obovate or oblong, entire or crenate, without prominent veins; flowers few, on pedicels usually rather longer than the leaves, with 2 small bracteoles under the calyx; calyx divided to the base into 5 distinct sepals, the outer one oval, the others ovate-lanceolate or lanceolate; corolla-tube scarcely so long as the calyx, the f> lobes spreading, broad, as long as the tube, the 2 upper ones rather smaller and less deeply se[>arated than the others; capsule ovid, shorter than the calyx, opening loculicidally in 2 valves, which at length separate from the dissepiment and sometimes split into two. Common in Guam, especially in the ciawga, near Agafla. In India it is used medicinally by the Hindoos, who consider it to be aperient and a stimulant for the secretion of urine. References: Bacopa wormier ted when young like ail asparagus sprout. The whole plant is waxy and translucent. The flowers are unisexual and are closely crowded together. The male flowers have a regular perianth, bnt the female flowers have none. The latter consist of a one-celled ovary having a single ovule and a long style. It resembles a species growing in the Fiji Inlands, but the latter is pale yellow instead of reddish-orange. Balasbas (Philippines). See (iruph>ph>jifwn puiutu. Balatong- (Philippines). See J'ltaxeohts mntiffo. Balatong aso (Philippines). See 'a orndnUaiia. Bali£cag (Visayan). See Dioworeo arnJatta and I>. .oilint. Balibago (Philippines). See I'arifi tiluicritm; in the (fmuu vernacular called " pago." Balimbing (Philippines). See Irerrhan mmuihoht. Baliskug (Visayan). See Cicrmleadrtm inerme. Baliti (Philippines). See Fir tin sp. Balloon vine. See Oirditntperuum ho/iatrabiun. Balokbalok (Philippines). See lobelia koenigii. Balogo (Visayan). See Leux phmeohiiden. Balones (Philippines). See fihawrfoiff''*. Balonggai (Visayan). See Morintpt mornnjn. Balsam, Garden. See huput'nux (mlmiu 'ma. Balsam-pear. See Mouwrdira charmitm. Balsamina (Spanish). See .W<>i>tarainlxx» armed with sharp recurved spines, forming impenetrable thickets in moist places, and often attaining the height of ii() feet. Stems growing in clumps; hard, smooth, glossy green when growing, walls thick, nodes not promi- nent; flowers produced at long intervals, the plants dying after the seeds have matured. This plant was introduced from the Philippines. It is much stronger and more durable than the common spineless pict<>, and is need by the natives in building houses (Plate XX), ranchos, and inclosures. Fresh canes stuck in the ground often take root. Large canes cut into lengths of fi to 8 feet with the septa removed are used as water vessels (see Plate II; young carabao loaded with bam boo vessels filled with water), and single joints are used as flower pots and for collecting the sap of the coconut, as descril>ed under ( 'hcok nucifera. The stein split into slats about an inch wide is used for making platforms in farmhouses, upon which the natives sleep, and also for inclosures under these platforms for the protection of youny chickens from nits, cat*?, and lizards. Bbkekunces: JSambo# blumeana Schult. f. Syst. 7*: 1X4X 1 SHI), as ll'nribuwi hhtmmna. v r DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE. 195 Bambos sp.? Smooth bamboo. JjOcal names.—Piao, Piao palaoan (Guam); Cafia hembra (Spanish). A large bamboo without spines; stems growing to 4 inches or more in diameter; !tranches numerous. Inferior to the preceding in hardness and durability, and sub- ject to the attacks of insects. The canes are used for water vessels, fences, frame pules for ranches and houses, and when split into widths of an inch or more they are used for floors ami sleeping platforms in the poorer kinds of houses and in ranches. Troughs for collecting water from roofs and drinking troughs for fowls are made by splitting the canes and removing the septa. The identity of this plant has not been established. It may possibly be a species of Sehizostachyuiii. (iaudichaud, In the report of the botany of the Frcycinet, expedition mentions lidittbuft fxvnhos Wight {Anntfh IhmiFhhi L., Ibtmbtim arituditutcat Willd.) as occurring on the island, but thin is probably a mistake. The vernacular name signifies " female bamboo," to distin- guish it from the species armed with spines. The durability of both species is increased by soaking the split canes in water for a week or two and then drying them thoroughly. They are springy and elastic. Platforms of them with mats spread over them make very comfortable I teds. Bambusa. See Jifuiifmx, Banago ((iuam). See Jtmnimtm vtaritinnm. Banalo (Philippines). See (,'<>rd>u snhwn->fnta. Banana. See ilustt paraiiixiuai. Bangc<5ang b<5ndok (Philippines). See Panrtr Nat. Hern., Vn . !X, Plate XXXVIII, Fruit of Barringtonia specicjsa, a Fish Intoxicant. Natural Size. DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE. 197 A second species growing on the hillside above San Ramon on the left-hand Bide of the road leading to Sinahana is of very recent introduction. It has large ill- smelling flowers of pale sulphur-yellow which resemble the figure of BaxtMnia blancoi in Blanco'a Flora de Filipinas. Baumea mariscoides Gaudich. Same as Cladium gaudichaudii. Bayabas (Philippines). See Psidiurn guajara. Bayag cambing (Tag&log). See Guilntidina cri&ta. Bayog or Bayogo (Guam; Philippines). The seeds of I a'tut phaseoloides. Bayog cabayo (Philippines). See Dioscorea saliva. Bead tree, Syrian. See Melia azedaravh. Beak rush. See Rynehospora corymbom. Bean family. See Fabaceae. Beans: Chinese asparagus. See Vigna sinemis. Coral. See A dena nl her a pa vonina. Egyptian kidney. See Dolichos labluh. Gtoa. See Botor tetragonoloba. Horse. See (hnarali enstiforme. Horse-eye. See Stizolobium pruritus and & giganteum. Hyacinth. See Dolichos lablab. Lima. See Gardens. Match-box. See Lens pktwoloidex. Molucca. See Guilandina erixta. Ox-eye. See Stizolobium. pruriem and S. giganteum, Queensland. See Ijem phaseoloiden. Sea. See Stizolobium pruriem, ». Beta vulgaris (the common beet). See (iitrdens. Betel leaf. See Piper belle. Betelnut. See Areca cathecu. Betel pepper. See Pijter hetle. Biancaea sappan. Sappan. Local namks.—Sibukao, Sibueao (Guam and Philippines); Palo del Brazil (Spanish). A thorny shrub or small tree with racemes of showy yellow flowers. leaves abruptly l>i pinnate; pinnie 20 to 24; spines on i nch is of leaves at base of pinine and stipnlary spines at base of petioles; leaflets 20 to HO, Hinall oblong, very oblique; stamens woolly; pod# short, broad (7.5 to 10 cm. long by 4 cm. broad), oblique, woody, with recurved beak at the upper angle, % or 4 needed. This species was introduced into Guam at least a century ago. It grows readily on the island, and boundary hedges composed of it have spread into thickets in many places. Ita heart wood yields a line ml dye, which is extensively used in India, ami it is exported from Ceylon. The bark and the root are also used for dyeing. The wood is an astringent and contains taunic and gallic acids. It is used medicinally in India. In Guam the natives make little use of it, as it requires considerable labor to separate the heart from the rest of the wood. It could be grown with success on the island, as it spreads there of its own accord and requires little or no attention. Owing to the case with which it grows and its thick habit of growth, it is used for defining the bonndaries of land. The wood takes a line polish and does not warp nor crack. In preparing the wood for dyeing it is cut into chips, which are pounded and boiled for several hours in water. It yields a red color, which is intensified by alkalies. For dyeing cotton tannin and alum are used as mordants, lor wool :i mixture of alum and cream of tartar. In India it is combined with indigo to produce a purple dye and with turmeric and sulphate of iron to produce a rich maroon. A dye is extracted from the bark of the trunk and roots by boiling, and the pods are used, like those of several other allied species, together with the protosulphate of iron, to make an ink or black dye. Refkhe.S'CKS: Biancaea nappan (L.) Todaro, IIort. Dot. Pan. 1: .'J. 1876. (Wnttfphiirt toipixtn L. Sp. PI. 1; ,'W1. 1753. The tyi>e of the Linna an genus Caesalpinia, to which this species was referred by I,inna us, and by nearly all authors since his time, is hntsifieunix L. Sp. PI. ed. 1. 1: 880. 1758, so far as it relates to the species of Plunder, from whom Ijintmnisadopted the genus with a slight modification in the spelling of the name. It is not, however, Vaemlpinia branliensis L. Sp. PI. ed. 2, 1: 544. 1702, which is an unarmed tree and does not belong to the same genus as Plunder's species, but under the specific name limutei has in part usually been referred to Peltophorum. Neither should the original (}tfxecies seems to have been first made clear by Urban Sytnb. 2: 2G9-2K5. 1900. (Uemlpinia brasilietwh, however, does not appear to be congeneric with the species known as O.iemlji'oiia mppmi^ and the name published by Tod am for the group *o which the latter species does belong is accordingly adopted.—W. F. \V. Bidens tenuifolia. See Olfmogijne inmifalkt. Biga (Philippines). See Alocaxin hitlica and .1. macrorrhiza. Bikkia mariannensis. See Cortn.it/oiittK tnarian»fnnin. Bilangbilang {Philippines). SeeA'mtnum porin/ttrttxtrioit. Bilimbines (Guam). See Airrrhon mrtmtbola. Bird pepper. See (hpitivum/rnlweux; in Guam culled "doni." Bird's-nest fern. See St'oMnplfri* ttitiiix under Frriw; in Guam called "galak." Bitanhol, Bitaog (Philippines). See ('alopht/tlum inophylktm. Bitogo ( Philippines). See CtjrttH rircimdis. Bixa ore liana. Arnotto. Plate xxtix. Family Bixaceae. Local namks.—Achiote, Achnete (Guam, Philippines); Achote (Spanish); Achiotl (Mexico); Loa (Samoa). A small tree bearing prickly capsules containing seeds surrounded by a red pulp, which yields the well-known arnol to < if commerce. Leaves con late-ovate, acuminate, entire or angular, smooth on both surfaces. Arnotto is prepared by macerating the pods in boiling water, removing the seeds, and leaving the pulp to settle. The water is then poured off and the residuum, which is of a bright, yellow or orange color, is used as a dyestuff. In Guam it is sometimes put in soup and rice. The Caroline Islanders use it to paint their bodies, together with turmeric, It is sometimes used in the same way by the Samoans. The chief uses to which arnotto is applied are for dyeing silk and cotton orange- yellow, and for coloring cheese and butter. The color imparted to fabrics, however, is not lasting. Rkkkkuxces: Itixti ori'/inna L. Sp. PI- 1: 512.1753, Black fibre palm. See Saynt rtts pinntitun. Black thorn ( British West Indies). See Acacia ftiriiexinrut. Bledos blancos (Spanish). See Amaranthun olentct'iix. Blind-your-eyes (Australia). See Excoeotriu atfttUorhu. Blinding tree. See ICxcttccnria ugalloclut. Blood flower (Jamaica). Sec Aacfepia# eurawtrira. Blue pea. See CUtoriu tcmaie. Boehmeria candolleana (iaudich. Same as Piptnrus argent em. Boehmeria panieulata. Same as Schychomkiia rnderaUa. Boehmeria tenacissima. Rhea. Family Urticaceae. Local >jameb.—Amahayan, Amahadvan (Guam); Labnia, Arimay, Amiray (Philippines); Oramai (Ponape); Lal'ai (Solomon Islands). A shrub or small tree with alternate, broadly ovate, acuminate, 3 nerved leaves, green above, white Iwneath, with dentate margins. Flowers minute, green, monoe- cious, in axillary panicles, with numerous sessile tlower-heads along the entire length of the branches of the inflorescence; male flowers in the axils of the lower leaves; perianth 4-partite; stamens 4, opposite the perianth lobes; female flowers in the axils of the upper leaves; perianth gamophyllous, tubular, hairy, 4-dentate at the contracted mouth; style much exserted, hairy; ovary inclosed completely by the perianth; stigma papillose, on one side of the style; achene inclosed in the perianth, the peri- carp crustaceous. This plant is indigenous to the island. It differs from the allied Boehmrria nirea in its more robust habit of growth, in its larger leaves, the lower surface of which is white, but not covered with the thick felt-like coating of that species, and in being shrubby instead of herbaceous. It was collected in (iuam by (jaudichaud, who described it as having " feuilles tomenteuses et argentees au-detsjous," and growing near the seashore;" but he confused its vernacular name, "amahayan" with that of an allied plant called "aayiall," having ovate, cordate, acuminate leaves, the petioles and lower surface of veins being covered with reddish pubescence, while the veins of the amahayan are smooth. This species is figured by Wight.'' The form growing in (iuam haw leaves more finely serrate on the margin than in his figure. lioehmerUi nimt is essentially a plant of temperate climates, and yields the "ramie" fil>er from which "China grass cloth " is made. The name '* rhea" should be con- fined to the liber obtained from the tropical species. In (iuam the plant is not utilized by the natives for textile purposes, but they use the bark as a remedy in certain diseases. An interesting account of the methods of cultivation and of extracting the fiber of Boehmeria nivm is given by Charles Richards Dodge in his catalogue of the Useful Fibre Plants of the World.e To be suitable for fiber purjMises the stems should be unbranched. The trees or shrubs growing alone branch freely. In cultivation they should be planted close together, so as to throw up straight shoots, as in the case of hemp. References : Boehmeria tenacisxima Gaudich. Iiot. Freyc. Voy. 500. 1H2U. Urtica tetuwinsima Roxb. Ilort. Heng. f»7. 1X14 (ex Ind. Kew.); FI. Ind. 3: 590. 1832. Boehmeria nivta tenacimma (Roxb.) Miq. FI, Ind. Hot lz: 253. 1869. "Narrativeof Freycmct'a Expedition, 182~i. 6 Icones, vol. 2, pi. 688, 1842. c Report No. 9, U, 65. Department of Agriculture, 185)7. I descriptive catalogue 201 Boerhaavia diffusa. Glue weed. Family Nyetaginaceae. Local names.—Pafau, Dafao (Guam); Mata-pavo, Pega-pollo (Spanish). A troublesome weed widely spread in the Tropics, diffusely branched, with white or reddish minute flowers growing in heads, which are arranged in terminal or axillary panicles. Leaves linear, ovate, oblong, or rounded, obtuse or acute, the base rounded or cordate; flowers jointed on the pedicel; bracteolen small; perianth tubular, limb funnel-shaped, 5-lobed; stamens 1 to 5, exserted; ovary oblique, stipitate; stigma peltate; fruit 5-rihbed, viscid, top rounded. ]n some parts of India this plant is used as a pot herb. It is fed to hogs and cattle, and is thought to increase the supply of milk. The root is used medicinally, and is recommended as a remedy for dropsy and asthma." The very viscid perianth tube containing the fruit readily adheres to other objects and detaches itself from the plant. Small insects are caught by the secretion, and young chickens and turkeys sometimes die in consequence of their eyes Incoming sealed up by the sticky fruits.b References: Boerhaavia diffusta L. Bp. PI. 1: iJ. 1753. Boerhaavia glutinosa, B. mutabilia, B. procumbena, B. repens. Same as Boerhaavia diffum. Bok&bok (Philippines). See Lobelia koeniyii. Bollogo (I locos). See Anacardium occidmUtle, Bolobotones (Philippines). See Kyll'mgu monocephaia. Boldt (Philippines). See 1Ytoworeufasciadaia. Bombacaceae. Bombax family. The only representative of this family in Guam is the silk cotton tree, ('eiba pen- tavtlru. Bombax oriental©, B. pentandrum. Same as Ceiba pentandra. Bonga (Philippines). See Areca cathecu. Boraginace&e. Borage family. In Guam this family is represented by the kou tree or banal# (Cor din ftubrordala)^ Touriiefortta argentea (called "hunig" by the natives), Ehretia microphyllu, and two or three species of Ileliotropium. Borona (Philippines). See Zea ways. Bor<5t (Philippines). See Dioxcvrm fairimbtht. Bosb<5ron (Philippines). See Lobelia koeniyil. Botoncillo (Guam). See KylHnga monon-phuh. Botong (Philippines). See B(irrutl 'X Plate XL. Brugimera gymnohhiza, thl ManY-reTALED Mangrove. Natural Size. DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE. 203 leathery, oblong and slightly acuminate, with entire margins and stipules which soon drop off; flowers axillary, about 1 inch in diameter, peduncles 1-flowered, calyx 10 to 14-cleft, bell-shaped, without bracts, growing attached to the base of the ovary, lobes linear, acuminate, erect, about 18 mm. in length, equaling the tube in fruit; petals 10 to 14, oblong, 2-lobed, with 2 to 4 bristles on each lobe and 1 in the notch; stamens many, embraced by the petals and springing elastically from them when mature; ovary 3 or 4 celled; style filiform; stigma '2 to 4 lobed, minute, fruit top- shaped, leathery, crowned with the calyx limb; radicle spindle-shaped, with about 6 prominent angles, obtuse at the apex, jterforating the apex of the fruit and germinating while the fruit still adhere* to the tree, then descending from the tree into the mud. This species is common in Guam, growing in the swamps at the mouths of nearly all streams; especially abundant near Atantano and along the southern shores of the island. Its heartwood is verv heavv, hard, and of a dark-red color. In India it is w i" ' used for posts, piles, planks, and furniture. The sap wood is lighter and softer and reddish white. The astringent bark is used in India for tanning and in dyeing black. In Japan a reddish brown dve is obtained from it. This is the handsomest of all the mangroves and is widely spread on tropical shores of the Pacific and Indian oceans. In Japan it grows on the coasta of Sabmma. References: lirttgitifra t/ffimiorhizft I jam. Kncyr. Tableau 2: 517. (.-f.'O. ITtKi. Bruja (Mexico). See Uri/n/ihi/llmu re a native of the Moluccas, Madagascar, and Mauritius. It is now widely spread in the Tropics. In (iuam it. is common by the roadsides, especially along the road leading up the hill from San Antonio east of Agafia. The leaves, slightly scorched, are used as poultices for wounds and ulcers. They are considered to be disinfectant. Keehkknckk: HnfopfofUum pinnntum (Lam.) H. Kurtz, Journ. As. Sue. Heiig. 402: 52. 1871 (ex Ind. Kew.). pinnatti Lam. Kneye. 2: 141. 17Sf>. Jirt/ophi/lltun cali/ciituin Sal is!). I'arad. Lond. (.■>. 1805. Bryopsis plumosa. See under .!/uh plant, with trifoliolatc leaves and a turnip-like root. leaf- lets large, »ti[>cllatc, membranous, deltoid ovate, angular, toothed, pul)eseent l>eneatli or glabrescent; flowers bluish or purplish, in long lax racemes with fascicled i*>di- cels, the lower nodes often prolonged into short branches; bracts and bracteoles bristle-like, caducous; calyx 2-lippcd, the upper lip emarginatc, the lower deeply 3-toothed; corolla much exserted, wings semilunate with a long projection at the base, the petals subequal; keel obtuse; stamens diadelphous (1 and 9), filament# alternately shorter; style with a crenulate nectarial ring around the base, spirally incurved at the apex, almost as in thePhaseoli; stigma large, round, oblique; legume linear, turgid, compressed, laterally contracted between the seeds, of a dark-brown color, sparsely hairy; seeds nearly circular, flat, smooth. This plant, which both in Guam and the Philippines 1 tears its Mexican name, was probably brought from Mexico. It id now common in the woods, climbing among the bushes and trees and twining about everything with which it comes in contact. The young root is much like a turnip in sha^x: and consistency, and is easily peeled like a turnip. It is usually eaten raw, and may be prepared with oil and vinegar in the form of a salad. According to Dr. Edward Palmer it is extensively cultivated DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE. 205 in Mexico, where the natives pinch off the blossoms and seed pods, giving iwa reason that if the seeds an1 allowed to mature the roots are not good. In Mexico the roots are much eaten raw, but are also pickled, 1 Killed in soup, and cooked aw a vegetable. As they come from the ground they are crisp, sweet, juicy, and of a nutty flavor. They are nourishing and at the same time quench the thirst, so that they are much liked by travelers. One way of preparing the raw roots in to cut them in thin Alices and sprinkle sugar over them. They may also be boiled and prepared with batter in the form of fritters, and in Mexico they are often minced or grated, and with the addition of sugar, milk, and eggs, and a few lig leaves for flavoring, made into puddings. The identity of the Mexican, Guam, and Philippine plants seems certain. Other form* of Cacara, which, like the present species, have been referred by authors to C. mw/, differ very much in the shape and size of the root. The Fijian sjKH'ies, iden- tified by Seemann as I'achjfrhizw trilobvx DC./' has rootw 6 to 8 feet in length and the thickness of a man's thigh. Roots of Cacara bought in the Chinese market of San Francisco, and referred to (mwi, were analyzed by Mr Walter C. lilasdale and were found to contain an abundance of nutritive materials. Besides a large percent- age of starch, considerable cane sugar was found, as well as protein. Ijong-continued boiling of these roots failed to render them tender. Their principal use by the Chi- nese of San Francisco is for the preparation of starch, which is said to l>e of a superior quality. As far as could lie learned, the Chinese obtain their comparatively large supply of roots entirely from Canton. & From this description it is evident that the roois imported into San Francisco by the Chinese have very different properties from the crisp, succulent tuber* of Mexico and Guam. References: iktcara erom (L.) Kuntzc, Rev. Gen. 1: 11(5. 181M. Dolichos ero»vs L. Sp. PI. 2: 726. 1T5X. Dolichon bulbosus L. Sp. PI. ed. 2. 2: 1021. 1761?. Pachtjrhhns niifptlalus Rich.; DC. Prod. 2: 402. 1825. Pachyrhizus bulbosus Kurz, Journ. As. Soc. Beng. 45*: 246. 1876. Cactus. There is no indigenous plant on the island belonging to the cactus family. The only introduced species which has established itself is a prickly pear, for which see Ojmntia sp. Cadena de amor (Guam). "Chain of love," the name applied to Antifjowni Irptopn#, proltably on account of the rose-colored heart-shaped flowers. Cadillo pata-de-perro (Porto Rico). See (hem xinnata. Cadios, Cadiue (Philippines). See Cajan ettjan. Caesalpinia bonducella Fleming. Same as hol (India); Gandul (Porto Rico). An erect shrub with U-foliolate loaves? on slender gray silky branehlets; leaflets oblong-lanceolate, entire, subcoriaeeous, thinly silky aliove, densely so [>eneath; stip- ules minute, lanceolate; flowers yellow, or the standard veined with red, growing in sparsely flowered racemes, often forming a terminal paniele; pod 5 to 7.5 cm. long, finely downy, tipped with the lower half of the style. This plant grows spontaneously in the Sudan, and is cultivated in India, Mada- gascar, New South Wales, Jamaica, Malabar, Brazil, and other warm countries. The seeds are nutritious and are eaten either green or dry, like peas. The plant will live several years, and in good soil begins hearing the first year. It was introduced into Guam in 1772 by the French ship < lux/rim, whence its local name, which signi- fies " French lentil." It is planted at the beginning of the rainy reason. Kkkkkkncem: Cajan cajan (L.) Millsp. Field Col. Mils. Bot. Her. 2; 5,1. ltKX). Oiflixiix cajan L. Sp. PI. 2: 7.'W. 175%. CajiDiitx hulictt# Spreng. Syst. 3: 24H. IS2(5. Cajanus indicus Spreng. See Otjau enjati. Cajel, Kahel (Philippines) or KAhet (Guam)- See (Stntx attravthim and f\ aitran- tium shtemix. Calabash tree. See ('rwciitirt alula. Calabaza amarilla (Spanish). See Cuntrbifa iiHtriiiut. Calabaza blanca (Spanish ). See lienhicam ''m f, in. Calabaza vinatera (Spanish). See Laacuaria fat/aiaria, Caladium colocasia. Taro. Pi,ate xxvi. Family Araceae. IL«(% Ai, names.—Suni, Sune ((iuain); Songe (Madagascar, Reunion); Gabi, Gave, I>agmai (Philippines); Talas, Taloes (Sunda); Talo, Taro, Kalo (Polynesia); Tao (Marquesas); Chaua (Carolines); Yantia (Porto Rico); Quequeste (Mex- ico); Oto (Panama); Fddo, Tania, Coco ( British West Indies); Ta« la la, Gahala (Singapore); Kachii (India, Bengal); Culcas, Kolkus, (Jolkas (Kgypt); Kgvp- tian Arum (Italy); To-no-iino, Aka-imo, Midsu-imo (Japan). A succulent plant with edible, starchy, tuberous rootstock, cultivated in nearly all tropical countries of the world. Leaves lai^e, very stoutly peltately petioletl, ovate- cordate or hastate, with a triangular basal sinus; spat he stoutly ped uncled, persistent, mouth constricted, limb long, narrow, lanceolate; spadix shorter than the spathe, stipitate, terminal appendage variable, eylindrie or subulate, or lacking; male and female inflorescences distant, male above the female with interposed Hat neuters, male of densely packed cubical anthers or groups of anthers, with immersed cells opening by terminal slits; female of crowded, globose, 1-eelled ovaries; stigma pulvinate; ovules many, orthotropous; berries obconie or oblong; seeds oblong, furrowed, endo- sperm copious, embryo axile. Several varieties of taro are cultivated in Guam, some of which were growing on the island before its discovery. The petioles are stout, 90 to 120 em. long, green or violet; peduncles solitary or clustered and connate, much shorter than the petioles; spathe 20 to 45 cm. long, caudate-acuminate, erect, pale yellow; female inflorescence DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE. 207 i as long as that of the neutral stami nodes, male inflorescence longer. Like the sweet l>otato, ginger, and many other plants propagated by cuttings or suckers for the sake of their roots, the taro seldom flowers. In one variety growing in wet places many suckers are sent out from the base of the stem, and the leaves and petioles are more or less purple; in another variety, growing in the cicnaga, or swamps, the petioles are green; in a third they are red- dish. The favorite variety, planted in newly cleared land and on hillsides, has a purplish area at the junction of the petiole with the blade. It is called " suni Visaya/' The natives recognize at least eight varieties of suni. The large-Leafed, coarser, cau- lescent plants called Leen published in Rol>ert Wight's ]cones for a different species, 1 tint! not to have l)een published there, and it is therefore a valid name in its present use. The name Colocasia, on the other hand, even though Caladium warn not to be applied to this genus, would be an untenable name, for it was proposed by Necker in 1790 for a genus the identity of which does not appear to have been definitely established, and again by Link in 1795 for still a different, group. Either of these proposed uses would invalidate the application of the name as published by Schott in 1832.—W. F. W. Caladium esculentum. See Caladium colocasia. Calamasa (Guam). Same as Kalamaxa. Calambit (Philippines). See (Jut[andma crista. Calamismia (Philippines). See Hottrr tetragonoloba. Calamus sp. Rattan. Family Phoenicaceae. Local names.—Behuko halom-tano (Guam); Bejuco cimarron (Spanish). An indigenous climbing palm growing in Guam, of little economic value. An attempt was made to introduce the chair rattans, but it was unsuccessful. Calophyllum inophyllum. Palo Maria, Family Clusiaceae. Local nam>x—Daog or Daok (Guam); Dangkalan, Dinkalin, Bitaog, Bitanhot, Tamauian (Philippines); Palo Maria, Palo tie Santa Maria (Spanish); Tamanu (Rarotonga, Tahiti); Jfetau (Samoa); Dilo( Fiji); Kamanuor Kamani (Hawaii); Forilha (Madagascar); Domba (Ceylon); Alexandrian Laurel (India). A tree usually growing near the shore. I/eaves opposite, shining, coriaceous, with innumerable parallel veins at right angles to the midrib, oblong or olxivate-oblong, obtuse or emarginate; flowers polygamous, in axillary or terminal racemes, pure white, fragrant; sepals 4; petals 4, rarely 6 to 8, like the inner sepals; stamens numer- ous, filaments in 4 bundles; ovary globose, stipitate; style much exceeding the stamens; stigma peltate, lobed; fruit 2.5 cm. in diameter, globose, smooth, yellow, pulpy. This tree is widely spread throughout Polynesia and occurs on the tropical shores of Asia, Africa, and Australia. It is often planted near habitations and is valued for its wood, for an aromatic glim which exudes from incisions made in its trunk and limbs, and for a medicinal oil obtained from its nuts. Seeds of this species were among those collected by Doctor Guppy in the Solomon Inlands in the drift of the beach, having probably been carried there by ocean currents. When the leaves are put in water an oil rises to the surface. This is used in some parts of India as a remedy for sore eyes. In southern Polynesia and India the dark green fragrant oil expressed from the nuts, called dilo oil or domba oil, is used as a lamp oil and is an external remedy for bruises and rheumatic pains. The resin DKSCRIPT1VE CATALOG UK 20^ yielded by the trunk is one of the tacamahac gums of commerce; it is agreeably aro- matic, and is used as a scent by the Tahitians. It in of a yellowish-green color and is soluble in alcohol. Its wood is hard, strong, and cross-grained, and very hard to split. In Guam it is used for the solid wheels of the carts drawn by bullocks and carabao. It is durable in water, but is so rigid that it can not be bent. In Samoa it is much used for build- ing large canoes. Its strong crooked branches furnish excellent knees for boats, and are used also for stein and stern posts. References: Cttlopltydvm inophyllum L. Sp. PI. 1: 511753. Caltrops. See Tribulns rixiw'dex. Calysaccion obovale. See (khrworpit* ohorali*. Camachile or Kamachilea (Guam). See P'dhecohhium dtUce. Camaluson (Philippines). See Botor tetragon* Cainantigui (Philippines), See Tmpatie)ix hafMtmiun. Camatis (Philippines). See Lijcopersicon hjcopcrxuitm. Cambustera (Cuba). See Qua modi t Camomile, false. See 1 lirymuthe.mitm inilimm. Camote (Spanish) or Eamute (Guam). See Iptnuocu batata*. Camoting cahoi (Tagalog). See Main hoi muni hoi. Camphire. See Lmrsnnin iwrtnis. Cana (Spanish). Set" Bamhox and Trichontt ro.rt»troiler and passed into a closed vessel containing the flowers. The mixed water and oil vapor as it leaves this vessel is condensed, and the oil separated from the water by decantation. In the Philippines (ierman distillers have obtained it in the ratio of alxmt 25 grams from 5 kilograms of flowers (0,5 per cent). It finds a ready market in Paris, Nice, and (irasse, and is used also by perfumers in London, Leipzig, Berlin, and Frankfort. The best quality of oil is perfectly clear and very fragrant. The second quality is yellowish and turbid. A perfume is also derived from the blossoms by the method known as enlleurage, as with jasmines and other fragrant flowers, By this process the fragrant oil is almorhed by refined fats, butter, or oil spread over trays, on the surface of which the flowers are sprinkled. These are changed at frequent intervals and the fat " worked " so as to present a fresh surface each time to the new flowers laid upon it. Finally it is scra|>ed off the tray, melted, strained, and poured into jars in the form of a pomade. When oil is used in this process layers of cotton are steeped in it, spread upon trays, and the flowers sprinkled over the surface, after which the oil is pressed out. Care should be taken to use fresh oil. Ooconut oil is liable to become rancid very soon. The method used by the natives to extract the perfume is very simple. The flowers are put into coconut oil and allowed to remain there for a short time, after which they are removed and replaced by fresh ones. The process is hastened by heating the oil. To avoid excessive heat the vessel used for the process in partly filled with water and the oil poured upon it. This prevents the temperature rising above that of boiling water, and the lower specific gravity of the oil keeps it separate from the water. The "Macassar oil" of commerce is coconut oil, in which Ilangilang blossoms have been digested together with those of MirhdUt Ilangilang oil is becoming an important article of export from the Philippines. From the commercial monthly summary, published by the Bureau of Insular Affairs (May, 1904), it appears that the amount exported is steadily increasing. For the eleven months ending May, 1902, its value was $67,178; 1903, 190,289; 1904, $96,472. References: Otnanghtm odoratum (Lam.). Uvaria odorafa Lam. Kncyc. 1: 595. 1783. Canangn, odorata Hook. f. & Thom. Fl. Ind. 1; 130. 1856. Cananga was proposed for a different genus by Aublet in 1775, and can not there- fore he used as a valid name for the above genus. Baillon recognized this fact, and proposed Cantingimu, without, however, giving the species; but since there is no other name available it is adopted here. Canarium indicum. Java almond. Family Balsameaceae. Local names.—Brea hlanca (Guam, Philippines); Pili (Philippines). A large tree yielding an aromatic resin known in commerce as Manila elemi. Leaves alternate, odd pinnate; leaflets 7 to 9, ovate or oblong elliptical, acuminate, glabrous; flowers in terminal puberulous panicles. Drupe ellipsoidal, subtrigonous, «tipons' Encyclopedia, vol. 2, p. 1422, 1882 DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE 211 with a hard, bony stone, which is trigonous or three-lobed, terminating at each end in a sharp point. The stone or nut is called "pili," or almond, in the Philippine**. This tree ha* been sparingly introduced into Guam. In his I si as Marianas (Manila, 1887) Don Francisco Olive y Garcia ^ives a catalogue of the trees growing on the island and mentions a single specimen of brea. This, however, is important, since it shows that the climate and soil of Guam are suitable for its propagation. RKKKKKM'ES: Canarinm ijidlnun Stiekman, Herb. Ainh. 1754; Amoen. A cad. 4:143. 1759. Canarium commune L. Mailt. 1: 127. 1767. Oanavali ensiforme. Sword bean. Sabre kkan. Family Fal>aceae. Local names.—Akankan (Guam); l'alang-palang (Philippines); Horsebean (Jamaica); .lack bean (Brit. W. Indies). A twining creeper; leaves pinnaWly trifoliolatc, leaflets cordate-ovate, ovate-oblong, or ovate, rather acute; flowers in axillary racemes, the ]>eduncles and racemes each 7.5 to 15 cm. long; corolla purplish or white, papilionaceous, more than twice as long as the calyx; calyx deep, the limb 2-lipped, the upper lip projecting, entire or emarginate, the lower shortly 3-toothed; pod 15 to 25 cm. long, linear-oblong, flattish, with a distinct rib on each valve near the upj>er suture, 8 to 12 seeded; seeds white, ovoid-oblong, subcompressed. Common in thickets and hedges everywhere in I lie Tropics. In Guam the racemes of purple flowers are conspicuous by the roadsides. The vernacular name Akankan signifies " molar teeth," from the appearance of the seeds. In some countries it is cultivated for the sake of its long esculent pods, the white-flowered and white-seeded varieties being considered the best for this purpose. It is a perennial. Though the pods are coarse in appearance, when sliced and boiled they are tender and scarcely inferior to French 1 leans." The mature beans roasted and ground have been used in Texas as n substitute for coffee. They are indigestible unites deprived of their outer skin. Experiments have proved these 1 leans to be unsuitable for stock food. & Rkfkhencks: Cnnarafi ensiforme (L.) DC. Prod. 2: 404. 1825, as ' 'anara/ia cnxifonni*. Dofickox t'lixiformis L. Sp. PI. 2: 725. 175(1. Canavali obtueifolium. Skasidk hkav. Local names.—Akankan-tasi (Guam); Palang-palang (Philippines); Mata de la Playa (Porto Rico); Mata de Costa (Cuba). A glabrous perennial creeper; leaves piunately trifoliolate, haflets thicker than those of the preceding species, oltovate, obtuse, or sometimes emarginate; racemes few- flowered, usually overtopping the leaves; flowers in axillary racemes, corolla pur- plish; pod oblong, few-seeded., 10 to 12.5 cm. long; seeds usually chestnut-colored, opaque, ovoid, sul>compressed. A strand plant widely distributed on tropical shores. In Guam, as in most places, it is associated with the goat's-foot convolvulus (Ipomoea pttt-capme). It is useful as a binder of loose sand. Rkkkrencks: Canarali obtftxifoliiiin (Lam.) DC. Prod. 3:404. 1825, as Canaval'm nixiformi*. Dolichoti ohtUHifolittx Lam. Jfincyc. 2: 295. 1780. Canavalia. Sec Canavali. Canci6n (Guam). A young coconut having a sweetish, edible rind. Candlenut. See Aictntfy muhiectrw. « Firminger, Man. Gardening for Itengal, ed. 4, p. 150. ^Lloyd and Moore. Feeding for beef. Mississippi Bull., No. 39, p. 100, Aug., 1890. 212 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM. Canna Indies. Canna. Inijian shot. Family Cannaceae. Local names.— Mafigo halom-tano (Guam); Fana-manu (Samoa); Aliipoe (Hawaii); Oafia de cuentas, Coyol (Mexico): Blumenrohr (German); Balisier de l'lnde (French). A well-known plant cultivated nil over the world for ornamental purposes and growing without cultivation in moat tropical countries. Stem erect, about 90 to 120 cm. high; leaves large, oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, clasping the stem; flowers red; sepals 3, imbricate; petals 3, narrow, subequal, with recurved tips; staminodes 3, longer than the petals; ovary 3-celled, the cells with many ovules; style linear, flat, growing together below with the staminodial whorl, free above; stigma apical, often decurrent on one side; capsule warty; seeds round, black, very hard. In India the seed are sometimes used for shot and are made into necklaces and other ornaments: They yield a purple dye, but it is not permanent. An allied species, Gamut edulis, is cultivated in the West Indies for the sake of the starch derived from its fleshy rhizomes. In Colombia starch is obtained from Canna indica, but it is not so good as that of Qmu digitate slender unilateral spikes, not jointed at the base; grain laterally com pressed. This plant is distributed throughout all warm countries. In India it is an impor- tant forage plant and is much used for lawns. On account of its usefulness and l>eauty the Hindoos have celebrated it in their writings, and the native Hawaiians hold it in great esteem. It thrives where scarcely any other grass will grow, even in poor soil shaded by trees. It is useful in binding down the sand near the sea, and on the low sandy soil of Agafta, the capital of Guuiu, it forms beautiful soft turf. When once established in cultivated fields it is hard to eradicate. In India the young leaves are eaten by the natives and a cooling drink is made of the roots. It is readily propagated by cuttings. When required for lawns a sufficient quantity can easily l)e collected from the roadside and waste places. The ground is dug and leveled and the rootstocks cut into small pieces set out at intervals of about 30 centi- meters. The plat should be watered until the grass has established itself. "A more expeditious and very successful plan of laying down a lawn is to pull up a quantity of grass by the roots, chop it tolerably fine, mix it well in a comjtost of mud of about the consistency of mortar, and spread it out thinly over the piece of ground where the lawn is required. In a few days the grass will spring up with great regularity over the plat."" In establishing a pasture the grass .should lie planted at intervals of 50 centimeters in rows one meter apart. References : C'af/riola daclylon (L.) Kuntze, Rev. < pepper. Cayenne pepper. Family Solanaceae. Ij mm. in diameter. In the Philippines it is called "chileng bundok." References: Otpxiruin Jrith'xcenx L. Sp. 1'1. 1: ISO. 1 TAX. Capsicum groasutn. Same as Capsicum amnuon yrossum. Capulao (Philippines). See Ilcrprtiru dlaht. Carambola. See .1 ccrrhou cartwiboUi. Carapa moluccensis. Same as A'ylocttrpim yranatum. Cardiospermum balicacabum. Balloon vine. Family Sapindaceae. Local namus.—Farolitos, Romhillas (Spanish). A climbing herb, with wiry stem and branches, and alternate biternate leaves; leaf- lets coarsely dentate; flowers irregular, polygamo-dioeeiouH, in axillary racemes, "white, very small; lowest pair of [Ktdieels developed into spiral tendrils; sepals 4, concave, the two outer ones small; }>etals4, in pairs, the 2 greater lateral ones usually adhering to the sepals; stamens H, excentric; ovary X-eel led; style short, trifid; ovules solitary; fruit an inflated, broadly pear-shaped capsule. This plant is widely distributed throughout the Tropics. Its root given in decoc- tion is said to be aperient. On the Malabar coast the leaves are administered in pulmonary complaints. In the Moluccas the leaves are cooked as a vegetable. It was collected by t iaudichaud on the island of Rota. References: 1 'urdioxpcrmiun Italtcacahttm L. Sp. IM. 1: XOU. 1753. Carex densiflora. Sedue. Family Cyperaceae. A sedge with numerous dense, lanceolate spikelets, arranged in a branching, braeted spike; spikelets androgynous, staminate above, pistillate below; scales tipped with a bristle, the female nearly round, the male ovate-lanceolate, bristles rough; ovary inclosed in an oblong, compressed, striate perigynium, contracted at the top, with a small bidentate opening through which protrudes the 2-cleft style; perigyn- DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE. 215 ium rough-edged, longer than the scaly bract; culm (stem) 3-sided, the sides chan- neled (triquetrous), smooth, shorter than the rough-edged broad leaves. This species was described by Presl from specimens collected by Haenke in Guam. REFERENCES: Cttrr.f ilni.'iijlora 1 Yes!, Rel. Haenk. 3: 204. 1K28. Carex fuirenoides. Seixie. A wedge with androgynous spikelets; male flowers with 8 stamens, female flow- ers with 3 styles; panicles spike-like, axillary and terminal, solitary, with long peduncles, clusters numerous; spikelets oblong-cylindrical, pistillate below, stami- niiie atwve; scales tnaiiy-nerved, male ovate-oblong, mucronate-subaristate, dark- hyaline, female scales ovate-subrotund, with rounded apex, annulate, veined, smooth, dark-hyaline; perigyuia obovate-oblong, with attenuated beaks, slightly curved, ribbed, dark-brown, smooth, twice the length of the scale; l)eak rough on the upper margin, hidentate at the orifice. I in mature aehene obovate-oblong, tri- gonal, terminated by the persistent thickish base of the style. This species \yas descrilied by (iauiiichaud from specimens collected in Guam. References: Oii'tx fnirenoidt's (iaudich. I ><>t. Freyc. Voy. 412. 1826. Carica papaya. Papaw. Family Caricaceae. Local names.—Papaya (Spanish); Lechoso (Mexico); Papai, Maneo, Mamerio (Brazil); Mamon (Paraguay); Papaya, Kapayo, Capayo (Philippines); I'M tane (male), Ksi fa fine (female) (Samoa). A tree suggesting a palm in its habit of growth, bearing a crown of large palmately- lolted, long-stalked leaves on a slender, straight, fleshy trunk, which is normally tmbranched. It is usually dioecious, the staminate (male) and the pistillate (female) flowers being borne on separate trees, the former funnel-shaped having 10 anthers inserted on the throat of the corolla; the latter larger, 5-petaled, with one pistil bearing a 'Waved stigma. Occasionally trees are found with hermaphrodite flow- ers. All parts of the plant abound in milky juice, or latex, which has remarkable pepsin-like digestive properties. The melon-shaped fruit grows from the axils of the lower leaves, the normal fruit from the female flowers being sessile, while that from the hermaphrodite flowers is borne on long pedicels. The milky juice from the unripe fruit when rubbed on meat has the property of making it tender. By exj>eriiiient it has been found that this juice is more efficacious than pepsin in dissolving albumen and muscular fibre. From the half-ripe fruits a proteolytic ferment has been derived which dif&mm from pepsin in that its action on proteids goes on in neutral or alkaline solutions as well as in acid solutions. From the seeds of the papaw aglucoside called caricin has been obtained; from the leaves an alkaloid called carpalne, the physiological action of which is similar to that of digitalis, a heart depressant. In commerce there are a number of prepara- tions claiming to he the ferment of the papaw, sold under the name of papaiu, papayotin, caroid, papoid, etc. On examination of several of these substances they were found by Mr. F. B. Kilmer to be merely the dried and powdered latex of the papaw, bearing the name relation to the true separate! ferment as the dried mucous membrane of the stomach might bear to purified pepsin. A series of experiments was carried on by Mr. Kilmer demonstrating beyond a doubt the digestive properties of the true papaw ferments." Papaw s ure very easily grown. They spring up spontaneously in open places and clearings in the forest, especially where the undergrowth has been burned, from seeds dropped by birds. The tree grows rapidly, the leaves falling off as the trunk shoots a Nee Kilmer, The fftorv of the Papaw, American Journal of Pharmacy, vol. 7.'i, pp. 272, 336, and 883, MKH. 216 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM upward leaving the trunk marked regularly with Bears. The leaf-stems are hol- low, and in Guam are often used as trumpets by the natives, some of whom are skillful in Bounding military bugle calls upon them. The root in turnip-shaped, the lower part extending deep into the earth Keeking moisture and giving stability to the tree. The wood in soft, white, and, spongy, and decays rapidly. It is useless. The trunk of a tree can be cut through by a single stroke of a machete. Before ripening the fruits are green. On reaching maturity they become yellow and squash- like. They may be eaten either with salt or sugar. To a novice they are inferior in flavor to a musk melon. They vary in size and shape. Those growing in Guam are small and inferior to the varieties cultivated in countries where they are used as a food-staple. They contain a great number of dark-brown seeds, which turn black in drying and have a mustard-like pungent flavor. The fruit developes so rapidly that buds of flowers and ripe fruits are often seen on a tree at the same time. The papaw is a native of tropical America, but it has ltecome established through- out the entire tropical world. Jn Guam it appears spontaneously in waste places. Little attention is given to it by the natives. Though they eat it if other kinds of fruit be scarce, they do not appear to esteem it as an article of food. References : Carica papaya L. Sp. PI. 2:103(>. 17n3. Caricature plant. See (iraptopliylhtm pictum. C&rinta herb ace a. Groundhkrry. Family Rubiaceae. Local namhs.—Bejueo guara (Cuba); Naunau, Matamata-Aitu (Samoa); Kapu- kapu (Karotonga); Karinta kali (Malay Archipelago). A small, slender, creeping, perennial herb, Waring red, fleshy 1 terries, somewhat like those of the partridge berry (Mitchella repeim). Leaves long-petioled, more or less pubescent, orbicular, deeply cordate, stipules interpetiolar, ovate, obtuse; flowers small, white, growing in 1 to 6-flowered pcduncled umbels; bracts linear, lanceolate; calyx tube obovoid, segments 5 to 7, slender, herbaceous, persistent; corolla salver-shaped, glabrous, throat hairy, lol>es 4 to 7, valvate in bud; stamens 4 to 7, inserted on the corolla tube, included; stigma 2-fid; ovary 2-celled, the cells 1-ovuled; ovules erect; berry a fleshy drupe, with 2 plano-convex pyrenes; seeds plano-convex, not grooved ventrally. This plant is widely distributed in the Tropics. It is common in the woods of Samoa, Fiji, and other islands of the Pacific, in the Andaman Islands, Malay Archi- pelago, Ceylon, South China, and in tropical America. It is said to possess medicinal properties similar to those of the allied Ecca ipecacuanha1* of New Granada and Brazil, but of inferior quality, '' References: Carinta kerbacea (Jac<|.). Psychotria herhacea Jacq. Knum. PI, Carib. 16. 1760. (haphiia renifnnnie Don, Prod. Fl. Nep. 136.1825. Geophila was first proposed in 1803 for a genus of Liliaceae and is therefore not available for the rubiaceous genus so named by Don. Carinta is an adaptation of the Malayan name of this plant, Karinta kali. Oarxnona heterophylla Cav. Same as Ehrttia microphylta, Carrizo (Spanish), See Trichoon ro.rhurghii. <* £vea ipecacuanha (Brot.) Callicocca ipecacuanha Brot. Trans. Linn. Soc. 6: 137. t. 11. 1802. _ Vragoga ipecacuanha (Brot.) Baill. Hist. 1*1. 7: 281. 1880. 6 Watt, Dictionary of the Economic Products of India, vol. 3, p. 488, 1890. DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE. 217 CaryophylluB malaccensis. Malay apple. Family Myrtaceae. IxtcAL names.—Macupa, Makupa (Philippines and Guam); Kavika (Fiji); Nonu-fi'afl'a (Samoa); Ahia (Tahiti); Ohia (Hawaii). A tree of medium size, bearing a profusion of white, purple, or ml flowers, with tuftH of stamens of the same color aw the corolla. These are followed by an abun- dance of fruit having a fragrant, apple-like odor and a delicate flavor. Leaves large, glossy, ovate, elliptic or obovate-oblong, attenuate at each end; inflorescence cen- tripetal with solitary axillary flowers, or in short racemes (leafless branches), or centrifugal in dense terminal cymes; calyx globose or more or less elongate, pro- duced beyond the ovary, with 4 or rarely 5 rounded lobes; petals 4, rarely n; stamens many; ovary 2-celled, rarely 3-celled, with several ovules in each cell; style filiform, stigma small; fruit nearly round, crowned by the scar of the calyx lobes; seed usu- ally 1. This tree occurs on nearly all the larger islands of the tropical Pacific and in the Malay Archipelago. It has been introduced into Guam comparatively recently and is by no means common. In Hawaii, Samoa, and Fiji it is very highly esteemed by the natives, more for its beauty than for its fruit. The ancient Hawaiians made their idols of its wood, and the tree figures in the myths of the Fijians. The etymological identity of the Fijian, Samoan, Tabitiau, and Hawaiian names of this tree is interest- ing, indicating, as it does, an acquaintance wit h it before the separation of the various divisions of the Polynesians or its introduction from one group of islands to the others, together with its name. References: (kinjuphylluH rtialacccntt 'ts (L.). Eugenia malaceemia L. !S|>. PI. 1: 470,1753. Jamhofwi malacceymx DC. Prod. 3: 28H. 1828. The genus Oaryophyllus was published by Linnoms in 1753 with a single species, C. aromaticux, which has since been referred to Jam bos Adanson, or Jambosa, as written by many authors. Adanson's name, however, is of later date, and must therefore be displaced by the Linnwau name i>f the genus. Casay (Philippines). See Arfewtntlwra paronhia. Cascabeles (Spanish). See Crotuhirla fjithn/iu/uHa. Cashew. See Anacardium ociudertUtle. Casoy (Philippines). See Anacardium ocritlfiitati'. Cassava. See Manihot mtmiltol. CasBia alata. Same as Herpetica alnta. Cassia angustissima Lam. Same as Caxxta mhitow'tden. Cassia esculenta Koxb. Same as (,'axxie advantageously given in small doses in cases of habitual eostiveness (4 to S giii.), and in doses of one or tw<> ounces {HO to til) gm.) it acts a* a purgative. Rkkkkencbs: (\innitt Jixtnfu L. Sp. 1*1. 1: .'177. 17AX. Cassia mimosoides. Tea henna. Local namks.—Kobo-cha, Nemu-cha, Ichinen-cha (Japan). A low diffuse perennial, with slender, shrubby, finely downy branches. Leaves resembling those of the sensitive plant, 2.5 to 7.5 cm. long, with a solitary sessile gland on the rachis below the leaflets; leaflets (M) to 101), linear, rigidly coriaceous, 3 to 3,5 mm. long, obliquely mucronate, with the midrib close to the upper iMinler; stipules large, linear-subulate, persistent; flowers yellow, 1 or 2 in the axils of the leaves on short jnulicels; sepals lanceolate-acuminate, bristly; corolla little exaerted; stamens 10, alternately longer and shorter; pod strap-shaped, flat, dehis- cent, X.5 to 5 cm. long byit.fi mm. broad, nearly straight, glabrewcent or finely downy; septa more or less oblique. In Japan, where it grows both wild and in cultivation, the young stein and leaves are cut and dried as a substitute for tea. References: Ctixxitrmimoxoi'lt'* L. Sp. 11 1: 175M. Cassia occidentals. ('offer senna. Nisoro cokfkk. Ijo<*ai, n.vmus.—Mumutun sable (Guam); Tialntong aso ( Philippines); I rijo- lillo (Panama); Hierba hodionda (Cuba); Hcdionda (Porto liico); Rantamare (Senegal); Herlie puante (French). A glabrous, ill-smelling weed, (SO to 00 cm. high, with abruptly pinnate leaves, hav- ing a single large ovate gland just above the base of the petiole. Leaflets 4 to l> pairs, without glands between them, ovate-lanceolate or lanceolate, rounded at the base, acute. 2.5 to 7.5 cm. long, glabrous on both sides, or finely pubescent; flowers yellow, pedicel led; racemes short, closely crowded, axillary; stamens 10, the upper % inij>er- fect; calyx lobes oblong, obtuse, glabrous; pod linear, glabrous, 10 to 12.5 cm. long by 2.5 to 7.5 cm. broad, somewhat curved, its margins thickened. This plant is of wide distribution in the Tropics, and in the warmer temperate regions of the globe. It was introduced into Guam more than a century ago, and is common in abandoned clearings, in waste places, and along the l>cach. The seeds, sometimes called " negro coffee," are used in some parts of the world as a substitute for coffee and are said to be a febrifuge. In Senegambia an infusion of the roasted seeds having an agreeable flavor not. unlike coffee is used by the natives. This plant has been used as a remedy for stomach troubles, nervous asthma, and "United States Dispensatory, p. ;WI, 1809. T DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE. 219 typhoid fever. The root is especially active, and the leaves arc used medicinally in many countries, especially in Dahomey, Africa, where they are one of the most important drugs used in the hospitals in the treatment of certain fevers." They are purgative and antiherpetic. Large quantities are received annually at Bordeaux and Marseille. In 1S97 nearly 100 tons of the seed was imported into Europe. In 1898 the value of the exj>ort from Senegal amounted to 1,000 francs. Hkkkkk.vces: Cnxxiit occiods. Leaf with a single large gland placed just above the base of the petiole; leaflets 0 to 12 pairs, lanceolate or oblong-lanceolate, acute, without glands between them; flowers yellow, racemes terminal or axillary, few-flowered; stamens 10, the upper .'1 ini|»erfoct; pods glabrous, many-seeded, linear, turgid; suture keeled; seeds horizontal, with cellular partitions. The leaves are variable in shape and size. A common variety in (iuam has the leaves smaller and more obtuse than the typical form. The single gland on the petiole and the size and shape of the leaves will nerve to distinguish this species from the others on the island. Widely spread in the Tropics, fn India the leaves are eaten by natives in their curries. An infusion of the bark ban been given as a remedy for diabetes; and the bruised leaves and bark of the root, powdered and mixed with honey, are applied externally in ringworm and ulcers. As in the ease of C, occ'tdenhdix, the smell of the plant is disagreeable. REFEKKNCES: ('utisiu wtphera L. Sp. PI. 1: 379. 1753, Cassia tora. Low senna. Local names.—Mumutiin adamelon, Mmmitmi palaoan (Guam). An annual glabrous undershrub, with even pinnate leaves. Leaflets 2 to 4 pairs, a gland on the rachis between the lowest pair, and sometimes between the next pair, but never between the uppermost; stipules linear-subulate, at length deciduous; leaf- lets thin, obovate, obtuse; (lowers yellow, small, in pairs or in short axillary few- flowered racemes; calyx lobes oblong, obtuse; stamens 10, the anthers of the upper 3 imperfect; pod linear, very slender, strongly curved, 15 to 2.5 cm. long by li mm. wide, membranous, the sutures very broad, the seeds flattened in the same direction as the pod. Of world-wide distribution in the Tropics. In (iuam it has been a common weed for more than a century. The leaves are mucilaginous and ill smelling. They are said to be aperient. In India they are fried in castor oil and applied to ulcers. The root, rublted with lime juice, is a remedy for ringworm. References: Cttxxia tora L. &p. PI. 1; 370. 1753. Cassytha filiformis. Wire vine. Dodder i.a i~kru Family Lauraceae. Local names.—Mayrfgas {(iuam); Devil's guts (Australia). A leafless, wiry, twining parasitic plant with the habit of Cuscuta, very common in thickets, adhering to branches of other plants by means of small protuberances or "Wildeman, Les I'lantes Tropicales de Grande Culture, p. 72-73 (Brussels, lft02). 220 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM, suckers. Flowers small, white, remote, in small spikes; perianth with 3 inner equal obovate lobes and 3 outer minute ones; fertile stamens 9, the 3 inner ones with 2 glands at the base, the filaments of the 3 outer ones petal-like, of the 6 others filiform; fruit round, one-seeded, inclosed by the perianth and crowned by its lobes; ovary free, style short, stigma depressed. Rrpkkknces: Cam/tha jiliformis L. Sp. PI. 1: 1753. Casta (Philippines). See Jatropha mm«. 0aator-bean. See liieimtn a»iumtnis. Casuarina equisetifolia. Polynesian ironwood. Pi,ate xi.i. Family Casuarinaceae. Local names,—Gago (Guam); A go I to (Philippines); Toa (Samoa, Rarotonga); Aito (Tahiti); Swamp oak, She-oak, Beef-wood (Australia). A leafless tree with drooping branches, somewhat like a pine in general appear- ance. Branches 6 to 8-angled or terete, jointed like the stems of an Kquieetum, with 6 to 8 sheath teeth at the joints. The genus to which the plant belongs, though formerly classed with the conifers, is now recognized as the only known genus of a distinct family. The flowers are unisexual, the staminate in cylindrical terminal spikes and the pistillate in dense heads borne in the axils and ripening into a cone, which is corky and buoyant and incloses winged seeds (see p. 75). The wood is heavy, strong, and very hard, of a red color when fresh, but turning a dark brown with age. It is excellent for fuel. In Samoa the natives make spears and war clubs of it. In Guam it is scarcely at all utilized, as it is hard to work. In the Hawaiian Islands it has been planted along the sea Iteach and grows rapidly and readily. It loves sandy soil, and will grow in brackish localities. The natives of Samoa prize it so highly that they often plant it near their dwellings. There a large tree is seldom seen, and the young trees are straight and spindling. At VVaikiki, near Honolulu, there is a beautiful avenue of it, planted within comparatively recent time. There the trees grow straight. In Guam it is abundant along sandy 1 teaches, especially on the east shore of the island. It also grows on the high "sabanas," where it is usually the only tree, but it never grows within the forest. All the Guam trees have twisted and gnarled trunks, from the effect of hurricanes. The species is of wide tropical distribution. It. is indigenous in Australia, on the Malayan Islands, and on the eaat side of the Bay of Bengal, and occurs on many islands of the Pacific, extending eastward to the Marquesas and northward to the Mariannes. It is cultivated in many warm countries, including the Hawaiian Islands, southern Florida, California, and Uruguay. Rkkerencks: Ccmiari n a eq u Iseiifol !a Stick man, Herb, Amb. 1754; Amoen. Acad. 4: 14X. 17f)9. Gaaue (Guam). See Anarardium widenfah. Cathartocarpus fistula Pers. Same as < 'uxxiu jitfuht. Cator (Philippines). See Jatrojiha enrran. Caturai (Guam, Philippines). See Atjtdi fh>ra. Cauayang' time (Philippines). See 1 iambus bhaneana Caudolejeunia. See under Heputine. Caulerpa. See under Algte. Cay am (Ce bu). See Boron ed ulis, Cayenne pepper. See Capsicum, annvuvi ceraMforme and C. fruteseenfi. Ce¬huB asiaticus. Same as (blubrina askUica. Oebolla (Spanish). See AUium cepa. Cebolla halom-tano (Guam). An orchid, Lu'ma teretifolia. CdFvtr, Nat. Herb. Vof. IX, Plate XLI. Casuahina eqimsetifolia. Male Inflorescence, Female: Inflorescence, an Fruit. Slightly Reduced. C--' !' N.il 7 ■■ X Plate XLII CEIiiA PENTANDRA, THE KaPOK ThEE. LtAF AND OrtNLD POD. SHOWING Coi ton-like Floss. Natural Sue. DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE. 221 Ceboya (Philippines). See Allium cepa and Gardens. Ceiba casearia. Same as Celba pentandra. Ceiba pentandra, Kapok. Plate xlii. Family Bombacaceae. Local names.—AIgodon de Manila (Spanish); Atgodon de Manila (Guam); Doldol, Capoe, Kapok, Bubui (Philippines); Kapok (Java); Iinbul, Pulun- imbul (Ceylon); Ceiba (Cuba, Central America); Silk-cotton tree (Brit. YV. Indies). A tall tree with a straight trunk, prickly when young, with whorls of horizontal branches, palmately compound, deciduous leaves, and mallow-like flowers appearing before the leaves, followed by pods containing silky floss. Leaflets 5 to 8, lanceolate, cuspidate, entire or serrulate toward the point, glaucous beneath; petioles as long as or longer than the leaflets; stipule* small, deciduous; petals 5, united at the base; stamens in 5 bundles; filaments joined at the base, each bearing 2 versatile anfrac- tuose anthers; style crowned with a 5 or fi-clcft stigma; capsule cucumber-shaped, woody when mature, 5-celled, 5-valved; cells many-seeded; seeds embedded in the floss v down. The color of the flowers of this species varies. In Guam they are white, yellowish within; in the Y\rest Indies there is a variety with rose-colored flowers. There is some difference Iletween trees growing in the Kast Indies and in the West Indies, and some botanists have regarded them as distinct species. The trunks of the young trees of both are armed with stout, sharp protuberances; but in the West Indian tree they are often swollen or ventricose in shape, while those of the East Indies are straight and tapering. No difference, however, can be discovered in herbarium specimens great enough to warrant their being separated." A common tree in Guam, growing near ranches and along the roadside, sometimes used for marking the boundary lietween adjacent farms. In Java the trees are grown along the roadsides for telephone poles. The wood is soft and white and is not utilized on the island. The silky floss can not be spun. In Guam it is used for stuffing cushions and pillows. It is brittle, elastic, and very inflammable. In India it is used in the manufacture of fireworks. In commerce it is known as "kapok," and was first brought to notice by the Dutch, who drew their supply from Java. It is now uped in upholstery, and has the virtue of not Incoming matted. RKFKHKXCKK: Cciho )U'ii(a)idru (L.) Gaertn. Fruct. 2 : 244. /. 133. f. 1.1791. jwnhmdnun L. Hp. l'l. 1: 511. 175%. Krtndrntirou vate-leaved marsh pennywort (United States). A perennial herb closely allied to Hydrocotyle, with prostrate stems, rooting and sending up tufts of long-petioled leaves at the nodes, together with L to X long-rayed uinbellets of small white flowers, the true ihhIk'1 sessile. Leaves not peltate, ovate, rather thick, rounded at apex, broadly cordate at base, refwind-dentate; pedicels much shorter than the leaves; umbelleta capitate, 2 to 4-flowered, subtended by 2 ovate bracts; flowers pink, nearly sessile; fruit prominently ribbed and reticulated. A plant growing in wet shady places, widely spread in warm countries. In India *For the synonymy of this species see Notes on Ceiba, by James Britten and Edmund G. Baker, Journal of Botany, April, 1896. 222 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM. the loaves, which arc hitter, are toasted and given in infusion to children in I towel complaints and fevers, and they are applied as a remedy for bruises to check inflammation. On the Malabar coast the plant is one of the remedies for leprosy, for which it ia said to he an excellent si>ecifie.« In southern Africa and in India it is lined as an alterative to purify the blood. It is said to be of value in syphilitic- and scrofulous affections. Rkkkkemes: Cent elk i awtlU'a (L.) Urban in Mart. Fl. Bras. 11287. 1X79. IhjdrocotyU' cm. long by about 3 cm. broad, many- nerved, glabrous or sparsely hairy, midrib oblique, sheath glabrous or hairy, ligule short, lacerate; panicle 20 to 25 cm. long and broad, branches smooth; spike lets 3.5 to (i mm. long, green; rachilla scalterulous; pal eat often decurrent. on the rachilla Itelow the glume. The upper pa lea ia rather firm, very sharply 2-keeled, and even at the ttme of flowering bow-shaped and bent outward. The nj>eeies is of wide tropical distribution. It grows near the beach and in damp upland regions. It is an excellent fodder grass. It is common in central India and southward to Malacca, in the Andaman Islands and Ceylon, China, tropical Africa, and the Philippines. In the Pad tie it has been collected in Samoa, Admiralty Islands, and the Caroline group. Rkfkrknces: Ve.nUrihem lappacea (L.) Desv. Nouv. Bull, Soc. Phi lorn. 2:189. 1810. (htchrus tappaceus L. Hp. PI. ed. 2. 2:1488.17(iH. Ceratopteris gaudichaudii. Same as Ceratopterix llmlictroidcn. Ceratopteris thalictroides. Water fern. Local na.\ii<>.—Umug sensonyan (Guam); Midsu warabi (Japan), An aquatic fern with divided fronds, eaten in Guam as a salad and in Japan as a pot herb. The divisions of the fertile fronds are linear and much narrower than those of the sterile ones. Rkferences: Cfraiopteri# thaliefroidcs (L.) Brogn. Bull. Hoc. Philom. 1821: 186, pi. [1]. 1821. Aerontirhittn tlwfief.ro'idex L. Sp. PI. 2:1070.1753. Cestrum nocturnum, Xioht-bi.ooming cehtium. Faniilv Solanaceae. Local namks.—Dam a de nocbe ((iuain and Philippines); (4alan de noche (Culta). A glabrous shrub with greenish yellow tubular flowers which are very fragrant at night. Leaves alternate, entire, ovate or ovate-oblong, with a rather blunt point; racemes cymose, peduneled, exceeding the petiole; inferior pedicels often as long as the calyx; calyx 5-dentate, about one-third as long as the corolla-tube; teeth ovate, roundish, or deltoid; corolla-tube clavate, gradually tapering, glabrous; hibes ovate. « Drury, Useful Plants, India, p. 257. DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE 223 blunt; stamens 5, included, inserted above the middle of (be corolla-tul)e; filaments longer than the anthers, puberulous lielow, entire, or bearing a tooth above the base; berry ovoid-oblong. The odor of tlu; Mowers is very penetrating. At a distance it resembles that of valerian, but at close range it is rank and overpowering, whence tlie name fWruw. jbelidiwhuuM applied to this species by Jacquin. This plant in of West Indian origin; it is widely cultivated in the Tropics. It was introduced into . Oestrum pallidum. Ink berry. Local names.—Tintan-Ohina, i. e., " Chinese-ink berry" (Guam). A glabrous shrub 1.5 to 2.5 meters high. Branches terete; leaves alternate, ellip- tical-oblong or oblong-ovate, blunt-pointed, petiolatc, green above, paler beneath, glabrous, 5 to 10 cm. long bv 3.5 cm. broad; racemes cymose, with rather long peduncles, axillary and terminal; Howers nearly sessile, small, about 12 mm. long; corolla tubular, clavate, the lobes very short, rounded, recurved; stamens 5 or (>, included, alternating with the corolla lobes, inserted near the throat, filaments usually about as long as the anthers; pistil I, style long and slender, slightly exserted, stigma capitate; berry ovoid, fleshy, about the size of a poke berry, tilled with purple juice, few-seeded; calyx cam pa nu late, 5-toothed, the teeth short, and rounded, ciliolate. J am not <|uite certain as to the identity of this plant. It corresponds very closely with the description given by Grisebach of ('wlrinn pallidum Lam." In Guam the flowers are white. They are day-blooming and have a slight fragrance of V. noctur- num. In l>eCandolle's Prodromus it is stated that the berries are poisonous, but this is probably a mistake, since they are an important article of food for the pigeons and other fruit-eating birds of (iuam, by means of which the plant has lieen spread all over the island. It is of comparatively recent introduction. None of the early collectors mention it. The berries of the allied ('estruia (anatitm oi Mexico yield a black dye. Rkkeuexces: Ci'slrnrn pallidum Lam. Eneye. 1: 17S'->. Ceylon moss. See (irwihiriti ro»J<'noi. The lemon, of oval shape, and terminating in a nipple, called "limon real" by the natives of Guam. See Citrus medica Hmtm, 7. The acid lime, small, spherical, with a thin, smooth skin, called "limon " by the natives of Guam. See Citrus hystrix' acida. 8. The shaddock, which often grows to a great size. See Citrus decumana. For the citrus*like shrub called "lcmoncito" see Triphasia trifotmta. Citrus aurantium saponacea Safford, subsp. nov. Soap okange. Family Rutaceae. Local namks.—Kdhei, Kdhet (Guam); KahOl, Cahdl, Cajel (Philippines); Naranjo agrio, Naranjo cimarron (Spanish); Moli, Moli-vao (Samoa); Moli, Moli-kurukuru (Fiji). The wild orange of Guam is identical with the " moli" of Fiji and Samoa, and, as in those island groups, it is apparently indigenous or of prehistoric introduction. It is not edible. The saponaceous fruit is used by the natives of Guam not only for washing the hair, as in several other Pacific islands, but also as a substitute for soap in washing clothing. The macerated leaves also form a lather with water. They are fragrant, and may l>e used, as in Fiji, for washing the hair. Seemann '' desig- nates this orange as Citrx# atfynrix Kisso, and says that it is called the " bitter or Seville orange " by the white settlers. It can not, however, be identical with the cultivated variety known under this name, which is identified with Citrus bigaradia Duhamel, and called by Kngler e the subspecies of Citrus aurantium L. That recognized form, the //'i/iicninze of the Germans, is the source of orange marma- lade and of the fragrant Neroli oil, so extensively used in perfumery. Tn noting the distribution of the subspecies anntra Kngler does not mention the islands of the Pacific Ocean; and in Schumann and Lauterhach'' the species is not mentioned, though the authors are careful to note other plants occurring in the Marianne Islands, and they could not fail to know of the occurrence of an indigenous orange identical with that recorded bv Seemann from Fiji and by Reinecke from Samoa.e The petioles of this wild orange are usually broadly winged and the leaves are aromatic. The fruit has very much the appearance of the cultivated sweet orange. a Flora Indica, vol. 3, p. 391, 1832. & Flora Viticnsis, p. 32, 18fio to 1873. c Nat. Pflanzenfaniilien Teil 3, abt. 4, p. 108, 1806, <1 Flora der deutschen Schntzgebiete in der Siidsee, 1001. f Cit.ru $ vulgar in Risso. Miichtige Billion1 im linsch der Berge, Ffiichte mit fester, gell>er Schale, die nach dem abfallen austnxknen und steinhart werden. Der Baum scheint auf den Inseln, wie auch auf Viti heimiscb da er auf alien Insebi bis hoch in die Berge hinaufsteigt. Der ausgepresste Fruchtsaft, sowie die macerirte Blatter, schiiumen l)eim Reiben und werden als Kopfwaschwasser, sowie Ijesonders %um Auswaschen des Kalkes aus den Haaren, von den Eingeborenen viel benutzt. (F. Reinecke, Die Flora der Samoa-Insoln, Engler's Jahrb., vol. 25, pp. 642-3, 1 SOW. ) DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE 227 It is of a light yellow color when ripe, and the skin hardens and becomes shell-like on drying. In Guam it is a common sight to see scores of women and girls standing waist deep in the river with an oblong shallow wooden tray fbatea) before them either afloat or resting on a rock. On this tray the linen is spread, rubbed with orange pulp, and vigorously scrubl>ed with a corncob. Often the entire surface of the river where the current is sluggish is covered with decaying oranges. In Samoa the name for the wild orange, "moli," has been applied to soap, and the introduced sweet oranges are distinguished as "moli-'aina," or "edible moli." Citrus aurantium sinensis. Sweet orance. Local names.—Cdhet, Kt'ihct (Guam); Cahcl, Kahf'l, Dalanrfan (Philippines); Cajel (Mexico); Moli-'aina (Samoa); Moli in Tahiti (Fiji); Chinadnice (Porto Rico); Naranjo chino, Naranjo dulce (Spanish); Naranghi (Hindustan). An introduced fruit tree. Young shoots and leaves glabrous; spines axillary, soli- tary; leaves alternate, 1-foliolate, coriaceous, persistent, leaflet elliptic or ovate, acute, obtuse, or acuminate; petiole often broadly winged, especially in young shoots; flowers white, sweet scented; ovary many-celled; style simple, stout decidu- ous; stigma capitate; ovules 4 to 8 in each cell; stamens 20 to (SO, inserted round a large disk, filaments variously connate; fruit globose, pulp sweet, yellow, or some- times red. Nearly all the orange trees in Guam are seedlings. The fruit usually supplied to visiting ships, grown in the vicinity of Agat and Sumay, is inferior. Good varie- ties are produced in Mataguak, Yigo, and Finaguayog, in the northern portion of the island, and in Yofia, on the highland near the east coast, They are apparently free from disease and insect pests. Navel oranges were imported by the writer from Cal- ifornia, and were left by him in a thriving condition. The climate and the calcare- ous soil of the island seem to be very favorable for all varieties of citrus fruits. Oranges are easily propagated by cuttings or by layers, but the most satisfactory method is by budding. For this purpose seedlings of lemons or bitter oranges, which grow spontaneously-on the island and are free from disease, may be used for stocks. They should be about a year old. February and March appear to be the best months for this purpose in countries with a climate like that of Guam." Two crops of oranges are usually produced each year. The blossoms of the first, crop appear in February, and the fruit is fully ripe the first part of November. The tree again flow- ers at the beginning of the rainy season, in midsummer, and the fruit is ripe in March and April. Systematic orange culture has never been attempted on the island, but nearly every native has a tree or two on his ranch. There is now a ready market for all the good oranges that are grown. More extensive cultivation of this fruit would surely l>e profitable and would require little care and labor. References: Citrus aurantium sincmis L, Sp. PI. 2: 783. 1753. Citrus sinensis Ters. Syn. 2: 74. 1807. Citrus berg-amia. Be no a mot. Local names.—Limon china (Guam). In Guam this variety grows to the size of an apple tree. Its fruit is somewhat smaller than that of the sweet orange, and has a smooth, pale yellow rind and acidu- lous pulp. The entire plant, leaves, rind, and pulp have the agreeable aroma of citronella. The leaves have winged petioles and are oblong in form, acute or obtuse. The flowers are white, very fragrant, and are smaller than those of the sweet orange. The rind of the fruit is the source of the oil known in commerce as bergamot, which is so much used in the manufacture of perfumery. It is obtained by mechan- a Journal of the Agro-Hort. Society, vol. 14, p. 199, quoted in Firminger's Manual of Gardening for Bengal and Upper India, p. 231,1890. 228 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM* ical means with an instrument called t he rnicltc <) piipirx.. This is formed like a saucer, the tjottom of which is covered with sharp projections and is deepened at its center into a tul>e, so that it has the shape of a funnel with its tube closed at the end. The peel is held in the hand and rubbed over the pins, by which the oil vessels of the entire surface are punctured; the liberated oil collect# in thetnlK', and is emptied from time to time into another vessel, where it may be easily separated from the liquid accompanying it." In Guam the natives use the fruit only as a hair wash. It does not produce a lather like the bitter orange, but cleanses the hair, which is afterwards washed thor- oughly with water, and imparts to it a pleasant, fragrance. The tree has spread all over the island and is common along the roadsides and at the edge of the woods. References: Citrm herf/amia Wight & Am. Prod. 98. 1K34. Citrun aurautium bergttmia Dnhinn. Arb. ed. now 7: MS. t. 26. f. 1819. Citrus decumana. Shaddock. Local names.—Lalanha, Lalaiigha (Guam); Aloli tonga (Samoa); Luc ban, Lulsa (Philippines); Pompelmoes (Dutch); Pomplemousse (French); Pum- rnelo (Brit. India). The shaddock may possibly W a variety of the orange6 instead of a distinct species. It grows to the size of a tree. Young shoots pubescent; leaflets large, ovate-oblong, frequently emarginate and pubescent beneath; petiole broadly winged; flowers large, white; fruit large, pale yellow, gloliosc or pyriform; riiul thick; pulp pale, yellow-pink or red, usually sweet, sometimes acid, the vesicles distinct, easily sepa- rable from one another. In Guam several varieties of shaddocks are to be found, varying in size and shape and in the color of the pulp. The natives make little or no use of them. They are eaten by Europeans, but their flavor is not especially good. Some of the varieties have a very thick skin like that of the citron, and are called ''eidra," or "setla" by the natives. One variety has pink pulp. They are all inferior to the thin- skinned forms sold in our markets as " grape-fruit" and " pomelos," which do not occur in Guam. This fruit owes its common English name to Captain Shaddock, who introduced it into the West Indies from China. References: Cilrnx denunana (L.) Murr. Svst. ed. Hi. 580. 1774. Citrus aurantiim grand it L. Sp. PI. 3: 738. 17n.'{. Citrun 3. Citrus medica limon. Lemon. Local names.—Limon real (Guam). A small tree with glabrous young branches; leaflet ovate, petiole margined or winged; flowers white tinged with reddish, fragrant; fruit medium-sized, ovoid with nipple at the end; pulp abundant, acid. This fruit is valuable for its acid juice and for the oil obtained from its rind, known as the "essence of lemon." The latter may be obtained by scraping and pressing or by distillation. The former, together with lime juice, is the source of citric acid. Lemon oil is of a pale yellow color, fragrant, and aromatic. Jt is used for flavoring and in the manufacture of perfumery, especially of eau dt> Cologne. In Guam lemons are abundant and of excellent quality. They grow almost spon- taneously, sending up shoots from the roots, and forming excellent, dense hedges. If left to themselves thcv grow into impenetrable thickets. They flower and bear continuously throughout the year, great quantities of them falling to the ground and going to waste. They are not used much by the natives except for lemonade and for seasoning meats. The fresh peel, like that of limes, is squeezed into " cocktails" for the sake of the aromatic flavor of the oil. Like the citron the rind is sometimes scraped and the fruit preserved in syrup. References: Citrus limon (L,) Risso, Ann. Mus. Par. 20:201, 1813, as Citrus limonum. Citrus medico Ihtiati L. Sp. PL 2:782. 1753. Citrus nobilis. Tangerine. Local names.—Kahel nadikiki (Guam). A moderate-sized tree introduced recently into Guam. It has small fruit of a red- dish-orange color, spherical in shape and flattened on the top. The skin is very thin 230 USEFUL VI,ANTS OF GUAM. and is easily separated from the pulp. The pulp is reddish and of a ]>eculiar odor which is shared by the rind and leaf. The leaves are small and usually pointed. Several trees are now growing in the garden of Don Jose Ilerrero in San Ramon, near the southern edge of Agafia. The fruit, though not equal to the beat tangerines of our markets has a good flavor. Refkkkn< ks: Citntft wobilis Lour. Fl. Cochineh. 2: 406. 1790. Citrus vulgaris Seeman. See (Jitrnx mmmtiwn, Cladium gaudichaudii. Twig-hisii. Family Cyi»eraceae. A leafy sedge with compressed two-edged culms; leaves (equitant) straddling, in two vertical ranks, linear, sword-shaped, rigid; peduncles Iniaring many spikelets, growing from the axil* of the upper leaves in threes or more; panicle much branched; spikelets solitary, one-flowered; glumes few, disposed nearly in two vertical ranks, keeled, boat-shaped; hypogynous bristles or scales wanting; stamens 8, exserted; style 3-cleft, conical I y thickened at the base, silky-hirsute; achene sessile, bony, obovate-elliptical, obscurely 3-angled, Waked with the persistent silky-hirsute base of the style. This species waa descrilwd by (iamlichaud from a specimen collected by him in in the Marianne islands in 1819. lie says that it closely resembles in habit " l'm- wutia angmtifulia," of Hawaii, and the st ructure of tin: spike scarcely differs from that of 4 iahnia. Refkhknckn: { 'hulltim gaudichaudii. liautum mariwoidrx Gaudich. Jiot. Freye. Voy. 417.1820. Clad turn marixcoides Villar in lilanco, Fl. 1'hilipp. ed. 8. 4: Nov. App. 30; I. 18H0. The genus Baumea has been merged by Hooker into that of Cladium on account of the affinities of certain Australian species with that genus. Hillebrand, writing on the Hawaiian species, thinks that Baumea and Vincentia might, well be joined, but that both ought to stand apart from Cladium. The treatment here followed, however, is that of I looker and other recent authors, but the transfer of Baumea mariscoidex to Cladium necessitates a change in tliesj>ecifie name in order not to con- flict with the name of another plant, (lad him uutrim»de» (Muhl.) Torr. Cladium mariscoides F. Villar. Same as Cladium yandiehamlii. Claoxylon marianum. Ci.aoxylon. Family Ktiphorbiaceae. Locai. names.—Panao (Guam). A handsome tree having loose axillary racemes of small di«vious flowers, followed by :?-eoccous capsules. Branches rather stout, terete, smooth, densely leafy*, leaves alternate, petioles firm, glabrous, 2 to % times shorter than the blade (3 to 5.5 cin.); blade membranous, opaque, oliviieeoiis, scaWrrulous, when young sparingly ap- pressed-pulx'scent and dark violet, oblong-elliptical, shortly cuspidate-acuminate or somewhat obtuse, with the base acute or subobtnse (8 to 10 em. long, 4J to 9 em. broad), margin distantly and obtusely denticulate, secondary nerves 7 to 10 on each side of the midrib, transverse veins broadly reticulate, the smaller ones not conspicu- ous; inflorescence sparingly appressed-pubescent, of a waxy texture, bluish-green; racemes of moderate length, with fascicles growing from axils of bracts; male flowers with about 25 stamens, filaments distinct, anthers rather broad, 2-celled, erect, adnate to the top of the filament; pistillode absent; perianth divisions normally H, valvate in bud; female flowers with perianth divisions petal-like; ovary 3-eelled, styles X, free at the base, not bifid, lacerately stigmatose. DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE. 231 This tree was first described from specimens collected by Gaudichaud in Guam. It closely resembles the manono, or anei, of Tahiti (Claoxylon tail erne). References: Ciaoxylon rnarianum Muell. Arg. in DC. Prod. 15': 783. 1866. Clavellirxa (Porto Rico). See Piriitciaita puIrhcrrinHt. Cleome viscosa. Spidkr-flower. Family Capparidaceae. IjOcal names,—Mongos paloina (Guam). A common weed with clammy stems, 3 to 5-folioIate leaves, and yellow 4-petaled flowers, wie long and slender, limb 5-fid, lobes oblong; stamens 4, anthers long-exserted, filaments usually reddish; ovary imperfectly 4-celled, 4-ovuled; drupe separating into 4 woody nutlets; seeds oblong. This plant is widely spread in the Western Pacific, the Malay Archipelago, the Andaman Islands, India, Ceylon, and tropical Australia, its Stnnoan name signifies "seaside Prentna." The wood, the root, and the leaves are bitter, and are used by the natives of Guam, the Philippines, and Samoa us a remedy for intermittent fevers. The leaves, made into poultices, applied to swellings, prevent suppuration. A second species or variety of Olerodendrum is found in < iuam with narrower leaves, possibly Clemdetuirittn nerei/olium Wall. The leaves of this plant are pre- ferred by the natives to the altove as a febrifuge. References: Clerodendmm uterine Gacrtn. Fruct. 1: 271.1788. Climbing plants. Growing without cultivation: Abrus abrus.—Kolalis halom-tano, coral-pea vine, common in thickets. Argyreia tiliaefolia.—Ahilag (plant), Abubo (flower), twining among bushes, a lavender-flowered morning-glory. r 232 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM. Climbing' plants—Continued. Cacara erosa.—Hfkama, t he yam bean, a leguminous plant having an edible tuber. Calamus sp.—Behuko halom-tano, a climbing palm, like the rattan of commerce, but not utilized. Canavali ensiforme.—Akankan, sword-bean, a forest climber. Cassytha filiformis.—Mavagas, a wiry leafless parasite, common in thickets. Clitoria ternatea.—Bukilce, Capa de fa reina, the blue pea. Cyclophorus adnascens.—A climbing fern with small, simple, entire fronds. Davallia solida.—Pugua machena, a fern with finely divided glossy fronds, climb- ing on tree trunks. Dioacorea spinosa.—Gado, a wild yam, armed with wiry branching thorns, form- ing impenetrable thickets. Dischidia puberula.—An asclepiad, growing on forest trees. Guilandina crista.—Pakao, Ufias de gate, a rambling leguminous shrub, profusely branching, armed with recurved thorns. Humata heterophylla.—A fern with simple fronds, the sterile entire, linear- lanceolate, the fertile pinnately lobed. Ipomoea spp.—Several species abundant, twining in thickets. Lens phaseoloides.—Gagfi (plant), bayog (seed), a giant climbing leguminous plant, common in forest. Lyg-odium scandens.—Alambrillo, a delicate fern with wiry stems, common in marshes, twining about reeds and AcruMirhum aiireum. Operculina peltata.—A morning-glory with peltate leaves, twining among under- growth. Phyxnatodes phymatodes.—A climbing fern with large, leathery, lobed fronds, growing on tree trunks, walls, and tiled roofs. Quamoclit quamo^lit.—Oabelto del angel, scarlet-flowered cypress vine; escajied from cultivation, but well established on the island. Stizolobium giganteum.—Sea-bean, a leguminous climU'r with papilionaceous flowers and brown pods. Planted in cjakdens: Antigonon leptopus.—Cadena de amor, an ornamental plant with rose-colored flowers growing in racemes. Botor tetragonoloba.—Seguidillas, a leguminous plant with edible pods, which appear to be adorned with four longitudinal frills. Cucurbita spp.—Kalamasas, gourds and .squashes. Dioscorea spp.—Dago, Nikaf edible yams. Dolichos spp.—Edible Fabaceae. Lagenaria lagenaria.—Tagoa, the lx>ttle gourd. Homordica charantia,—Balsamina, the balsam pear. Piper betle.~ Puptilo, the betel pepper, leaves chewed with Areca nut and lime by the natives. Telosma odoratissima.—Mil leguas, a very fragrant asclepiad. Clitoria ternatea. Bi.ru pea. Family Fabaceae. Local names.—Bukike (Guam); Calocanting (Philippines); Capa de la Reina (Spanish); Bejtico de Conchitas (Porto Rico). A twining leguminous plant with pinnate leaves and large showy deep-blue flow- ers. Stems slender, downy; petioles short, leaflets f> to 7, ovate or oblong, obtu.se, subcoriaceous; stipules minule, linear; (lowers solitary, bracteoles large, roundish; calyx tubular, 5-fid, lobes lanceolate, half as long as the tube; standard of the corolla bright blue, with orange center; pod linear, pubescent., 6 to 10-seeded. A plant widely distributed throughout, the TropUn, common in the hedgerows of both the East and West Indies. It bus established itself in Guam and is found near the sites of abandoned ranches. It 1>ears transplanting, flowers profusely, and is one ot the most showy plants of the garden. The seeds were first taken to England from the island of Ternate, one of the Moluccas, from which it« specific name is taken. The powdered ripe seeds act as an a[>erient and the root as a powerful cathartic. References: CtUorki ternatea L. Sp. L 3:753.1753. Club-rushes. General name for species of Fimbristylis. Cnrtr. N:i1. Horn , Vol. IX Plate XL! 11. Cocos NUCIFE-RA, THE COCONUT. IN FLORESCENCE, SHOWING UNOPENED. HORN- LIKE Spathe and Branching Spadix. Contr fsUt . V'il IX Plate XUV. Female Flower and Male Flowers of the Coconut Palm Cocos nucifera). Natural Size. DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE. 233 Clusiace&e. Balsam-tree famiit. Representatives of this family growing in Guam are Ochrocarpus obovatis and Colo- phyllum inophyllum. Coconut palm. See Cocoa nucifera, Cocos nucifera. Cooonvt, Plates xliii, xliv. Family Phoenicaceae, Locai, names,—Niyog (Guam); Niog (Philippines); Nior, Nyor, Kalapa (Malay Archipelago); Niu (Polynesia); Coco (Spanish); Kokospalme (German), A pinnate-leaved palm with a straight or curved trunk marked with ring-like leaf scars, which are not prominent, and rising from an inclined swollen base. Inflo- rescence a branching spadix, inclosed at. first in a cylindrical sheath or spathe (PI. XLII1) which splits longitudinally; branches of the inflorescence not subtended by additional spathes; flowers monoecious, the branches of the spadix bearing through- out the greater part of their length numerous small male flowers and near their base usually a single female flower much larger than the male (PI. XLIV); male flowers 3-petaled and 3-sepaled, with (> stamens united at the base, and a rudimentary pistil or small centra) point; female flowers (S-petaled, usually accompanied by two adja- cent male flowers; ovary .'i-celled, but usually 2 of the cells becoming abortive; fruit more or less triangular, consisting of a hard endocarp (shell) perforated by three foramina, inclosing an endosperm (the kernel or "meat"), which is rich in oil and is covered by a thin, brown, closely adhering testa. The endosperm when young is of the consistency of the albumen of a soft-boiled egg and surrounds an opalescent fluid composed principally of water and sugar. As it grows older it becomes firmer and finally assumes a hard and almost horny consistency, the inclosed water thickening and becoming gradually absorbed. Outside of the shell there is a thick, fibrous meso- carp (husk), which yields the "coir" of commerce, the surface of which is covered with a smooth, thin, hard, tough epicarp. In germinating, the inner end of the embryo, an extension of the cotyledon, is developed into a special absorbing organ (the "apple"). From the outer end of the embryo, situated below one of the openings at the aj>ex of the shell, grow the plu- mule and the roots. The speciali^ed cotyledon at first attacks and proceeds to digest the part of the kernel adjacent to the embryo. It continues to grow until it fills the entire cavity of the nut, the kernel of which becomes soft. The roots push forth and enter the soil before the kernel is totally absorbed, and finally the union between the young plant and the cotyledon is broken and it logins an independent existence. The function performed by the husk is protective. It is of low specific gravity and keeps the nut afloat if it falls into the sea, so that the nut may be transported from shore to shore bv ocean currents." As shown by Cook, the coconut is, in all probability, of American origin, & but it became widely distributed throughout the warmer regions of the Pacific, the Malay Archipelago, and the East Indies in prehistoric times. <' Tt is of very wide distribu- tion in the Tropics. It flourishes best near the seashore and requires plenty of sun- shine and free circulation of air. Dense plantations of coconuts have been growing for centuries in the same spots on the coast of Guam (PI. I), while groves planted in the interior sooner or later exhaust the soil and become spindling and unproductive. These seaside groves yield abundantly; and while good results are obtained from plantations in the interior, yet the soil will not continue to produce there indefinitely ''See Winton, anatomy of the fruit of the Cocoa nucifera, Am. Joum. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 12, p. 205, 1901. ''Cook, origin and distribution of the Cocoa palm, Contr. Nat. Herb.,vol. 7,p. 2.57,1901. cAnother interesting example of the wide dissemination of a plant belonging to an American genus is that of <>dvomelossibly of all others the most generally serviceable to the conveniences, as well as to the necessities of humane Life. Yet this Tree, that is of such great use, and esteemed so much in the /vis/-liuiien, is scarce regarded in the for want of the knowledge of the benefit which it may produce. And 'tis partly for the sake of my Country-men, in our J »tfrtVn» Planta- tions, that I have spoken so largely of it. For the hot Climates there are a very proper soil for it; and indeed it is so hardy, lx.»th in raising it, and when grown, that it will thrive as well in dry sandy ground as in rich land. I have found them grow- ing very well in low sandy Islands (on the West of Smtnttnt) that are over-flowed with the Sea every Spring-tide; and though the Nuts there are not very big, yet this is no loss, for the Kernel is thick atul sweet; and the Milk, or Water, in the inside is more pleasant and sweet than of the Nuts that grow in rich ground, which are commonly largo indeed, but not very sweet. These at (iuutn grow in dry ground, are of middle size, antl I think the sweetest that I did ever taste.h *See Lyon, Thecoeoanut, etc., Bureau of Ajir. [Philippines], Bull. No. K, 1}H)3. b Dampier, A New Voyage Round the World, ed. 6, pp. 291-2i)6, 1717. COCOS NUCIFEBA. * 235 In the vernacular of the island a different name is applied to the coconut for every stage of its development: Niyog, etymologicalIv identical with its name throughout Polynesia, is its general designation. D&dig, a young coconut the size of a betel nut. Aplog, a young coconut in which water has l>egun to form. Manha, a" coconut full of water lit for drinking, called by the Spaniards "coco- nimlo." M&sdn, a coconut not quite ripe. Gtafo, a coconut perfectly ripe. Pontan, a coconut which haw fallen to the ground. Nag*ao, a coconut in which the water has become entirely absorbed, Jaigtie, or HaigHe, a coconut which has sprouted (pronounced very much like "highway"). Cancitfn, a variety of which the young nut has a sweet edible rind. From experiments conducted by Kirk wood and (Ties'1 it was found that the fresh meat contains 35 to 40 per cent of oil, 10 per cent of carbohydrate, only 3 per cent of proteid, 1 per cent of inorganic matter, and nearly 50 per cent of water. The chief constituent of the "milk" of the central cavity, aside from water (of which there is 95 per cent), is sugar. The meat of the ri]>e coconut, though agreeable to the taste, is seldom eaten by the Pacific inlanders. Tt is fed to domestic animals of all kinds, even to cats and dogs, and is very fattening. In Guam it is rasped or grated and fed to chickens, but they do not lay so well when living upon a coconut diet as when fed with corn. From the grated meat a rich custard, or "cream," is expressed, which is extensively used throughout Polynesia as an ingredient for native dishes. One of the most savory of these, in which it is cooked with tender young leaves of (hladiitm colocasia, ia in Samoa called "palu-sami." This cream contains much oil, as well as carlxihydrate and proteid, and is consequently very nourishing as well as pleasant to the taste. In Guam the natives combine it with rice in various forms, and sometimes prepare it like a simple custard. It makes an excellent broth when boiled with a fowl or with other meat, and in the early days of long voyages nuts were carried to sea and used by the sailors for making rice-milk, a dish which they had learned from the natives to prepare. '> The water contained in the central cavity, though " sweetest and briskest" when the nut is almost ripe, as described by Dampier, is at that stage unwholesome, and can be drunk only sparingly, as it is strongly diuretic and is apt to produce an irrita- tion of the bladder and urethra. The milk of young nuts, on the contrary, is harm- less. On some islands it is the only beverage of the natives. From jjersonal exjjerience the writer can testify to its refreshing, grateful properties, and to a continued use of it throughout his stay in the island without disagreeable consequences of any kind. On the other hand, a number of cases came under his observation of the evil effects of drinking the milk of ripe coconuts. Immoderate use of the fruit is said to cause rheumatic and other diseases.c This applies, in all probability, to the ri|>e nut, which the writer hits never seen used as a food staple. The soft pulp of the young nuts, which furnish the natives with drink, is very delicate and is eaten like blanc- mange, with sugar and cream. The principal way of preparing the meat of the rij>e nut for food is to grate it and combine it with sugar for sweetmeats and with custard for making cakes and other kinds of pastry. Another use to which the natives of Guam apply the meat of the coconut is the fattening of the "robber crab" {Birgus latro), which they keep in captivity until fit for the table. It has often been asserted that this singular animal climbs trees in quest of coconuts, detaches them with his claws, "Chemical Studies of the Gocoanut, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club, vol. 29, pp. 321 ff., 1902. Dampier, A New Voyage Round the World, p. 294. <*Gies, Nutritive value and uses of the cocoanut, Joum. N. Y. Bot.Gard., vol. 3, p. 169, 1892. 236 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM, letting them drop to the ground, and then proceeds to tear off the husk and open them. On making inquiries among the natives, I was unable to find anyone who had eeen an "ayuyu" climb a tree, but was told that the animal feeds upon nuts which have already fallen. It can nut open a nut unassisted, but if an opening has been started it will succeed in getting at the kernel. Crab hunters carry coconuts to the sites frequented by the "ayuyu," and, after having made an incipient opening in each nut, leave it as bait. A crab soon discovers it, and is caught while engaged in opening it. The primitive way of making coconut oil is to rasp the fresh or dry kernel into a pulp, macerate it in a little water, place it in bags, and subject it to pressure. The expressed juice is cooked and the clear oil which collects on the surface is skimmed off. The kernel may lw boiled before it is rasped or grated. In Guam the rasp used consists of a flat iron blade set in a wooden footstool. The best oil is prepared from fresh kernels and is used in cooking. It is at first odorless, and with a slight flavor which is agreeable to the taste. It soon turns rancid, however, and in this condition is unfit for food. Coconut oil is perfumed by macerating in it the blossoms of the ilangilang (Canangium odor a turn) or other fragrant flowers or substances, In the South Seas the natives, though preferring fresh and perfumed oil for anointing the head and body, do not hesitate to make use of rancid oil for these purposes. In Samoa certain kinds of tapa, or l>ark cloth, are always treated with oil before they are suitable for wearing as clothing, so that to those who have cruised among the islands of the Pacific the smell of rancid coconut oil always brings to the mind visions of brown-skinned natives and thatch-roofed huts nestling beneath groves of coconut palms. The natives of Guam still use coconut oil for anointing the hair; but with the custom of wearing clothes that of anointing the body has died out, and the oil is used only for massaging the body in case of sickness. Though the use of jietroleum is now general on the island, coconut oil is still sometimes used for illuminating. Until recently certain people paid their taxes partly in oil, which was used for light- ing the tribunal. Nearly every house on the island has its little shrine, where before the patron saint a lamp of coconut oil is always kept burning. This lamp consists of an ordinary drinking glass half tilled with water, upon which the oil is poured. A wick projecting from a float is fed by the oil, and the water keeps the glass cool. In many of the Pacific islands the shell and the fiber of the husk play an impor- tant part in the daily economy of the inhabitants. In Samoa coconut shells are the only water vessels of the natives, and are used as vessels for oil. The open eye serves as an orifice, and a small grommet is passed through the other two eyes by which the nut is suspended. To remove the kernel, the natives, after having poured out the water through the open eye, immerse the nut in the sea, where the kernel soon putrefies and is eaten up by marine animals. It is then thoroughly cleanned and the outside is frequently j>olished. Both in Samoa and Hawaii the shells are made into cups, in which kava is served." These are often highly polished and become lined with a beautiful pearly enamel from the deposit gradually made by the kava. In many islands the natives also make scions, dishes, Wads, and finger rings of coco- nut shell, and use broken shells for keeping up the fires in their houses by night. In Guam the shells are not much used, joints of bamboo taking their place as water vessels. No use is made of the fiber in Guam, while in Samoa it is used universally to lash together the framework of native houses and the parts of canoes. At every council in Samoa the chiefs may be seen sitting in a large circle, each one engaged in braiding sinnet of coconut fiber; and it is only necessary to refer to a dictionary of the Samoan language to realize how important a part is played by "afa," as the sin- net is called, in the economy of the natives. Thus we have the word used to signify "An infusion of the roots of the kava pepper (J'iper methyxtivuiit). COCOS NUCIFERA. 237 "to be fit only for plaiting sinnet," as applied to a rainy day; "to be neither too old nor too young/' an applied to coconuts fit for making sin net; "afa-afai," a verb signifying " to wind sinnet around the handle of a weapon to prevent it from slipping;" "afa-pala," "sinnet stained black by steeping it in the black mud of a swamp;" "afata ai," "a large roll of sinnet"« In every native bouse of Samoa there are large rolls of sinnet, and these are used in part as currency in paying a housebuilder, a canoe maker, or a tatooer for his work. Together with their fine mate they may tie said to constitute the capital of the Samoans. In .Guam in place of coconut sinnet the natives use the leaves of the "aggag" {Pcndanus tectorins) for lashing together the framework of their houses, fences, and the like. TODDY. The custom of making a fermented drink from the sap of the coconut palm, of which the Polynesians are ignorant, was introduced into Guam by the Filipinos brought by the Spaniards to assist in reducing the natives. Before the arrival of the Spaniards the aborigines had 110 intoxicating drink. The a pa the of the young inflorescence is wrapped with strips of the green leaf to prevent its bursting and allowing the branches of the spadix to spread. The tip of the flower cluster is then sliced off with a sharp knife and gently curved, so that the sap may bleed into the joint of bamboo hung to receive it. Thin sap is collected at regular intervals, usually every morning and evening, and poured into a large bamboo, all of the septa but the lowest of which have been removed. The sap flows most freely at night. When the flow of sap becomes reduced owing to the healing of the wound, another thin slice is cut off the tip, and the flow of the sap begins afresh. Toddy, or "tuba," as this liquid is called in Guam, is very much like cider in taste and con- sistency. At first it is sweet and may be converted into sirup or sugar by boiling, but it soon begins to ferment and acquires a sharp taste, somewhat like hard cider, which is very agreeable if the receptacle has been kept thoroughly clean and free from insects. The natives, however, are apt to be careless and do not cleanse the bamboos each time they are emptied, so that the tuba is apt to have an offensive odor and flavor from putrefying organic matter. Care is taken in gathering the tuba not to spill it on the leaves and flower clusters of the tree, as this invites the attacks of insects. In some countries it is customary to coat the inner surface of the receptacles with whitewash of lime to prevent fermentation if the tuba is intended for sugar making. If tuba is desired for drinking purposes, the bamboo receptacles should be scalded out daily. The natives of Guam use fermenting tuba for yeast in making bread. This is made from imported wheat flour, and is snowy white and light, if the fermentation goes on unchecked the tuba is converted into vinegar, which is of an excellent quality. Under the usual conditions after having fermented four hours, tuba contains sufficient alcohol to be intoxicating. AGUARDIENTE. From the fermented liquid a kind of rum is distilled, called "aguayente" (aguar- diente) by the natives of Guam and "arak " in the East Indies. The distilling of aguayente was the only industry in Guam up to the time of the American occupation. It has t>een prohibited by an official order on account of its evil effects upon our men. By double distillation almost pure alcohol was obtained. Good aguayente compares very favorably with Mexican mescal, and tuba is far more agreeable to the taste of the uninitiated than pulque, the fermented sap of Agave. Aguayente was seldom drunk to excess by the natives of Guam, but according to Padre Blanco its immoder- ate use by the Filipinos caused great harm, resulting in sleeplessness, loss of appetite, premature old age, extraordinary obesity, and diseases resembling dropsy and scurvy « Pratt, Grammar and Dictionary of the Samoan Language, ed. 3, p. 65, 1893. 238 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM Some of those who are addicted to it lose their intellectual faculties, arc seized with trembling, or l>ecome stupid, absent-minded, or even insane." SixiAR.—In making sugar the fresh tuba is poured into kettles, lieneath which a lire is kept burning, dried fronds, husks, and shells of coconuts lieing used for fuel, as well as mangrove and other hard woods. The sap soon turns brown and Incomes thicker and thicker, until it assumes a semiviscid consistency, forming what is in the East Indies known as "jaggery"—a kind of coarse, moist, brown sugar. If the jag- gery is allowed to drain in baskets the more fluid part wilt drain into pans placed to receive it, in the form of sirup or molasses. The remaining sugar is dried and the lumps broken up. In this form, combined with grated coconut meat, it can be made into sweetmeats. Coconut sugar is not made so extensively in Guam at the present time as formerly, before copra was in such great demand; but there are natives who still make it rather than buy imported sugar from the stores, and many families use the sirup ("almibar de tuba dulce") in their daily economy. I.EAVES. The roofs in the majority of houses in Guam {PI. xx) are thatched with coconut leaves (higae). These are split down the midrib, the two halves placed together end for end, and the leaflets braided diagonally. I/mg mats are woven (pupung) to cover the ridge of the roof, and secured in place by wooden pins passing through them below the ridgepole and projecting on each side. The higae. are thoroughly dried before being lashed to the roof timbers. The pupung are put on green. Coconut thatch is not so durable as that of the nipa palm; a roof of coconut leaves lasting but four years, while one of nipa will last from ten to twelve. Neti thatch lasts even longer. l> In Samoa the sides of the houses are inclosed by coarse Venetian blinds made of coconut-leaf mats, which may be triced up or lowered at will. In Guam the walls of the houses are stationary and are sometimes composed of woven reeds (saguale) of Tr'tchoon roxlnirgkii (PI. XX), which are also used for ceilings and partitions. Coconut leaves are not sufficiently durable for this purpose. Baskets made of them are only serviceable when fresh, Incoming dry and brittle in a few days. The whole leaves are used to keep the thatch from blowing in windy weather, by tying the tips together and allowing the heavy petioles to hang susj>eiided over the ridge. In Samoa, though the houses of the natives are thatched with wild sugar cane, coconut leaves are always used for the side mat*. The ribs of the leaflets are slender, strong, and somewhat elastic. They are fre- quently tied in bunches and used as brooms for sweeping alwjut the fireplaces and ovens, and in Samoa are used as forks in eating. Indeed, in those islands the word " tua-niu " (coconut leaflet rib) is applied to forks in general, and is also used fur wire and as the name of certain pinnate ferns which have a slender stiff midrib. Skewers, knitting needles, and toothpicks are also made of tua-niu, and in the early days the oily kernels of the nuts of AfeiirUex violurmmi were strung on them, like pieces of meat on a brochette, and served the Saiuoans and other Polynesians as can- dles. On many of the Pacific islands tua-niu, neatly smoothed and pointed, were made into combs both for use and fur ornament. Throughout Polynesia dry coconut leaves are used as torches. It is a common occurrence when a boat is attempting a landing by night, for the natives on shore to indicate the passage through the reef by holding up a burning coconut leaf; and on making a trip over a stony or difficult path after dark the traveler is preceded by a guide with a wupply of these leaves, one after another of which he lights, as may be necessary. The natives of Guam often use these improvised torches for burning wasps' nests, with which the thickets of the island are infested. «Blanco, Flora de Filipinas. Gran Edirion, vol. 3, p. 122, 1879. b See Nypii frulicans and Xipheuyron(is Jtoridukf. C0C08 NUCIFERA. 239 ROOT, ("AHHAfJK, ETC. In some countries the root is occasionally used instead of Areca nut by betel chewers, but in Guam, where the betel-palm grows spontaneously, there is never a dearth of nuts. The terminal bud, or " cabbage," like that of many other palms, is edible; but as the removal of the bud kills the tree, the natives of Guam indulge themselves in eating it only on occasions of festivity, when they prepare it as a kind of cabbage or raw salad. They either select for this purpose a tree which is comparatively sterile or one which too closely crowds a neighbor. The flowers of the coconut are frequented by several insectivorous birds, especially by "£gige" (Myzomehi rubratra), a pretty little red and Mack honey eater, with a slender, curved beak and a cleft, brush-tipped tongue. When the tree dies its crown is a favorite nesting place for the Guam starling, Aplonix kittlitzi, a bird with glossy black plumage, called "sali" by the natives. This bird also frequents the flowering spathes in quest of insects. WOOD. In many islands of Polynesia the strong elastic trunks of old coconut palms are used to bridge streams. For this purpose usually sterile trees are used. In com- merce the wood is known under the name of "porcupine wood." It is hard, hand- some, and durable, and is used for many purposes, for furniture, cabinetwork, walking sticks, and especially for veneering." In Guam the wood is used only for burning in limekilns. COI'HA. From a commercial point of view the coconut is the most important product of Polynesia. Its dried meat, called "copra" or " coprac," is the only article of export from Guam. From this island the greater part goes to Japan. A hundred trees may be expected under favorable conditions to yield from 25 to 30 quintals per year. For every ounce of it there is a ready market, and traders vie with one another to secure their crops from the natives by advancing them goods or money beforehand. The current price is 4 pesos per quintal (102 Knglish pounds). The nuts when fully ripe are split open and allowed to dry for a short while. Then the kernel is cut out and dried in the sun either on mats or on raised platforms. It is easily transported on the backs of animals or in carts and shipped in bulk by the traders. There are two regular harvests of copra per year, the principal one of which is in April, May, or June. If cocoanut oil were manufactured by the natives, great difficulty would attend its transportation, as the only receptacles on the island are bamboo joint# and "tinajaf," or earthenware jars, from Japan and China. There is not a cooper on the island, and the leakiness of barrels containing oil is proverbial. Another reason for transporting the product of the nut in the form of copra is the economic value of the refuse remaining after the oil is extracted. For a description of the methods followed in Samoa in cultivating the coconut on an extensive scale and of preparing copra by means of drying apparatus, so that it remains perfectly white, assumes a hard, brittle consistency, and is free from ran- cidity, the reader is referred to Doctor Reinecke's work on Samoa, '> extracts front which have been published in the Journal d'Agriculture Tropicale in 1903 and 1904. PRODUCTS. Copra is used extensively in France, Germany, Spain, and England, chiefly in soap making, but also in the manufacture of certain food products resembling butter. This "cocoa butter," or "cocoaline," should not be confounded with the "cocoa «Nee Shortt, Monograph on the Cocoanut Palm, 1888. t>See list of works. 240 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM butter" made from cacao (Theobromn mrno), the source of chocolate, which is also an important commercial product." The process of manufacture of coconut butter has been kept secret. The main difficulties to overcome were the tendency to ran- cidity of the fat and its liquid consistency. The credit for carrying on exj>ermients which finally led to success is due to the firm of Rocca, Tassy & do Roux, of Mar- seille, who have also erected a plant in Hamburg. Magnan Frcrcn have more recently succeeded in making a satisfactory butter by independent experiments, and some German houses are now doing the same thing. "The effort to extract an edible grease from an oil produced upon so vast a scale and formerly available only for the manufacture nf soap gave promise of valuable returns if successful; and that this promise wan not delusive may be judged from the circumstance that the factory of liocca, Tassy & de Itoux, which produced 25 tons of butter per month in 1900, now (1902) turns out 600 tons per month. * * * The butter is not at all a by-product of the manipulation of the oil, as in the factory of Messrs. Rocca, Tassy & de Roux, 7,200 tons of butter are obtained from ft,000 tons of oil per annum in a year of maximum result*. The butter is styled 'vegetaline* and 'cocoaline,' the greater demand being for the former. The first named melts at 26° 0. and the latter at 31° C., being by that fact better suited for warm climates. * * * The activity of the manufacturers in trying to establish their private marks and in advertising their product as one of pure copra oil proves that the main object is to serve the constantly increasing public demand for comestible vegetable greases. In the United States the principal manufacturers of food products from coconut oil are the India Refining Company, of Philadelphia. They have a process by which the rancidity of the oil is eliminated, so that it is sweet, neutral, and adapted for fam- ily use and for manufacturing purposes by bakers, confectioners, and perfumers. One brand, called " kokorcka," consists of the stearin of the coconut oil, having a melting point of about 27.3° C. This is used by manufacturing confectioners in combination with or in place of cacao butter. A lighter brand, called " ko-nut," is used for baking and domestic purposes in place of butter and lard. It haw a melting point of about 23° 0. Specimens of these products, submitted to the Bureau of Chemistry of the Department of Agriculture for analysis, proved to l>e remarkably free from fatty acids, the ''ko-nut" containing 0.13 per cent and "kokoreka," the harder substance, only 0.04 per cent. The material from which this company manu- factures its products is East Indian coconut oil. Though they are prepared to press oil from copra itself and have a perfectly equipped oil mill, it lies idle for want of material. There is no reason why America should not offer a market for all the copra produced in Guam, the Philippines, and Samoa. In a letter from Albin (larrett, president of the India Refining Company, he says: When we consider results of the development of the coconut industry in the island of Ceylon, with an area of 25,000 square miles and a production of coconut products of 76,210,370 pounds in 1893, and risen to 206,035,384 pounds in 1903—a period of ten years, it would seem that, with American methods and enterprise intro- duced into the Philippines, with 41,000 square miles of territory in the island of Luzon alone and 116,000 in the group, with a very enormous coast line, which is what counts in coconut production, a great field is open there for development. As we believe this city is the largest market in the world for manila hemp and has the only plant for handling copra in this country, it would seem that the lines will oi>en if the button could be properly touched. In consequence of tests made by Dr. Theodor Ternes, of the Royal Imperial Hospital of Vienna, an official report was made, stating that coconut butter meets all hygienic requirements; that it is superior to animal fat and butter; that it is <*See Listoe, Cocoa Butter in the Netherlands; and Skinner, Copra Products at Marseille; Advance Sheets of Consular Reports, October 15, 1902. ® Official Report of U.S. Consul-General Robert P, Skinner, September 18, 1902. COCOS NUCIFERA 241 easily digested and is particularly well adapted for the use of patients suffering from impaired digestion." The copra industry is becoming more important year by year. Thus far very little copra has found its way to the United States, but coconut oil is imported for various purposes, especially for soap making. The chief sources of coconut oil in this country are Ceylon and the Madras Presidency, India, especially the district of Cochin, where it is the principal product. Soap made from coconut oil is more soluble in salt water than that made from other oils or fats, and is consequently much used on seagoing vessels. One objectionable feature of soaps made from this oil is the disagreeable rancid odor which they usually leave on the skin after wash- ing with them. The most serious difficulty encountered by soap makers is the elim- ination of fatty acids contained in it. To remove these the oil is heated with lye, an emulsion is made, and the oil extracted from the mixture by means of a separator and receiver.6 Coconut oil alone is not usually employed in soap making, but is added to other oils for the purpose of producing quickly solidifying soaps containing a large proportion of water.c FtHEK. Coir, or the fiber of the husk of the coconut, is another product of commercial importance. It is imported into England and America in the form of coir yarn, coir fiber, coir roj>e, and bristle fiber, and is used principally in manufacturing matting and brushes/' In (iuam no effort is made to utilize it, and hundreds of tons go to waste each year. Fiber suitable for cordage must be taken from husks or nuts not yet thoroughly ripe, but the coarser, harder fiber of ripe nuts could be used for brushes. In Samoa, where the fiber plays so imjxjrtant a part in the economy of the natives, a particular variety {'ena, or niti afa) occurs having long nuts with fiber especially adapted for making sinnet (afa). This variety is rare, and is highly valued by the natives.' The sources of the best coir of commerce are the Laccadive Islands and the neigh I wring district of Cochin, on the Malabar coast of British India. This coir is known commercially as Cochin or Madras coir. The primitive if ay of preparing the fiber is to soak the husks thoroughly in salt water, beat them with heavy wooden mallets, rub them between the hands, and remove the coir by hand. It is then twisted by hand into two-stranded yarns./ This process has been replaced in many districts by improved methods, in which the fiber is extracted from the husk, either wet or dry, by means of machines. The busks are crushed in a mill, con- sisting of two adjustable fluted iron rollers. The pressure here exerted flattens them and prepares them for the "breaking down," or extraction of the fiber, performed in an "extractor" composed essentially of a drum or cylinder whose periphery is coated with steel teeth that catch in the fiber and tear it from the husk. The machine is covered with a wooden case to prevent the fiber being scattered. It is then "willowed" or cleaned, graded, and baled for shipment.? PRODUCTION'. Nearly every family of Guam has its coconut plantation. The best sites are the lowlands, especially the sandy beaches of the west shore. The principal coconut « Kew Bulletin, No. 46, p. 2S5, 1890. & See Andes, Vegetable Fats and Oils, trans., pp. 203 and 244, fig. 76, 1897. c See Richardson and Watts, Chemical Technology, ed. 2, vol. 1, pt. 3, p. 683,1863. rfSee monthly circulars of Ide 242 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM. planters on the inland arc the Western Commercial Company, having its plantation in the district of llpe, in the northern part of the island (10,000 to 12,000 trees); Don Vicente Herrero, in Orunao, Ret i van > and IjiIo (7,000 to 8,000 trees); the Japanese Oyama, in HilaAn (6,000 to 7,000 trees); Don Luis Torres, alias Cortez, in Gokfiga and Lupog (5,000 to 6,000 trees), and Don Jos6 Duefias Ev arista, in Sinagoso (6,000 to 7,000 trees). There are also good plantations in the district of Yofta and in the vicinity of Agat. Though coconuts do not thrive in swampy places as a rule, yet there are good plantations near San Antonio, across the river from Agafia, and near Punta Piti, where the trees grow on hummocks almost on a level with the water's surface when the rivers are unobstructed. Coconuts are fond of sunshine and ocean breezes; but it is evident that they can not stand exposure to repeated hurricanes, from the fact that on the fine stretches of sandy beach along the east or windward coast of the southern portion of the island not a coconut tree is found, while near by, in more sheltered sites of Pago and the valleys of lligand Talofofo, line groves are met with. Great damage to the coconuts of the island is caused by baguios, or hurricanes. Both ripe and green fruits are whipped off and the leaves are destroyed. It is from the axils of the petioles of the old leaves that the young Hower clusters issue; and when the leaves are killed these I become aborted and it takes at least two years for the tree to recover. During the year which followed the hurricane of 1900 not a single ton of copra was exported from Guam." All enterprising natives on the island are now planting coconut trees, as there is a ready sale for all the copra that can he produced. Clearings are made in the forest, the undergrowth removed, and the tree trunks gradually gotten rid of with the aid of fire. (PI. XXIII.) This requires hard work, and few white men coining to the island are either able or willing to clear land for themselves. Land taro and bananas may then be planted until the stumps are removed, after which coconuts are planted in regular rows. As the natives have plantations of their own they naturally prefer to work for themselves rather than for another; so that it is almost impossible to obtain laborers on the island. Moreover, the natives will not part with a coconut grove in good bearing condition or a thriving young plantation at any price. A fairly good yield for a coconut palm is 25 to 30 pounds of copra a year, though there are many trees on the island which produce double this amount. In the process of clearing, taro, yams, and bananas are often planted in the new ground. The nuts selected for seed are taken neither from very young nor very old trees, but from trees at least 15 years old. Many of the natives pay no attention to seed selec- tion, but plant sprouting nuts indiscriminately; others, however, realize the advan- tage which results from planting seed taken from trees yielding the greatest amount of copra. The tendency is to plant large nuts; hut these may have been produced by young trees or trees bearing few nuts and yielding less copra than trees bearing nuts of smaller size. Nuts selected for seed should lowered to the ground, not thrown down or dropped. Nursery planting is not practiced in Guam. The ripe nuts are simply collected in piles in the shade of trees or in the corners of inclo- sures and left to sprout, without further care. When the sprouts are about 60 cm. high they are ready for permanent planting. If the roots have in the meantime penetrated the ground and are broken off in removing the nuts, they should be neatly cut off with a sharp knife, so as not to leave ragged ends. It is the practice in Guam to plant coconuts in rows 5 to 6 meters apart, but this is too close. From 7 to 10 meters is a good distance. Holes about 60 cm. deep are first dug, and they are sometimes arranged so that the holes in one row will be opposite the intervals of the next. On some plantations coffee, cacao, or bananas are planted between the rows, but this custom is not recommended. The evil effects of crowd- « See official report of Governor Seat on Schroeder to the Secretary of the Navy, 1901. * COCOS lIUOIFERA. 243 ing are shown on the plantation of Dofia Rufina Quftugua, in the district of Matii- guag, while the benefits resulting from plenty of room and of cultivation of the ground are shown in that of Manuel Matauanc, in the district of Yigo, where origi- nally rows of cacao were planted alternately with those of coconut#. The cacao did not thrive and was removed, but the coconuts grew with remarkable rapidity. The natives say that the trees are too far apart, but the fact that many of them began to bear when 3 years old, while in other good localities they do not War until 4, o, or H years old, speaks for itself. On the mesa, or table-land, coconut trees fre- quently are 8 to 10 years, or even 15 years, old before they begin to l»ear. In Yigo and Santa Rosa they begin to hear usually when 5 or 0 years old, and in Yofia when 7 or 8 yearn A coconut palm is in its best Waring condition from the age of 10 years on. It will continue to bear until SO years old. Catch crops maybe planted Itetween the rows while the trees are young. These are far less exhausting than the weeds which would otherwise cover the ground, and the soil is benefited by the cul- tivation, especially if nitrogen-storing leguminous crops are grown. The common practice in Guam is to keep off the weeds from an area about 6 feet in radius about the trees by means of a thrust-hoe (fusifio or foziiio), and throughout the rest of the plantation to cut the undergrowth from time to time with a machete. Attention is called bv Lvon« to the excellent methods of coconut cultivation practiced bv the h- at J » German colonists in German Kast. Africa and in the South Pacific islands and by the French in Congo and Madagascar, who practice modern orchard methods. Mr. Lyon recommends planting coconuts at distances of not less than {) meters, and, in good soils, preferably 9.f> meters. The former distance will allow for 123 and the latter lor 111 trees to the hectare, lie recommends annual plowing of the planta- tion and the cultivation of green manures and crops to keep tip the fertility of the land. In Guam plowing is impracticable in many localities, owing to the thinness of the soil covering the coral substratum; and the prevailing system of keeping the plantations clear of weeds by means of the thrust hoe, by which the roots can not possibly be injured, seems to be a good one. Manuring is never practiced in Guam, and it is to this fact that the absence of the beetles which, in their larval stage, are so injurious to coconuts in other countries, should be attributed. The boundaries between plantations on the island of Guam are usually indicated by lines of coconut trees, either single or double. It is the common practice to cut notches in the trunks to facilitate climbing. This practice is condemned by many writers, but in Guam the trees do not appear to l>e injured thereby. Sometimes a hole is cut near the base of the trunk to serve as a water reservoir. This seems to cause decay and should not be permitted. As a rule the natives do not plant, coco- nut trees near their dwellings for fear of accidents during hurricanes. Kverv family selects one or two trees for a supply of toddy, and many of them keep small groves to furnish thatch for their houses, which must be renewed at intervals of about three years. The extraction of tuba does not injure the trees in any way, but the cutting of leaves causes injuries from which it takes years to recover. The inflorescence which forms in the axils of old leaves becomes aborted when these leaves are cutoff. Young plantations are frequently injured by the deer with which the island abounds, and care must be taken to prevent cattle from entering them. To keep out the deer the natives simply inclose a field with a ribbon of pariti bark (P. lilian'tnn), through which they say the deer will not pass. Coconut trees are free from disease in Guam, and very little harm is done to them by insects. RekkkE-MEs: Coots nttrifertt 1.. Sp. PI. 2:1188. 1753. Codiaeum variegatum. See Phyffaurea rarierjata. a Lyon, The cocoanut, etc. Bureau of Agr. [Philippines], Bull. No. S, 1903. 244 USEFUL PLANTS OF GUAM. Goelococcus amicarum. Caroline ivoky-nct palm. Plate xlv. Family Phoenicaceae. Local names.—Och (Ponape); Pal ma de Marfii (Spanish); Steinnuss-palme (German). A pinnate-leaved palm introduced into Guam /mm the Caroline Islands. The nut* are of an ivory-like texture and are exported from the Carolines to Germany for button making. The spheroid fruit, atx»ut 7 centimeters long and 8 centimeters in diameter, has a reddish hrown, glossy, scaly shell. (PI. XLV1.) The surface of the seed is glossy, black, and thickly striped, hut not furrowed. The allied species of the Solomon Islands (C. mlnmomuxin) has a straw-colored shell, and that of C.vitiemis of Fiji, which is not used in the arts, is yellow. The inflorescence of this genus has not yet been described. In some of the Solomon Islands the natives prepare sago from the pith of the species growing there. It is said to keep well and not to lie injured by salt water, so that it is a valuable food staple to take with them on their canoe voyages/' References: Coelococcus amimrttm (Wendl.). Saffus amicarum Wendl. Bot. Zeit. 30:115. 1878. Coelonx'cuif varothmmit Dingl. Bot. Oentralbl. 32:340.1887. Coenogonium. See Lichenex. Coffea arable a. Coffee. Plate xxx. Family Ruhiaceae. Local namw.—Krife (Guam); Kahaua (Mindanao, Lolo, Philippines). A shrub with glossy green leaves, fragrant, white, jasmine-like flowers and red berries, like small cherries, which contain two seeds, commonly called coffee. The leaves are opposite, rarely in threes, alwut 15 cm. long by 6.5 em. broad, with wavy tedges, and a long narrow point; flowers of short duration, with the fragrance of a tuberose, in dense clusters at the bases of the leaves; calyx tube short, limb5-parted, persistent; corolla tubular, limb salver-shaped, 5-parted; stamens 5, fixed around the top of the tut>e and protruding beyond it; ovary 2-celled; style filiform, smooth, 2-cleft; ovules 1 in each cell, peltatelv attached to the septum of the cell; seeds planoconvex, grooved ventrally. In Guam coffee is one of the commonest plants, growing about most of the dwell- ing houses as lilac bushes grow in America, and nearly every family has its cultivated patch The climate and soil of the island seem well adapted to it, and it produces fruit abundantly from the level of the sea to the tops of some of the highest hills. Plants are obtained by planting seed at a depth of about 4 cm. in beds, or by taking up seed- ling plants from under cultivated trees, where the seeds readily germinate without attention. They are easily transplanted, differing in this res[>ect from the seed- lings of cacao, which are often killed in transplanting. Seeds fresh from the pulp should be planted in the sementeras (nurseries) about 8 cm. apart, in rows. In preparing the ground it is thoroughly pulverized and dry brush is burned over it shortly after the weeds begin to sprout. This saves a great deal of subsequent weed- ing. Little watering is necessary in Guam. In transplanting crowding is avoided. The plants are set out in straight rows at a distance of from 1.5 to 2.5 m. apart. On hillsides they may be closer, aljout 1.5 by 1.5 in. Coffee trees planted too close together lose the use of their lower branches, which l>ecome interlaced and shade one another, so that only the top branches continue to grow and bear fruit. If the coffee is planted in newly cleared land the brush is either left to decay between the rows or burned. In places where the soil is shallow above the coral rock, holes are made and filled with good earth brought from the forest. The best time for trans- a See Sadebeck, Die Kulturgewiichse, etc., pp. 16 to 19, figs. 10, A, B, C, I81H); Guppv, Solomon Islands, p. 82, 1887; Warburg, Berichte der Deutscb. Bot. Gesell., 1890, p. 133. Plate: XLV. f & >rv rV rx W* -s . x i^/\ -Cs '' ^ / * & f - L. -T- 1 y i f J q « f, \ V k 4 % *i ' r \rV, ' '< h *V ***. tc . T , ■■■ +.n *' "JL At IS" A ;ji'i C-t.L'JC'JOCUi AM'C-iUV. THE Ca^'.jL Ml b:_A!S*J h'U"!> \./' PAt.'V. Contr. Nat. Ht*c V :X. Plate XLVI. The Ivory Nut (Coelococcus amicarum>. Slightlv Reduced. DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE. 245 planting is at the beginning of the rainy season. In moving them the roots should not be exposed to the sun. The plants are shaded at first by sections of coconut leaves stuck in the ground in a slanting direction. If rains are not sufficiently frequent after planting, the plants are watered every evening. In Guam it is not usual to plant shade trees to protect coffee. Sometimes the young plants are shaded by alternating rows of bananas, which easily take root and grow quickly. These are cut down when the plants are well established, as the mature coffee plant is a sun lover and becomes spindling in the shade. Catch crops of taro or maize may also be planted for the first two years. As with other plants, the weeds must be kept down. They are allowed to lie on the ground and ml, so as to enrich it. Weeding is accomplished by the fosifio, or thrust-hoe, an expert weedcr being able to cover an area 1.5 in. long and the width of his hoe at every thrust. In order that the trees may not grow too tall for convenience in gathering the berries, they are topped after reaching a suitable height. This causes them to spread out their branches and offers a smaller target for the heavy winds which sometimes prevail. The plants are kept free from shoots or suckers sprouting out from their stems, which are removed when young. In Guam coffee seems to be remarkably free from disease. The berries are some- times eaten by rats, which infest the island; but these animals are not so injurious to coffee as they are to cacao, of which they are immoderately fond. As soon aa the berries are ripe they are gathered. In Guam the whole family turns out to pick berries, and there is more or less jollification, as on the occasion of a picnic. The removing of the flesh from the seed or pulping is accomplished by hand, and the sticky, mucilaginous material surrounding the seeds is removed by washing, after which the coffee is spread out on mats to dry in the sun. In this condition it is covered with a thin membrane or hull, which can be removed at will by pounding in large wooden mortars with wooden j>estles. The coffee should be thoroughly dry before attempting to take off this hull. The chaff is gotten rid of by winnowing, which consists in pouring the seed from one receptacle to another in a current of wind. Enough coffee is not produced in Guam for exportation; indeed, there is scarcely enough for the use of the natives, all of whom are coffee drinkers. The product is of excellent quality. In preparing it the beans are roasted, as with us, and ground on a stone "nictate" with a cylindrical "tnano," like a tapering rolling-pin of stone." Rekkkrnchs: Gtffm antblca L. Sp. PI. 1:172. 1753. Coffea liberica. Liuerian coffee. A few plants of Siberian coffee were introduced quite recently into Guam from the Honolulu botanical garden. When I left the island several of them were in a thriv- ing condition on a ranch near Sinahafia. Hefekbmks: Coffea lilwrim Iliern, Trans. Linn. Soc. II. 1: 171. t. £4• 1876. Coffee, negro. See CaxMa occ'tdenUilis. Coffee senna. See (jtssia. octrUletitalis. Cogon (Philippines). See under Xiph e(t grout in floridu fa. Coix lacryma-jobi. Job's tears. Family Poareae. I-iOCAL namrs. I,agrinaa de San Pedro (Spanish); Alimodias (Philippines); Tomugi, Judsu-dama (Japan); Maniumiu, Namanama (Samoa); Acayacoyotl (Mexico); Camandula (Porto Rico). This grass, which furnishes the seeds known as " Job's tears," is common in Guam. The seeds are very hard, smooth, glossy, and of a gray color. They are "For a history cf coffee and its culture see Nicholls, Tropical Agriculture, p. 91, 1897. 246 USEFUL PLANTS OK GUAM. strung into rosaries atui, according to Padre Blanco," yield u nutritious flour, which ia fed to convalescents. In Japan they are pounded in a mortar and cleaned and used as meal and mochi. An infusion of the parched and ground grains, called "kosen" by the Japanese, ia used instead of tea.b References: Coi.c lacripna-jobi L. Sp. PI. 2: 972. 1753. Colales or Kulalis (Guam). See Afinxtnthern -jKtronina. Colales (Kulalis) halom-ta.no (Guam). See Aftntu uhrus. Cold or Hold (Philippines). See Arti/mrpus contntunin. Colocasia antiquorura. See (hladmm adocmia. Colubrina asiatica. Family Rhamnaceae. Local names.—Gasoso (Guam); Kabatiti, Uatitik (Philippines); Fisoa (Samoa); Vuso levu {Fiji: "much-foam" ); Tutu (Tahiti). A glabrous shrub with alternate leaves and axillary cluster*of small greenish flow- era having a fleshy disk in the calyx tube, suggesting the genus Kuonymua or Cean- othus. Leaves 5 cm. long by 2.5 em. wide, ovate, subacuminate, eremite-serrate, glabrous, membranous, 3-nerved at the base, the midrib pinnately branched; flowers growing in very short axillary cymes; calyx 5-parted, tube hemispherical; petals 5, clawed, springing from the margin of the disk, hooded; stamens 5; disk fleshy, filling the calyx tube; ovary sunk in the disk and confluent with it, 3-celled, the cells 1-seeded, tardily dehiscent. This plant is widely spread in Polynesia and is found in India, Ceylon, Java, Bor- neo, New Guinea, Australia, and southwest Africa. In Samoa and in Fiji the leaves are used for washing. They form a lather in water like soap. The vernacular name in Fiji signifies "much lather" or "big foam." The special use to which it is devoted in Samoa is the cleansing and bleaching of the white shaggy mats which the natives make of the fiber of an urtieaceous plant, Ct/phofophux wafroccphatnn. The natives of Guam do not make use of it except for medicine, nor in it included by Watt in his list of the useful plants of India. Rbfkrk.vces: Colubrina axial im (L.) Brongn. Ann. Sc. Nat. I. 10:369. 1827. Cenriothus asUiticua L. Sp. PI. 1: HKi. 1753. Combretaceae. Myroralan family. This family is represented in Guam by the Malabar almond ( Terininnlia ced or top-shaped, auricled on one side, pubescent or hirsute; upper cyme branched, 2 or 3-flowered, lower I or 2-flowered or without flowers; sepals 3, small, oblong, a Flora de Filipinas,